Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2019

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                to                               

Commission File Number 001-38290

Sterling Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Michigan
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  38-3163775
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

One Towne Square, Suite 1900
Southfield, Michigan 48076
(248) 355-2400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, no par value per share   SBT   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Capital Market)

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company ý

Emerging growth company ý

         If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

         The aggregate market value of the registrant's outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2020, based on last sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market on that date, was approximately $55.2 million.

         As of September 30, 2020, 49,977,209 shares of the Registrant's Common Stock were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

         None.

   


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.
2019 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
INDEX

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

    5  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

    26  

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    56  

Item 2.

 

Properties

    57  

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

    57  

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

    58  

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    59  

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

    60  

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    64  

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    89  

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    92  

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    154  

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

    154  

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

    156  

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    157  

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

    166  

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    185  

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    189  

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    192  

PART IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    193  

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

    195  

SIGNATURES

    196  


EXPLANATORY NOTE

        As previously reported, we were unable to timely file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the first and second quarters of 2020 as a result of (i) additional review and procedures, including on the part of the Company's independent auditors, relating to the circumstances that led to the previously-reported suspension and permanent discontinuation of our Advantage Loan Program, and (ii) an internal review relating to the permanently discontinued Advantage Loan Program, which has been led by outside legal counsel under the direction of a special committee of independent directors. We expect to file the delinquent Quarterly Reports as promptly as practicable following this Annual Report filing.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, regarding the Company's plans, expectations, thoughts, beliefs, estimates, goals, and outlook for the future that are

1


Table of Contents

intended to be covered by the protections provided under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as "may," "might," "should," "could," "predict," "potential," "believe," "expect," "attribute," "continue," "will," "anticipate," "seek," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "projection," "goal," "target," "outlook," "aim," "would," "annualized" and "outlook," or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management's beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        The following factors, among others, could cause actual future results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

2


Table of Contents

3


Table of Contents

        The foregoing factors should not be construed as an exhaustive list and should be read in conjunction with other cautionary statements that are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as the items set forth under the heading "Risk Factors." If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise except as required by law. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

4


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

        Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to "Sterling," "we," "our," "us" or "the Company" refer to Sterling Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation, and its subsidiaries, including Sterling Bank & Trust, F.S.B., which we sometimes refer to as "Sterling Bank," "the Bank" or "our Bank."

        We are a unitary thrift holding company incorporated in 1989 and headquartered in Southfield, Michigan, and our primary business is the operation of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Sterling Bank. Through Sterling Bank, we offer a range of loan products to the residential and commercial markets, as well as retail banking services.

        Sterling Bank has 30 branches, including 20 branches in the San Francisco area, six in greater Los Angeles, two branches in New York City, one branch in the greater Seattle market and our headquarters' branch in Michigan.

        Our results of operations are dependent primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on our assets, primarily our loan and securities portfolios, and the interest paid on our deposits and borrowings. Our net income is also affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income, non-interest expense (general and administrative expense) and income tax expense. Non-interest income includes service charges and fees; investment management and advisory fees; net gain on sales of loans and securities; mortgage servicing fee income, net; income from bank owned life insurance, or BOLI; and other non-interest income. General and administrative expense consists of salaries and employee benefits expense; occupancy and equipment expense; federal deposit insurance assessments; advertising and marketing expense; data processing expense; professional fees; and other non-interest expenses. Our earnings are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates and U.S. Treasury yield curves, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Formal Agreement, Internal Review and Permanent Discontinuation of Advantage Loan Program

        On December 9, 2019, the Company announced it had voluntarily suspended its Advantage Loan Program in connection with an internal review of the program (the "Internal Review"). The primary focus of the Internal Review, which has been led by outside legal counsel under the direction of a special committee of independent directors (the "Special Committee"), has involved the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program and related matters. Results from the Special Committee's Internal Review have indicated that certain employees engaged in misconduct in connection with the origination of a significant number of such loans, including with respect to verification of income, the amount of income reported for borrowers, reliance on third parties, and related documentation. As a result, the Company has permanently discontinued the Advantage Loan Program. In connection with the Internal Review, a significant number of officers and employees have been terminated or resigned, including the top loan producers within the Advantage Loan Program. In addition, to avoid the uncertainty of audits and inquiries by third party investors in Advantage Loan Program loans sold to the secondary market, beginning at the end of the second quarter of 2020, we commenced making offers to each of those investors to repurchase 100% of our sold Advantage Loan Program loans. While the Internal Review is substantially complete, the Company expects it to remain open during the pendency of the government investigations discussed below, and it is possible additional work will be required in connection with the Internal Review.

5


Table of Contents

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), is responding to grand jury subpoenas from the United States Department of Justice the ("DOJ") and continues to be subject to a publicly available formal agreement with the OCC, dated June 18, 2019 (the "OCC Agreement"), relating primarily to certain aspects of its Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering ("BSA/AML") compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The OCC Agreement requires the Bank to: (i) establish a compliance committee to monitor and oversee the Bank's compliance with the provisions of OCC Agreement; (ii) develop a revised customer due diligence and enhanced due diligence program; (iii) develop a revised suspicious activity monitoring program; (iv) engage an independent, third-party consultant to review and provide a written report on the Bank's suspicious activity monitoring; (v) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective BSA/AML model risk management for the Bank's automated suspicious activity monitoring system, which must be validated by a qualified, independent third party; (vi) ensure that the Bank's BSA Department maintains sufficient personnel; and (vii) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective controls over loan underwriting. In addition to these requirements, while the OCC Agreement remains in effect, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions on expansion activities, such as growth through acquisition or branching to supplement organic growth of the Bank. Further, any failure to comply with the requirements of the OCC Agreement could result in further enforcement actions, the imposition of material restrictions on the activities of the Bank, or the assessment of fines or penalties. For additional information regarding the OCC and DOJ investigations, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

Executive Transition

        The Company experienced significant executive transitions in late 2019 continuing through the first half of 2020. On October 17, 2019, the Company announced the retirement of its then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Gary Judd, with such retirement to be effective November 30, 2019. On October 15, 2019, the board of directors appointed Thomas Lopp, the Company's then-President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, to assume the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman effective upon Mr. Judd's retirement. The board of directors also appointed Stephen Huber as Chief Financial Officer, also effective November 30, 2019. On May 7, 2020, Mr. Lopp resigned from each of his positions with the Company and the board of directors appointed Mr. Huber as interim Chief Executive Officer. On May 29, 2020, Michael Montemayor was terminated from his positions as President of Commercial and Retail Banking and Chief Lending Officer. Effective June 3, 2020, the Company and the Bank appointed Thomas M. O'Brien as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively. Mr. Huber continued in his role as Chief Financial Officer following the appointment of Mr. O'Brien. Christine Meredith was hired by the Bank in the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer with a starting date of February 3, 2020. Since October 1, 2019, more than 100 officers and employees have been terminated or have resigned, including more than 35 loan officers, whether in connection with the Internal Review or otherwise. See "Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance."

Lending Activities

        General.    Our lending strategy is to offer a range of loan products to the residential and commercial markets. The majority of our loan portfolio consists of residential real estate mortgages, which accounted for 85% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019. The balance of our loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate, construction, and commercial lines of credit.

        During 2019, we continued our historical strategy of originating residential mortgage loans both for retention in our portfolio and sale to the secondary market, as well as growing our commercial real estate and construction lending portfolios. Similar to previous years, during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Advantage Loan Program generated approximately 77% of our residential

6


Table of Contents

mortgage loan production. However, as discussed above, in the second half of 2019, our board of directors became aware of significant compliance issues in connection with the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program, which ultimately led to the permanent discontinuation of the Program. While we continue to originate residential mortgage loans, primarily conforming loans, for portfolio or for sale to the secondary market, we no longer originate loans under the Advantage Loan Program.

        Our focus for 2020 and beyond is to work hard to resolve our outstanding compliance issues and re-establish strong credit metrics for new lending initiatives, and to focus on the diversification of our overall loan production and develop new residential loan products. However, the implementation of any new loan products takes time and may be subject to the prior review and approval of applicable bank regulatory authorities. Accordingly, the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program will likely have an adverse impact on our results of operations as repayments from our residential loan portfolio will need to be invested in lower yielding assets until new residential loan programs are implemented.

        One- to Four-Family Residential Loans.    The origination of mortgage loans to enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes comprises the largest portion of our loan portfolio. We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years. Historically, our most significant product was our Advantage Loan Program, which consisted of one, three, five, or seven-year adjustable rate mortgages with a minimum 35% down payment requirement. As a result of the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program, we expect our near-term total residential loan production to be significantly below historical levels. We are working to develop new residential loan products designed to meet the needs of our customers in our served markets that are intended to appeal to our traditional customers as well as to expand and diversify our potential client base.

        Among the products we continue to offer is our tenant-in-common, or TIC, loan program, which is similar to traditional co-op loans. Our primary market areas of San Francisco and Los Angeles contain a substantial number of two to six-unit residential buildings and a large amount of condominium conversions. Through our TIC program, we lend to owners of individual units within the building based on their relative ownership share. Our TIC loans generally consist of three, five and seven-year adjustable rate mortgages, with an average balance of approximately $0.5 million, and total outstanding loans of $460.0 million as of December 31, 2019. We also offer conventional conforming fixed-rate loans with terms of either 15, 20, or 30 years for mortgages of less than $0.6 million, which we anticipate to constitute our primary production in 2020. The bulk of our conforming mortgage loan portfolio is held for sale, after which we typically retain servicing rights. In addition, we have a jumbo loan program for residential loans of between $0.6 million and $2.5 million, for which we offer both fixed and adjustable rates. Across our portfolio, our adjustable-rate mortgage loans are based on a 30-year amortization schedule and generally interest rates and payments adjust annually after a one, three, five, or seven-year initial fixed period. Interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate typically equal to 300 to 458 basis points above the one-year London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). Across our residential portfolio, our loan-to-value ratio (defined as current loan amount compared to appraised value at the time of loan origination) was 62% as of December 31, 2019.

        Our single-family residential real estate portfolio is secured by real estate. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market areas could therefore increase the credit risk associated with these loans, impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans, and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Loans held for sale consist primarily of first trust deed mortgages on single-family residential properties.

        Commercial Loans.    We offer a variety of commercial loan products, consisting primarily of commercial real estate loans, construction loans, and commercial lines of credit. The majority of our

7


Table of Contents

commercial loans are secured by real estate or other business assets. Our commercial loans are almost exclusively recourse loans, as we endeavor to secure personal guaranties on each loan we underwrite. During 2020, we continue to re-evaluate our commercial lending activities in light of the significant negative impact on the economy that has resulted from the COVID-19 pandemic.

        Commercial Real Estate.    Our commercial real estate portfolio includes single room occupancy hotels, office, industrial, retail, multifamily and mixed-use properties. We focus almost exclusively on projects within or contiguous to our branch footprint, focusing on credits with income-producing properties, strong cash flow characteristics and strong collateral profiles. At December 31, 2019, approximately 84% of the commercial real estate loan portfolio consisted of adjustable-rate loans with an average reset of 30 months. Our loan-to-value policy limits are 75% for commercial real estate loans and 80% for multifamily mortgage loans.

        The total commercial real estate portfolio totaled $240.1 million and $251.0 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, of which $3.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, were secured by owner occupied properties.

        A primary repayment risk for commercial real estate loans is the interruption or discontinuance of operating cash flows from the properties or businesses involved, which may be influenced by economic events, changes in governmental regulations or other events not under the control of the borrower. Additionally, adverse developments affecting commercial real estate values in our market areas could increase the credit risk associated with these loans, impair the value of property pledged as collateral for these loans, and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses.

        Construction loans.    Our construction loans are comprised primarily of residential construction, commercial construction and mixed-use development. Interest reserves are generally established on real estate construction loans. These loans are typically based on the prime rate of interest and have maturities of up to 36 months. Our loan-to-value policy limits are 80% for construction loans and 65% for land loans. The total construction loan portfolio totaled $178.4 million and $176.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

        The risks inherent in construction lending may affect adversely our results of operations. Such risks include, among other things, the possibility that contractors may fail to complete, or complete on a timely basis, construction of the relevant properties, substantial cost overruns in excess of original estimates and financing, market deterioration during construction, and lack of permanent take-out financing or presold properties. Loans secured by such properties also involve additional risk because they have no operating history. In these loans, loan funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction (which is of uncertain value prior to completion of construction) and the estimated operating cash flow/sale proceeds to be generated by the completed project.

        Commercial Lines of Credit and Consumer Loans.    We also offer commercial lines of credit to businesses and individuals for business purposes. These lines of credit are typically secured by real estate, inventory, equipment, accounts receivable and other assets. The total commercial line of credit and consumer loan portfolio totaled $17.9 million and $37.8 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Investment Portfolio

        As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $152.5 million, with an average effective yield of 2.20%. The estimated duration on the fixed income portion of our investment portfolio (fair value of $147.3 million) is 2.2 years. The primary objectives of the investment portfolio are to provide liquidity, generate economic value, and to be responsive to cash needs and assist in managing interest rate risk. The majority of our investment portfolio, or 80.5%, consists of U.S.

8


Table of Contents

treasuries, with 19.5% in mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage and debt obligations or equity securities. We regularly evaluate the composition of our investment portfolio as the interest rate yield curve changes and may sell investment securities from time to time to adjust our exposure to interest rates or to provide liquidity to meet loan demand.

        Our investment policy is reviewed at least annually by our board of directors. Overall investment goals are established by our board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and members of our Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO"). Our board of directors has delegated the responsibility of monitoring our investment activities to our management ALCO. Day-to-day activities pertaining to the securities portfolio are conducted under the supervision of the Bank's Chief Financial Officer. We actively monitor our investments on an ongoing basis to identify any material changes in the securities. We also review our securities for potential other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly.

Deposits

        The quality of our deposit franchise and access to stable funding are key components of our business. We offer traditional depository products, including checking, savings, money market, IRAs and certificates of deposits, to individuals and businesses through our branch network throughout our market areas. Deposits at the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to statutory limits. We offer customers traditional retail deposit products through our branch network and the ability to access their accounts through online and mobile banking platforms. We seek to grow our deposits through use of competitive rates, a focused marketing campaign, and multi-product clubs in which we offer varying benefits depending on the overall relationship with the customer. Our bankers are incentivized to acquire and maintain quality, core deposits as we depend on deposits to fund the majority of our loans. We believe that our long-standing and high quality relationships with our depositors who provide us with long-term funding are due to the convenience, rates and dedicated service we offer. We leverage our branch locations and deep network of customer relationships in our market areas to provide funding sources for our lending business. Brokered deposits are obtained when needed to build liquidity at favorable rates.

Market Area

        The primary markets in which we operate are San Francisco and greater Los Angeles, and our 26 branch network in these areas is our core distribution channel. In addition, we have opened two branches in New York City and one branch in the greater Seattle market. We strive to take advantage of our core footprint, new markets and deep-rooted relationships to target local customers with a diversified product offering.

        Our local branch network enables us to gather deposits, promote the Sterling brand and customer loyalty, originate loans and other products and maintain relationships with our customers through regular community involvement.

Competition

        The financial services industry is highly competitive as we compete for loans, deposits and customer relationships in our market. Competition involves efforts to retain current clients, make new loans and obtain new deposits, increase the scope and sophistication of services offered and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans. Within our branch footprint, we primarily face competition from national, regional and other local financial institutions that have established branch networks throughout the San Francisco and Los Angeles areas as well as our new markets, giving them visible retail presence to customers.

        In mortgage banking, we face competition from a wide range of national financial institutions, regional and local community banks, as well as credit unions and national mortgage underwriters. In

9


Table of Contents

commercial banking, we face competition to underwrite loans to sound, stable businesses and real estate projects at competitive price levels that make sense for our business and risk profile. Our major commercial bank competitors include larger national, regional and local financial institutions that may have the ability to make loans on larger projects than we can or provide a larger mix of product offerings. We also compete with smaller local financial institutions that may have aggressive pricing and unique terms on various types of loans and, increasingly, financial technology platforms that offer their products exclusively through web-based portals.

        In retail banking, we primarily compete with national and local banks that have visible retail presence and personnel in our market areas. The primary factors driving competition in consumer banking are customer service, interest rates, fees charged, branch location and hours of operation and the range of products offered. We compete for deposits by advertising, offering competitive interest rates and seeking to provide a higher level of personal service. We also face competition from non-traditional alternatives to banks such as credit unions, internet based banks, money centers, money market mutual funds and cash management accounts.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

        As a federal savings bank, Sterling Bank is subject to primary examination and regulation by the OCC and, as an insured depository institution, the FDIC. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which Sterling Bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund rather than our shareholders. Sterling Bank also is a member of, and owns stock in, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

        As a unitary thrift holding company, Sterling Bancorp is required to comply with the rules and regulations of the FRB. We are required to file certain reports with the FRB and are subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the FRB. Sterling Bancorp is also subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC under the federal securities laws.

        Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; determine the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors. These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as Sterling Bank or Sterling Bancorp, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

        In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to expand our branch network or acquire other financial institutions.

        Finally, we are also subject to the laws and regulations of the states in which we do business.

10


Table of Contents

        Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the FRB, the SEC, state regulators, or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of Sterling Bancorp and Sterling Bank.

        Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Sterling Bank and Sterling Bancorp. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Sterling Bank and Sterling Bancorp.

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018

        On May 24, 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the "EGRRCPA") was enacted, which repeals or modifies certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and eases regulations on all but the largest banks. The EGRRCPA's provisions—for which banking agencies have now issued certain corresponding guidance documents and/or proposed or final rules—include, among other things: (i) creating a new category of "qualified mortgages" presumed to satisfy ability-to-repay requirements for loans that meet certain criteria and are held in portfolio by banks with less than $10 billion in assets; (ii) not requiring appraisals for certain transactions valued at less than $400,000 in rural areas; (iii) exempting banks that originate fewer than 500 open-end and 500 closed-end mortgages from the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act's expanded data disclosures; (iv) clarifying that, subject to various conditions, reciprocal deposits of another depository institution obtained using a deposit broker through a deposit placement network for purposes of obtaining maximum deposit insurance would not be considered brokered deposits subject to the FDIC's brokered-deposit regulations; and (v) simplifying capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that such institutions may elect to replace the general applicable risk-based capital requirements for determining well-capitalized status.

        On September 17, 2019, the FDIC finalized a rule that introduces an optional simplified measure of capital adequacy for qualifying community banking organizations (i.e., the community bank leverage ratio ("CBLR") framework), as required by the EGRRCPA. The CBLR framework is designed to reduce burden by removing the requirements for calculating and reporting risk-based capital ratios for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the framework. In order to qualify for the CBLR framework, a community banking organization must have (i) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of greater than 9.0%, (ii) less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, and (iii) limited amounts of off-balance-sheet exposures and trading assets and liabilities. A qualifying community banking organization that opts into the CBLR framework and meets all requirements under the framework will be considered to have met the well-capitalized ratio requirements under "prompt corrective action" regulations and will not be required to report or calculate risk-based capital.

        The new rule became effective on January 1, 2020, and the CBLR framework became available for banks to use beginning with their March 31, 2020 Call Reports. Sterling Bank does not have immediate plans to elect to use the CBLR framework but may make such an election in the future. As discussed below under the subsection titled "Government and Regulatory Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic," Congress and the federal banking agencies, through legislation and subsequent rulemaking initiatives, have provided financial institutions that have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic with greater flexibility with which to make CBLR elections.

11


Table of Contents

Federal Banking Regulation

        Business Activities.    A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended ("HOLA"), and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, Sterling Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Sterling Bank may also establish subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for Sterling Bank, including wealth and investment management.

        Capital Requirements.    If we elect not to opt in to the CBLR, federal regulations will continue to require Sterling Bancorp and Sterling Bank to meet several minimum capital standards. In the case of Sterling Bank, minimum capital standards include a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8.0%, and a Tier 1 capital to adjusted average total assets leverage ratio of 4.0%. These capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

        In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common shareholders' equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution's capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

        In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a "capital conservation buffer" consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in, a process which began January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until the buffer was implemented at 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on January 1, 2019.

        At December 31, 2019, the Company and the Bank met all regulatory capital requirements to which they are subject.

        Loans-to-One Borrower.    Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is

12


Table of Contents

secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally includes certain financial instruments (but not real estate). As of December 31, 2019, Sterling Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

        Section 4011 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security ("CARES") Act, which was enacted on March 27, 2020 in response to the outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States, gave the OCC the power to exempt any transaction or series of transactions from the limits of the loans-to-one borrower rule where (1) the loans or other extensions of credit would go to non-bank financial companies, and (2) the OCC finds that such an exemption would be in the public interest. This power will last until the end of the COVID-19 national emergency or December 31, 2020—whichever is earlier. If, or to what extent, this change could affect Sterling Bank has not yet been assessed.

        Qualified Thrift Lender Test.    Federal law requires savings associations to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings bank is required to either qualify as a "domestic building and loan association" under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its "portfolio assets" (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain "qualified thrift investments" (primarily multi-family residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities but also including education, credit card and small business loans) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period.

        A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions, including a prohibition against dividends, and the Dodd-Frank Act also specifies that failing the qualified thrift lender test is a violation of law that could result in an enforcement action and dividend limitations. At December 31, 2019, Sterling Bank satisfied the QTL test.

        Capital Distributions.    Federal regulations impose limitations on capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings bank's capital account. A federal savings bank must file an application with the OCC for approval of a capital distribution if:

        Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a unitary thrift holding company, such as Sterling Bank, must still file a notice with the FRB at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution. FRB approval is also required for any repurchase of capital stock by a financial institution, such as Sterling Bancorp, with over $3 billion in assets.

        A notice or application related to a capital distribution or share repurchase may be disapproved if:

13


Table of Contents

        In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement.

        As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 17, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an interim final rule revising the definition of "eligible retained income" for banking organizations subject to the capital rules. To reduce the likelihood of significant limitations on banking organizations' capital distributions in light of COVID-19-related reductions in capital ratios, the interim final rule amends the definition of "eligible retained income" as the greater of (1) a banking organization's net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income, and (2) the average of a banking organization's net income over the preceding four quarters. A final rule making this interim rule permanent was adopted on August 26, 2020. Despite the more relaxed rule, banking organizations are still expected to manage their capital actions and liquidity risk prudently and in a safe and sound manner.

        Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.    Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or "CRA," as implemented by federal regulations, all federal savings banks have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.

        In connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the OCC is required to assess the federal savings bank's record of compliance with the CRA. A savings bank's failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branch expansion or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The CRA requires a written evaluation of an institution's CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. All institutions insured by the FDIC must publicly disclose their rating. Sterling Bank received a "satisfactory" CRA rating in its most recent federal examination.

        In December 2019, the OCC and the FDIC released a notice of proposed rulemaking representing the first major revision of the federal interagency CRA regulations in nearly 25 years. Among other things, the proposed rule provided for objective numerical metrics for quantifying CRA performance, procedures to facilitate the identification of qualifying CRA activities, and, in the case of institutions with a majority of their deposits outside of traditional, facilities-based assessment areas, assessment areas based on the locations of significant levels of retail domestic deposits. The proposal also provided for the periodic publication of a non-exhaustive list of examples of qualifying activities. In addition, the proposed revision imposed significant additional reporting and information collection requirements on covered institutions. The Federal Reserve, although it has expressed interest in CRA reform, was not part of this effort.

        The OCC adopted a final rule on May 20, 2020 that was generally consistent with the proposed rule, although it added some clarifications and transitional relief. The FDIC, however, did not join in the final rule and has indicated it is not ready to adopt a final rule at this time, particularly in light of the ongoing pandemic. Members of Congress and community groups have expressed hostility to the new rule, and have raised the possibility of repealing it through legislative action. In light of this uncertainty, and the fact that the FDIC has not yet taken action on new rule, it is impossible to predict the substance and timing of a revised CRA rule.

14


Table of Contents

        In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974 and the Fair Housing Act of 1968 prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the OCC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

        Transactions with Related Parties.    A federal savings bank's authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with, an insured depository institution such as Sterling Bank. Sterling Bancorp is an affiliate of Sterling Bank because of its control of Sterling Bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a "financial subsidiary" under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Section 23A limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in "covered transactions" with any one affiliate to 10% of the bank's capital stock and surplus. The amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited of 20% of the bank's capital stock and surplus. The term "covered transaction" includes, among other things, the making of a loan to an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of an affiliate and the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan. All such transactions are required to be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and no transaction may involve the acquisition of any "low quality asset" from an affiliate. Certain covered transactions, such as loans to or guarantees on behalf of an affiliate, must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending upon the type of collateral. In addition, Section 23B requires that any covered transaction (and specified other transactions) between a bank and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

        In March 2020, the Federal Reserve issued to certain banks a temporary waiver of the limitations set forth under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W in order to allow such banks to purchase certain assets from affiliated broker-dealers and money market mutual funds. The relief afforded by such waivers generally will expire six months after the date of issuance.

        A bank's loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an "insider") and certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider's "related interest") are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB's Regulation O. The aggregate amount of a bank's loans to any insider and the insider's related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. Aggregate loans by a bank to its insiders and insiders' related interests may not exceed the bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, such as education loans and certain residential mortgages, a bank's loans to its executive officers, may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any loan to an insider or a related interest of an insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if the loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider or the insider's related interests, would exceed the lesser or $500,000 or 5% of the bank's unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must (i) be made on substantially the same terms as and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not present more than a normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Sterling Bank's capital. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to

15


Table of Contents

a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

        Enforcement.    The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings banks and has authority to bring enforcement action against all "institution-affiliated parties," including directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings bank. Formal enforcement action by the OCC may range from the issuance of a capital directive, formal agreement (such as the agreement described below) or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings bank. If such action is not taken, the FDIC has authority to take the action under specified circumstances. As discussed in the Executive Summary and Management Discussion and Analysis, the Bank entered into a formal agreement with the OCC on June 18, 2019 and is under formal investigation.

        Standards for Safety and Soundness.    The federal banking agencies have adopted the Interagency Guidelines for Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness (the "Guidelines"). The Guidelines establish certain safety and soundness standards for all depository institutions. The operational and managerial standards in the Guidelines relate to the following: (1) internal controls and information systems; (2) internal audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate exposure; (6) asset growth; (7) compensation, fees and benefits; (8) asset quality; and (9) earnings. Rather than providing specific rules, the Guidelines set forth basic compliance considerations and guidance with respect to a depository institution. Failure to meet the standards in the Guidelines, however, could result in a request by the OCC to one of the federal savings banks to provide a written compliance plan to demonstrate its efforts to come into compliance with such Guidelines. Failure to provide a plan or to implement a provided plan requires the appropriate federal banking agency to issue an order to the institution requiring compliance.

        As discussed in greater detail below, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States has in certain respects, at least temporarily, impacted the Sterling Bank's operations and risk management and its safety and soundness regulation. For instance, the federal banking agencies have encouraged banking organizations to work constructively and prudently with borrowers impacted by the pandemic in order to meet the borrowers' financial needs. Guidance published by the Federal Reserve encourages banking organizations to consider undertaking a variety of efforts during a major disaster or national emergency such as the COVID-19 pandemic, including: waiving ATM, overdraft, and late fees, as well as early withdrawal penalties on time deposits; increasing ATM daily cash withdrawal limits; easing credit terms for new loans; increasing credit limits for creditworthy customers; offering payment accommodations such as allowing loan customers to defer or skip some payments or extending payment due dates, which would avoid delinquencies and negative credit bureau reporting caused by disaster-related disruptions; and conducting a review of an affected borrower's financial condition in an effort to implement a prudent loan workout arrangement. The federal banking agencies have stated that they will not criticize a banking organization that implements prudent loan workouts for affected customers even if the restructured loans result in adverse classifications or credit risk downgrades. In addition, the agencies temporarily suspended examination activity in the second quarter of 2020 to allow banking organization to focus on the needs of their customers and revised examination guidance to require examiners to consider, in conducting supervisory assessments, whether banking organizations have taken appropriate actions in response to the stress caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and managed associated risk appropriately.

16


Table of Contents

        Interstate Banking and Branching.    Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to FRB approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, certain amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

        Prompt Corrective Action.    Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulators take "prompt corrective action" with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is deemed to be "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is "adequately capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is "undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

        At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank's compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution's total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an "undercapitalized" bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is "significantly undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the applicable regulatory authority to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. "Critically undercapitalized" institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

        At December 31, 2019, Sterling Bank was considered "well capitalized."

        Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts.    The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions such as Sterling Bank. Deposit accounts in Sterling Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

17


Table of Contents

        Under the FDIC's risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution's risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Institutions deemed to be less risky pay lower rates while institutions deemed riskier pay higher rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 21/2 to 45 basis points of each institution's total assets less tangible capital. The FDIC may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The FDIC's current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution's deposits.

        The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC, which has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

        The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Sterling Bank. We cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

        Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or regulatory condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of our deposit insurance. In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation ("FICO") is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO matured on December 31, 2019. For the expense paid in the year ended December 31, 2019, the total FDIC assessment was equal to 3.14 basis points of total assets less tangible capital, and the FICO assessment was equal to 0.03 basis points of total assets less total tangible capital. The last FICO assessment was collected in March 2019.

        Supervisory Assessments.    OCC-chartered banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the OCC to fund its operations. The amount of the assessment paid by a federally-chartered bank to the OCC is calculated on the basis of the institution's total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries, as reported to the OCC. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the OCC totaling $556,000 and $586,000, respectively.

        Privacy Regulations.    Federal regulations generally require that Sterling Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer's "non-public personal information," to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, Sterling Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to "opt-out" of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes.

        In addition, other state cybersecurity and data privacy laws and regulations may expose the Bank to risk and result in certain risk management costs. Notably, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the "CCPA"), which became effective on January 1, 2020, gives California residents the right to request disclosure of information collected about them, and whether that information has been sold or shared with others, the right to request deletion of personal information (subject to certain exceptions), the right to opt out of the sale of personal information, and the right not to be discriminated against for exercising these rights. The CCPA also created a private right of action with statutory damages for data security breaches, thereby increasing potential liability associated with a data breach, which has

18


Table of Contents

triggered a number of class actions against other companies since January 1, 2020. Although Sterling Bank may enjoy several fairly broad exemptions from the CCPA's privacy requirements, those exemptions do not extend to the private right of action for a data security breach. The CCPA, including any amendments thereto or final regulations implemented thereunder, as well as other similar state data privacy laws and regulations, may require the establishment by Sterling Bank of certain regulatory compliance and risk management controls.

        Anti-Money Laundering Regulation/USA Patriot Act.    Sterling Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies and imposes affirmative obligations on financial institutions, such as enhanced recordkeeping and customer identification requirements.

        Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements.    Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Other Regulations

        Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Sterling Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

        The deposit operations of Sterling Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

19


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve System

        Under FRB regulations, Sterling Bank is required to maintain reserves at the Federal Reserve Bank against its transaction accounts (primarily Negotiable Order of Withdrawal ("NOW") and regular checking accounts). The FRB regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: Transaction accounts aggregating $127.5 million or less (which may be adjusted by the FRB) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $127.5 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the FRB between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $16.9 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the FRB) are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements. On March 15, 2020, the FRB reduced the reserve requirement ratio to 0% effective as of March 26, 2020, which eliminated reserve requirements for all depository institutions.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

        Sterling Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. Sterling Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2019. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. Sterling Bank reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis stock. As of December 31, 2019, no impairment has been recognized.

Government and Regulatory Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic

        In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Congress, through the enactment of the CARES Act, and the federal banking agencies, though rulemaking, interpretive guidance and modifications to agency policies and procedures, have taken a series of actions to address regulatory capital, liquidity risk management, financial management and reporting, and operational considerations for banking organizations. Notable developments include the following.

20


Table of Contents

21


Table of Contents

        For additional information regarding actions taken by regulatory agencies to provide relief to consumers who have been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, see the discussion below under "Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business."

Future Legislation

        In January 2019, control of the U.S. House of Representatives was assumed by the Democratic Party. As a result, the leadership and roster of the House Financial Service Committee (the "Committee") also shifted, resulting in a different focus for that Committee's legislative and oversight agendas. With the Committee largely having completed its "must pass" work on expiring authorizations (e.g., Export-Import Bank reauthorization) in 2019, prospects for enactment of further financial services legislation this year remain uncertain, particularly given the divided control of the two chambers of Congress and the truncated legislative calendar due to 2020 being a presidential election year. In addition, since May 2020, both the House and the U.S. Senate have passed bills to extend and expand various provisions of the CARES Act and provide other COVID-19-related relief. It is too early to know what provisions will be in any legislation that is ultimately negotiated or enacted or when (or if) such legislation will become law. It is possible that the Democratic Party could gain control of the U.S. Senate following the 2020 election, and with such an outcome we anticipate that Congress would devote substantial attention in 2021 to consumer protection matters. Additionally, we anticipate substantial attention to oversight of the banking sector's role in providing coronavirus-related assistance to impacted businesses.

Holding Company Regulation

        Sterling Bancorp is a unitary thrift holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The FRB has enforcement authority over Sterling Bancorp and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to Sterling Bancorp.

        As a unitary thrift holding company, Sterling Bancorp's activities are limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending and other activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, insurance and underwriting equity securities.

        Federal law prohibits a unitary thrift holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or unitary thrift holding company without prior written approval of the FRB, and from acquiring or retaining control of any depository institution. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the FRB must consider such things as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on and the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. A unitary thrift holding company may not acquire a savings institution in another state and hold the target institution as a separate subsidiary unless it is a supervisory acquisition under Section 13(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state companies.

22


Table of Contents

        Capital Requirements.    As a unitary thrift holding company, Sterling Bancorp is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements that are similar to those that apply to Sterling Bank. See "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements."

        The Dodd-Frank Act extended the "source of strength" doctrine to unitary thrift holding companies. The FRB has promulgated regulations implementing the "source of strength" policy that require holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

        The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies and unitary thrift holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company's net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company's overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company's capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also states that a holding company should inform the FRB supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of Sterling Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

        In order for Sterling Bancorp to be regulated as a unitary thrift holding company by the FRB, rather than as a bank holding company, Sterling Bank must qualify as a "qualified thrift lender" under federal regulations or satisfy the "domestic building and loan association" test under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the qualified thrift lender test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its "portfolio assets" (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangible assets, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain "qualified thrift investments" (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine out of each 12 month period. At December 31, 2019, Sterling Bank maintained 89% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and was in compliance with the qualified thrift lender requirement.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

        Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a unitary thrift holding company such as Sterling Bancorp unless the FRB has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the

23


Table of Contents

acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution's directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a unitary thrift holding company's voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as in our case, the company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a unitary thrift holding company without the prior approval of the FRB. Any company that acquires such control becomes subject to registration, examination and regulation by the FRB.

        In January 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for control and divestiture proceedings under the under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the HOLA. The final rule does not apply to control determinations under the Change in Bank Control Act, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W or Regulation O. Under the final rule, control determinations are to be made according to a more rules-based methodology. Presumptions of control generally are based on ownership of voting equity and total equity in a company, director representation and ability to elect directors, director and management interlocks, contractual rights to determine management or operational decisions, and business relationships. The final rule establishes a general three-prong test for determining whether a company controls a bank or savings association. Pursuant to this test, a company controls another company if the first company, directly or indirectly or acting through one or more other persons, (i) owns, controls or has power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the second company, (ii) controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the other company, or (iii) based on the facts and circumstances of the investment, directly or indirectly exercises a "controlling influence" over the management or policies of the other company.

        On March 31, 2020, the Federal Reserve delayed the implementation of the effective date of the final rule from April 1, 2020 to September 30, 2020. The delay is intended to reduce the operational burdens placed upon banking organizations to allow them to focus on assisting customers in the economic environment resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. No substantive changes to the final rule were proposed in connection with the delay in implementation.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an "emerging growth company." Sterling Bancorp, Inc. qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

        An "emerging growth company" may choose not to hold shareholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as "say-on-pay" votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as "say-on-golden parachute" votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation. Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Sterling Bancorp, Inc. has

24


Table of Contents

elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a non-emerging growth public company.

        A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under SEC regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

Employees

        As of December 31, 2019, we had 311 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Subsidiaries

        In addition to the Bank, the Company has the following subsidiaries:

        Quantum Fund, LLC ("Quantum").    In April 2017, the Bank acquired Quantum, an investment management platform focused on hedged equity and mid-cap, small-cap and micro-cap portfolio strategies. As of December 31, 2019, Quantum had $153 million in assets under management.

        Sterling Wealth Management. Sterling Wealth Management, a subsidiary of the Bank, formerly provided wealth management services to certain of the Bank's customers. Sterling Wealth Management is presently inactive, and the Bank is in the process of dissolving this entity.

Available information

        Our Internet address is www.sterlingbank.com. We will make available free of charge in the investor relations section of our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with (or furnished to) the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site, sec.gov, that includes filings of and information about issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        We face a number of significant risks and uncertainties in connection with our operations. Our business and the results of our operations could be materially adversely affected by the factors described below. The risks described below are not the only risks facing our operations. Risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Advantage Loan Program

The Internal Review results indicate numerous instances of misconduct by employees in connection with the origination of residential mortgage loans in our Advantage Loan Program.

        The primary focus of the Internal Review has involved the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program and related matters. Results from the Internal Review have indicated that certain employees engaged in misconduct in connection with the origination of a significant number of such loans, including with respect to verification of income, the amount of income reported for borrowers, reliance on third parties, and related documentation. In connection with the Internal Review, a significant number of officers and employees were terminated or resigned, including the top loan producers within the Advantage Program.

        While the Internal Review is substantially complete, the Company expects it to remain open during the pendency of the government investigations discussed below, and it is possible additional work will be required in connection with the Internal Review.

        The misconduct of employees discovered during the Internal Review has resulted in a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations through the expenditure of significant expenses on third parties and the expenditure of significant internal resources for the conduct of the Internal Review, damage to our reputation, termination of a core part of our operating model, and a number of additional material risks identified in the Risk Factors set forth below. In addition, if further work is required in connection with the Internal Review, management's time and resources could be diverted, and we may incur significant legal and other expenses in connection with such additional work.

Pending governmental investigations may result in adverse findings, reputational damage, the imposition of sanctions and other negative consequences which could adversely affect our financial condition and future operating results.

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the OCC relating to certain aspects of its BSA/AML compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The Bank also has received grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ beginning in 2020 requesting the production of documents and information in connection with an investigation that appears to be focused on the Bank's residential lending practices and related issues. The outcome of the pending government investigations is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such investigations, (ii) that the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management's time and resources will be diverted to address the investigation and any related litigation, and we may incur significant legal and other expenses in our defense of the investigation and any related litigation.

26


Table of Contents

We are subject to pending securities class action and legal proceedings that may adversely affect our business.

        The Company, certain of its current and former officers and directors, and other parties have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Oklahoma Police Pension and Retirement System v. Sterling Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:20-cv-10490-JEL-EAS, filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. This action alleges violations of the federal securities laws, primarily with respect to disclosures concerning the Bank's residential lending practices that were made in the Company's registration statement and prospectus for its initial public offering, in subsequent press releases, in periodic and other filings with the SEC, and during earnings calls. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint with the court on September 22, 2020. We will continue to incur legal fees in connection with this and potentially other cases, including expenses for the reimbursement of legal fees of present and former officers and directors under indemnification obligations. The expense of continuing to defend such litigation may be significant. We intend to defend this lawsuit, and any related actions, vigorously, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in any defense. If the case is decided adversely, we may be liable for significant damages directly or under our indemnification obligations, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, there can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, costs and/or expenses as a result of this litigation, (ii) that our directors' and officers' insurance policy and the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed the coverage limits of our insurance and such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Further, the amount of time that will be required to resolve this lawsuit is unpredictable and these actions together with the government investigations discussed elsewhere herein are likely to divert management's attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could further adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

        In addition, on July 28, 2020, the Company received a demand letter from two law firms representing a purported stockholder of the Company alleging facts and claims substantially the same as many of the alleged facts and claims in the class action lawsuit. The demand letter requests that the board of directors take action to (1) recover damages the Company has purportedly sustained as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by certain of its officers and directors; (2) recover for the benefit of the Company the amounts by which certain of its officers and directors purportedly were unjustly enriched; and (3) correct alleged deficiencies in the Company's internal controls. The demand letter states that, if the board of directors has not taken the actions demanded within 90 days after the receipt of the letter, or in the event the board of directors refuses to take the actions demanded, the purported stockholder will commence a stockholder derivative action on behalf of the Company seeking appropriate relief. The board of directors has recently established a demand review committee to evaluate the matters raised in the demand letter and to determine the actions, if any, that should be taken by the Company with respect to those matters. The Company has responded to the demand letter advising the purported shareholder of the appointment of the demand review committee. There can be no assurance as to whether any litigation will be commenced by or against the Company with respect to the demand letter or that, if any such litigation is commenced, the Company will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such litigation or that any such losses will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

The permanent discontinuation of our Advantage Loan Program will materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        On December 9, 2019, we voluntarily suspended our Advantage Loan Program in connection with the Internal Review, and we subsequently determined to permanently discontinue the Advantage Loan Program. While the Company will continue to work on initiatives to diversify its overall loan production

27


Table of Contents

and to review new residential loan products, the implementation of any new loan products takes time and may be subject to the prior review and approval of applicable bank regulatory authorities. We therefore expect adverse effects on our residential loan production as a result of the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program. In addition, repayments from our loan portfolio will need to be invested in lower yielding assets until new loan programs can commence. Further, as historically a significant portion of our deposits have come from our Advantage Loan Program customers, the discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program could result in a reduction in our deposits and have an adverse impact on our ability to generate new deposits at favorable rates, which could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity and/or profitability. Accordingly, we expect that the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program will materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Failure to abide by the OCC Agreement regarding our BSA/AML compliance program and credit administration, as well as risk of noncompliance and with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        On June 18, 2019, the Bank entered into the OCC Agreement, relating primarily to certain aspects of the Bank's BSA/AML compliance program and credit administration. The OCC Agreement requires the Bank to: (i) establish a compliance committee to monitor and oversee the Bank's compliance with the provisions of OCC Agreement; (ii) develop a revised customer due diligence and enhanced due diligence program; (iii) develop a revised suspicious activity monitoring program; (iv) engage an independent, third-party consultant to review and provide a written report on the Bank's suspicious activity monitoring; (v) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective BSA/AML model risk management for the Bank's automated suspicious activity monitoring system, which must be validated by a qualified, independent third party; (vi) ensure that the Bank's BSA Department maintains sufficient personnel; and (vii) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective controls over loan underwriting. In addition to these requirements, while the OCC Agreement remains in effect, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions on expansion activities, such as growth through acquisition or branching to supplement organic growth of the Bank. Further, any failure to comply with the requirements of the OCC Agreement could result in further enforcement actions, the imposition of material restrictions on the activities of the Bank, or the assessment of fines or penalties.

        The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and to file timely reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. We are required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Because a significant portion of our customer base consists of foreign nationals and recent immigrants, these laws and regulations pose disproportionate challenges to us relative to our peers. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan.

        Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Additional expenses and investments have been incurred as the Bank expanded its hiring of personnel and use of outside professionals, such as consulting and legal services, and capital

28


Table of Contents

investments in operating systems to strengthen and support the BSA/AML compliance program, as well as the Bank's broader compliance and risk management infrastructures. The expense and capital investment associated with all of these efforts, including in connection with the OCC Agreement, have had an adverse effect on the Bank's results of operations in 2019 and is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Bank's results of operations in one or more future periods.

        Finally, due to the existence of the OCC Agreement, some counterparties may not be permitted to, due to their internal policies, or may choose not to, do business with the Bank. Should counterparties upon which the Bank relies for the conduct of their business become unwilling to do business with the Bank, the Bank's results of operations and/or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

        There is no assurance as to how long the OCC Agreement will remain in effect.

The Internal Review has revealed instances of the Bank's failure to comply with federal regulations governing the origination of residential mortgage loans, including rules governing the verification of a borrower's ability to repay a loan.

        Among the many federal regulations with which we must comply in connection with the origination of residential mortgage loans is a rule issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau which requires, for loans within its scope, that a creditor must make a reasonable and good faith determination at or before consummation that the consumer will have a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Among other requirements, a creditor must verify the information on which it bases its repayment ability determination by using reasonably reliable, written "third-party records." The rule also provides that loans that meet a "qualified mortgage" definition will be presumed to have complied with the ability-to-repay standard. A majority of our residential mortgage loans are not "qualified mortgages," as our underwriting process does not follow applicable regulatory guidance required for such qualification. The Internal Review has identified numerous instances of noncompliance with the income verification requirements under the ability to repay rules of the CFPB. We could be subject to statutory claims for violations of the ability to repay standard, as well as other laws and regulations governing the origination of residential mortgage loans. Any such claims could materially and adversely affect our ability to underwrite these loans, our business, and results of operations or financial condition.

We may incur future losses in connection with certain representations and warranties we have made with respect to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market.

        From time to time, we package residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market while retaining the servicing rights with respect to such loans. In connection with such sales, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. To avoid the uncertainty of audits and inquiries by third party investors in Advantage Loan Program loans sold to the secondary market, beginning at the end of the second quarter of 2020, we commenced making offers to each of those investors to repurchase 100% of our sold Advantage Loan Program loans. A substantial portion of these loans were sold to the secondary market at a slight premium to their principal balances and, as a result, we are required to repurchase such loans at that same premium which will result in a loss with respect to any repurchased loan. There can be no assurance as to the extent of any repurchases we may complete as a result of this offer and the compliance issues with respect to the origination of Advantage Loans or whether the reserves we have established with respect to such repurchase risk will be sufficient to cover potential losses we may incur in connection with such repurchases. Accordingly, it is possible that requests to repurchase loans could occur in the future and such requests may have a negative financial impact on us. In addition, the servicing agreements under which we service loans sold into the secondary market contain a number of

29


Table of Contents

representations, warranties and covenants, including delivery of audited financial statements and independent audit reports regarding our servicing operations, which, if breached, could entitle the owners of the serviced loans to terminate us as servicer. Any such termination would generally result in the loss of our servicing rights with respect to the related loans. A loss of a material portion of our servicing rights could have a negative financial impact on us.

We have not been in compliance with Nasdaq's requirements for continued listing and as a result our common stock may be delisted from trading on Nasdaq, which would have a material effect on us and our shareholders.

        We were delinquent in the filing of our periodic reports with the SEC as a result of additional review and procedures, including on the part of the Company's independent auditors, relating to the circumstances that led to the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program, and the Internal Review, as a result of which we are not in compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5250(c)(1), which requires timely filing of periodic financial reports with the SEC. Under Nasdaq's listing rules, we were permitted to submit to Nasdaq a plan to regain compliance. We previously submitted such a plan to the Listing Qualifications Department of Nasdaq, which granted us until September 14, 2020 to regain compliance. On September 15, 2020, the Company received a Staff Delisting Determination (the "Staff Determination") from the Listing Qualifications Department as a result of the Company being unable to meet the September 14, 2020 deadline. On September 22, 2020, the Company appealed the Staff Determination by requesting a hearing before a Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the "Hearings Panel") as well as a stay of delisting pending the hearing. The Hearings Panel thereafter granted the Company's request for such further stay, and the hearing has been scheduled for October 22, 2020.

        We currently expect to file both of our delinquent Quarterly Reports with the SEC prior to the October 22, 2020 hearing before the Hearings Panel, but there is no guarantee we will be able to do so. If we are unable to make these filings in the expected timeframe, and if an adverse decision is issued by the Hearings Panel, our common stock would be subject to delisting by Nasdaq. If our common stock is delisted, there can no assurance whether or when it would again be listed for trading on Nasdaq or on any other exchange. In addition, if our common stock is delisted, the market price of our shares will likely decline and become more volatile, and our stockholders may find that their ability to trade in our stock will be adversely affected. Furthermore, institutions whose charters do not allow them to hold securities in unlisted companies might sell our shares, which could have a further adverse effect on the price of our stock.

Risks Related to Our Highly Regulated Industry

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in any of them.

        As a unitary thrift holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our shareholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (the "DIF") and the overall financial stability of the United States. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that Sterling Bank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with these laws and regulations is difficult and costly, and changes to these laws and regulations often impose additional

30


Table of Contents

compliance costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive.

Failure to satisfy the qualified thrift lender test may subject us to regulatory enforcement actions and restrict our ability to pay dividends.

        As a federal savings bank, Sterling Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or "QTL," test. Under the QTL test, Sterling Bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its "portfolio assets" (i.e., total assets less (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, (2) intangibles, including goodwill, and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain "qualified thrift investments" (primarily mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family and multi-family residential properties and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans, and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months. A savings association that fails the QTL test immediately will be prohibited from: (1) making any new investment or engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank, (2) paying dividends, unless such payment would be permissible for a national bank, is necessary to meet the obligations of a company that controls the savings association, and is specifically approved by the OCC and the FRB, and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the association's home state. A savings association that fails to meet the QTL test is deemed to have violated the Home Owners' Loan Act and, as discussed further below, may be subject to OCC enforcement action. In addition, if a savings association does not requalify under the QTL test within three years after failing the test, the association would be prohibited from retaining any investment or engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank.

        The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At December 31, 2019, Sterling Bank satisfied the QTL test. However, if our commercial portfolio continues to grow and we are unable to replace the lost residential loan production resulting from the permanent discontinuation of our Advantage Loan Program, we may fail to maintain our QTL status in future periods. In such event, we could be forced to buy mortgage backed securities or other qualifying assets at times when the terms of such investments may not be attractive. Alternatively, we may find it necessary to pursue different structures, including converting Sterling Bank's savings bank charter to a commercial bank charter. Absent such strategies, if we fail to satisfy the QTL test, we could become subject to regulatory enforcement actions and our ability to pay dividends may be severely restricted.

The Dodd-Frank Act may continue to affect our business, governance structure, financial condition or results of operations.

        The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposed new capital requirements on thrift holding companies; changed the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank's average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than upon its deposit base; permanently raised the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000; and expanded the FDIC's authority to raise insurance premiums. The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent entity within the FRB, which has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters, such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower's ability to repay and prepayment penalties. Although the applicability of certain elements of the Dodd-Frank Act is limited to institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, there can be no guarantee that such applicability will not be extended

31


Table of Contents

in the future or that regulators or other third parties will not seek to impose such requirements on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and may continue to have a material impact on our operations, particularly through increased regulatory burden and compliance costs. Because the FRB has only been a primary regulator for thrift holding companies since 2012, it is unclear whether we will be exposed to additional regulatory burdens. Any future legislative changes to the Dodd-Frank Act could have a material impact on our profitability, the value of assets held for investment or the value of collateral for loans. Compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations has and will continue to result in additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Notwithstanding the above, the enactment of EGRRCPA and the promulgation of its implementing regulations repealed or modified several important provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, EGRRCPA raises the total asset thresholds to $250 billion for Dodd-Frank Act annual company-run stress testing, leverage limits, liquidity requirements, and resolution planning requirements for bank holding companies, subject to the ability of the FRB to apply such requirements to institutions with assets of $100 billion or more to address financial stability risks or safety and soundness concerns. However, many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that have increased our compliance costs remain in place. Certain of the provisions amended by EGRRCPA took effect immediately, while others are subject to ongoing joint agency rulemakings. It is not possible to predict when any final rules would ultimately be issued through any such rulemakings, and what the specific content of such rules will be. Although we expect to benefit from many aspects of this legislative reform, the legislation and any implementing rules that are ultimately issued could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and our ability to conduct business. In addition, the federal banking agencies indicated through interagency guidance that the capital planning and risk management practices of institutions with total assets less than $100 billion would continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory process, which may offset the impact of EGRRCPA's changes regarding stress testing and risk management.

The financial services industry may be subject to new legislation, regulation and governmental policy.

        In January 2019, control of the U.S. House of Representatives was assumed by the Democratic Party. As a result, the leadership and roster of the House Financial Service Committee also shifted, resulting in a different focus for that Committee's legislative and oversight agendas. The prospects for enactment of financial services legislation this year remains uncertain, particularly given the divided control of the two chambers of Congress, and the truncated legislative calendar due to 2020 being a presidential election year. In addition, since May 2020 both the House and the U.S. Senate have passed legislation to extend and expand various provisions of the CARES Act and provide other COVID-19-related relief. It is too early to know what provisions will be in any legislation that is ultimately negotiated or enacted or when (or if) such legislation will become law. It is possible that the Democratic Party could gain control of the U.S. Senate following the 2020 election, and with such an outcome we anticipate that Congress would devote substantial attention in 2021 to consumer protection matters, through greater oversight of the CFPB's and the federal banking agencies' efforts in this area. We also anticipate that substantial attention will be given to oversight of the banking sector's role in providing coronavirus-related assistance to impacted businesses.

        In addition, federal regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are interpreted and applied. Certain aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities, require more oversight or change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations to comply and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

32


Table of Contents

We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

        The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings association, to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The fair lending laws prohibit discrimination in the provision of banking services on the basis of prohibited factors including, among others, race, color, national origin, gender, and religion. The enforcement of these laws has been an increasing focus for the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Housing and Urban Development and other regulators. Under the fair lending laws, a lender may be liable for policies that result in a disparate treatment of or have a disparate impact on a protected class of applicants or borrowers. If a pattern or practice of lending discrimination is alleged by a regulator, then that agency may refer the matter to the U.S. Department of Justice for investigation. A successful challenge to an institution's performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.

Federal regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

        The FRB and the OCC periodically examine our business operations, including our sales practices, supervisory procedures and internal controls, recordkeeping practices and financial position, to determine our compliance with applicable laws and regulations and to protect the solvency and safety and soundness of our organization. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, interest rate risk and liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include, among others, the power to enjoin "unsafe or unsound" practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. If we become subject to any regulatory actions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and recent rulemaking, we are subject to more stringent capital requirements.

        In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities approved new regulatory capital rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The new regulatory capital requirements are generally applicable to all U.S. banks as well as to unitary thrift holding companies with assets over $1 billion, such as the Company. The new regulatory capital rules not only increase most of the required minimum regulatory capital ratios, but also introduce a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio and the concept of a capital conservation buffer. The new regulatory capital rules also expand the current definition of capital by establishing additional criteria that capital instruments must meet to be considered additional Tier 1 and Tier 2

33


Table of Contents

capital. In order to be a "well-capitalized" depository institution under the new regime, an institution must maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or more; a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% or more; a total capital ratio of 10% or more; and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. Institutions must also maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of common equity Tier 1 capital. The new regulatory capital rules became effective as applied to Sterling Bank on January 1, 2015 with the final phase-in complete as of January 1, 2019. In addition, on September 17, 2019 the FDIC finalized a rule that introduces an optional simplified measure of capital adequacy for qualifying community banking organizations (i.e., the CBLR framework), as required by the EGRRCPA. In order to qualify for the CBLR framework, a community banking organization must have (i) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of greater than 9.0%, (ii) less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, and (iii) limited amounts of off-balance-sheet exposures and trading assets and liabilities. Sterling Bank is eligible to utilize the CBLR framework but has not yet determined to do so. For additional discussion of the regulatory capital rules, see "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements."

        The failure to meet applicable regulatory capital requirements could result in one or more of our regulators placing limitations or conditions on our activities, including our growth initiatives, or restricting the commencement of new activities, and could materially adversely affect customer and investor confidence, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, our ability to make acquisitions, and our business, results of operations and financial conditions, generally.

The FRB or OCC may require us to commit capital resources to support Sterling Bank.

        As a matter of policy, the FRB expects a unitary thrift holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the FRB's policy on serving as a source of financial strength. Under the "source of strength" doctrine, the FRB may require a unitary thrift holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the unitary thrift holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of a unitary thrift's bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution's general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the Company to make a required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The requirement that we serve as a source of strength to our Bank may be exacerbated by OCC requirements to maintain certain capital requirements at the bank level and we may not be able to access the necessary funds to do so, which would further materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls, which could adversely affect our business, reputation, and results of operations.

        We have identified material weaknesses in the Company's internal control over financial reporting related to our control environment, including contributing factors involving our organizational structure and reporting lines and the staffing of our internal control function, as well as our identification and assessment of risks in the Advantage Loan Program. Based on the material weaknesses, our

34


Table of Contents

management has determined that the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. See "Item 9A. Controls and Procedures" for a discussion of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and the material weaknesses.

        The material weaknesses, or a failure to promptly remediate them, may adversely affect our business, our reputation, and our results of operations. If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, our shareholders, customers, other business partners and regulators may lose confidence in our business or our financial reports, and our access to capital markets may be adversely affected. In addition, our ability to record, process, and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within the time periods specified by the rules and regulations of the SEC and other regulatory authorities, could be adversely affected, which may result in violations of applicable securities laws, state insurance laws and regulations, and the covenants under our debt agreements. We are also exposed to lawsuits and investigations, and we could be exposed to additional legal actions. In such actions, a governmental authority may interpret a law, regulation or accounting principle differently than we have, exposing us to different or additional risks. Legal actions against us may result in payments including damages, fines, penalties, interest and other amounts assessed or awarded by courts or regulatory authorities under applicable laws and regulations. We could incur significant costs in connection with any such actions.

        In addition, we cannot be certain that we will not identify additional control deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future. If we identify future control deficiencies or material weaknesses, these may lead to additional adverse effects on our business, our reputation, and our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

The economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

        The COVID-19 pandemic, which was declared a national emergency in the United States in March 2020, continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. Federal and state governments are taking unprecedented actions to contain the spread of the disease, including quarantines, travel bans, shelter-in-place orders, closures of businesses and schools, fiscal stimulus, and legislation designed to deliver monetary aid and other relief to businesses and individuals impacted by the pandemic. Although in various locations certain activity restrictions have been relaxed with some level of success, in many states and localities the number of individuals diagnosed with COVID-19 has increased significantly, which is causing a freezing or, in certain cases, a reversal of previously announced relaxation of activity restrictions and is prompting the need for additional aid and other forms of relief.

        The governmental and social response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in an unprecedented slow-down in economic activity and a related increase in unemployment. Since the outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States, more than 50 million people nationwide have filed claims for unemployment, and stock markets have declined in value and in particular, bank stocks have significantly declined in value. As of the end of June 2020, the national unemployment rate was 11.1%. Although an improvement from the 14.7% national unemployment rate observed in April 2020, the current rate of unemployment is substantially higher than the 3.6% national unemployment rate observed in January 2020 prior to the outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States. Further, the Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation, which under Section 2104 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") allows for additional payments to covered individuals of up to $600 per week, expired as of July 31, 2020 and it is uncertain whether this benefit will be renewed by Congress.

35


Table of Contents

        The COVID-19 pandemic, and related efforts to contain it, have caused significant disruptions in the functioning of the financial markets and have increased economic and market uncertainty and volatility. To help address these issues, the Federal Open Market Committee ("FOMC") has reduced the benchmark federal funds rate to a target range of 0% to 0.25%, and the yields on 10 and 30-year treasury notes have declined to historic lows. At its June and July meetings, the FOMC continued its commitment to this approach, indicating that the target federal funds rate would remain at current levels until the economy is in position to achieve the FOMC's maximum-employment and price-stability goals. In addition, in order to support the flow of credit to households and businesses, the FRB indicated that it will continue to increase its holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities to sustain proper functioning of the financial markets.

        Congress and various state governments and federal agencies have taken actions to require lenders to provide forbearance and other relief to borrowers (e.g., waiving late payment and other fees). The federal banking agencies have encouraged financial institutions to prudently work with affected borrowers and recently passed legislation has provided relief from reporting loan classifications due to modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic. More specifically, through Section 4022 of the CARES Act, Congress provided relief to borrowers with federally-backed one-to-four family mortgage loans experiencing a financial hardship due to COVID-19 by allowing such borrowers to request forbearance, regardless of delinquency status, for up to 360 days. Such relief will be available until the earlier of December 31, 2020 and the date of termination of the national emergency declaration. Section 4022 of the CARES Act also prohibits servicers of federally-backed mortgage loans from initiating foreclosures during the 60-day period beginning March 18, 2020. In addition, under Section 4023 of the CARES Act, until the earlier of December 31, 2020 and the date of termination of the national emergency declaration, borrowers with federally-backed multifamily mortgage loans whose payments were current as of February 1, 2020, but who have since experienced financial hardship due to COVID-19, may request a forbearance for up to 90 days. Borrowers receiving such forbearance may not evict or charge late fees to tenants for its duration.

        Additionally, in many states in which we do business or in which our borrowers and loan collateral are located, temporary bans on evictions and foreclosures have been enacted through a mix of executive orders, regulations, and judicial orders. Certain such relief orders have since expired, although several states, including California, New York and New Jersey, have extended their temporary orders and may continue to do so indefinitely. In addition, in New York, Governor Andrew Cuomo signed legislation on June 17, 2020 that expands mortgage forbearance available for those experiencing financial hardship during the crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The legislation applies to those who have mortgages with state-regulated financial institutions and is intended to be an expansion of the CARES Act's mortgage forbearance provisions. The legislation provides up to one year of forbearance if the borrower's hardship persists and provides flexible payment options. Furthermore, on August 31, 2020, the California Legislature passed legislation extending an existing moratorium on evictions through January 31, 2021, provided that renters pay a portion of their rent for the period between September 1, 2020 and January 31, 2021. The legislation also requires servicers of residential mortgages, including those on real property containing up to four dwelling units, to comply with certain standards when notifying and communicating with borrowers who have experienced a COVID-19-related financial hardship and may be pursuing forbearances or other loss mitigation options.

        Certain industries have been particularly hard-hit by the COVID-19 pandemic, including the travel and hospitality industry, the restaurant industry and the retail industry. Although we do not have a material concentration in the restaurant and retail industries, at December 31, 2019, we had $81.8 million of loans to hotels and single-room occupancy hotels in our commercial real estate loan portfolio. In addition, the spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including employee travel, employee work locations, and cancellation of physical participation in

36


Table of Contents

meetings, events and conferences. We have many employees working remotely and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners.

        Given the ongoing, dynamic and unprecedented nature of our current circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and when and how the economy may be reopened. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we may be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, risk-weighted assets and regulatory capital:

37


Table of Contents

Our senior management has recently undergone a significant transition and our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract and retain key executives and other qualified personnel in the current environment.

        The Company experienced significant executive transitions in late 2019 continuing through the first half of 2020. On October 17, 2019, the Company announced the retirement of its then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Gary Judd, with such retirement to be effective November 30, 2019. On October 15, 2019, the board of directors appointed Thomas Lopp, the Company's then-President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, to assume the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman effective upon Mr. Judd's retirement. The board of directors also appointed Stephen Huber as Chief Financial Officer, also effective November 30, 2019. On May 7, 2020, Mr. Lopp resigned from each of his positions with the Company and the board of directors appointed Mr. Huber as interim Chief Executive Officer. On May 29, 2020, Michael Montemayor was terminated from his positions as President of Commercial and Retail Banking and Chief Lending Officer. Effective June 3, 2020, the Company and the Bank appointed Thomas M. O'Brien as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively. Mr. Huber continued in his role as Chief Financial Officer following the appointment of Mr. O'Brien. Christine Meredith was hired by the Bank in the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer with a starting date of February 3, 2020. Since October 1, 2019, more than 100 officers and employees have been terminated or have resigned, including more than 35 loan officers.

        We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, or replacing recently terminated or departed employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our officers or directors could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market and financial products, years of industry experience and the difficulty of finding qualified replacement personnel. We recognize that the banking industry is competitive and replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully manage, develop and grow in the banking industry. If we fail to identify and develop or recruit successors, we are at risk of being harmed by the departures of key employees.

Our concentration in residential mortgage loans exposes us to risks.

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, one-to-four family residential real estate loans amounted to $2.48 billion and $2.45 billion, or 85% and 84%, respectively, of our total loan portfolio, and we intend to continue this type of lending in the foreseeable future. Residential mortgage lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. If borrowers are unable to meet their loan repayment obligations, our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. In addition, a decline in residential real estate values as a result of a downturn in the markets we serve would reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans. Declines in real estate values could cause some of our residential mortgages to be inadequately collateralized,

38


Table of Contents

which would expose us to a great risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

Our results of operations are dependent on our loan production. Recent terminations and departures of high producing loan officers may materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our business and ability to generate loans depends on the efforts of our loan producers. Since October 1, 2019, more than 100 officers and employees have been terminated or have resigned, including more than 35 loan officers. If we are unable to maintain the clients of these producers, hire effective new producers, or replace their production through other loan officers and loan products, our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Strong competition within our market areas or with respect to our products may limit our growth and profitability.

        Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities, operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and higher lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates on more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market areas. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected. As we expand into new market areas, we expect that competition for customers and relationships will be intense. As a result, our ability to successfully deploy our business strategy in these market areas may be difficult.

        In addition, we believe that we have historically faced less competition for customers of our Advantage Loan Program as compared to the competition we face in the market for qualified mortgages. Due to the permanent discontinuation of this Program, we may face significant pricing pressure and may experience a negative effect on our net interest margin. Many of our competitors are much larger and may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer better pricing for the type of products and services we provide. Should competition over the type of loans we underwrite increase, our profitability could be materially and adversely affected. See "Item 1. Business—Competition."

We face significant operational risks because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions and increased reliance on technology, including risk of loss related to cybersecurity breaches.

        We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions and to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others, as well as our own business, operations, plans and strategies. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. We face an increasing number of regulations and regulatory scrutiny related to our information technology systems, and security or privacy breaches with respect to our data could result in regulatory fines, reputational harm and customer losses, any of which would significantly impact our financial condition. As cybersecurity threats are inherently difficult to predict and can take many forms, insurance coverage may not be available for losses associated with

39


Table of Contents

cyber-attacks or information security breaches, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. In addition, because we perform our own core processing and other technological functions, we cannot rely on indemnification or another source of third-party recovery in the event of a breach of such functions.

        In recent years, several U.S. financial institutions have experienced significant distributed denial-of-service attacks, some of which involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems. Other potential attacks have attempted to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information or destroy data, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber-attacks and other means. To date and to the best of our knowledge, none of these types of attacks have had a material effect on our business or operations. Such security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including persons who are involved with organized crime or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Those same parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. We are also subject to the risk that our employees may intercept and transmit unauthorized confidential or proprietary information. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information being sent to or received from a customer or third party could result in legal liability, remediation costs, regulatory action and reputational harm.

        In addition, we outsource some of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, including as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        Although we have implemented and intend to continue to implement and enhance security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful in deterring or mitigating the effects of every cyberthreat that we face. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to protect client transaction data, other customer data and employee data. Any successful cyber-attack or other information security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information or that compromises our ability to function could severely damage our reputation, erode confidence in the security of our systems, products and services, expose us to the risk of litigation and liability, disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business. Any successful cyber-attack may also subject the Company to regulatory investigations, litigation or enforcement, or require the payment of regulatory fines or penalties or undertaking costly remediation efforts with respect to third parties affected by a cyber security incident, all or any of which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations and damage its reputation.

A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and result in regulatory limits being placed on the Company.

        Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds is deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of deposits such as money market funds, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. In addition, should secondary market investors accept our

40


Table of Contents

offers to repurchase Advantage Loans with respect to a substantial portion of such outstanding loans, the cash required to fund these repurchases will substantially reduce our excess liquidity. Moreover, depending on the capitalization and regulatory treatment of depository institutions, including whether an institution is subject to a supervisory prompt corrective action directive, certain additional regulatory restrictions and prohibitions may apply, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. In the event such restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits become applicable to us, we will likely need to reduce our interest rates paid on a large segment of our deposits, which could result in significant deposit withdrawals. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, approximately 17.3% of our total deposits are not FDIC-insured, and a significant portion of those deposits could be withdrawn in the event of volatile economic conditions. Significant deposit withdrawals could materially reduce our liquidity, and, in such an event, we may be required to replace such deposits with higher-costing borrowings. See "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements" and "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Prompt Corrective Action."

        Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity securities, including, most recently, net proceeds of approximately $85.5 million from our 2017 initial public offering. Additional liquidity is provided by our ability to borrow from the FHLB of Indianapolis or our ability to sell portions of our loan portfolio. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the ability to sell mortgage portfolios as a result of a downturn in our markets or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against us. A lack of liquidity could also attract increased regulatory scrutiny and potential restraints imposed on us by regulators.

        Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on external financing to fund our operations and the failure to obtain such financing on favorable terms, or at all, in the future could materially and adversely impact our growth strategy and prospects.

        We rely in part on advances from the FHLB, subordinated debt, and brokered deposits to fund our operations. Although we consider such sources of funds adequate for our current needs, we may need to seek additional debt or equity capital in the future to restore capital that may be depleted due to losses related to adverse results from government investigations and ligations, adverse economic conditions due to COVID 19 and other risks identified herein, as well as to fund future growth. The sale of equity or equity-related securities in the future may be dilutive to our shareholders, and debt financing arrangements may require us to pledge some of our assets and enter into various affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on operational activities and financing alternatives. Future financing sources, if sought, might be unavailable to us or, if available, could be on terms unfavorable to us and may require regulatory approval. If financing sources are unavailable or are not available on favorable terms or we are unable to obtain regulatory approval, our capital base, growth strategy and future prospects could be materially and adversely impacted.

41


Table of Contents

As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions.

        Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. The current economic environment is also characterized by interest rates at historically low levels, which impacts our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business is affected by changes in the state of the general economy and the financial markets, and a slowdown or downturn in the general economy or the financial markets could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our customer activity is intrinsically linked to the health of the economy generally and of the financial markets specifically. In addition to the economic factors discussed above, a downturn in the real estate or commercial markets generally could cause our customers and potential customers to exit the market for real estate or commercial loans. As a result, we believe that fluctuations, disruptions, instability or downturns in the general economy and the financial markets could disproportionately affect demand for our residential and commercial loan services. If such conditions occur and persist, our business and financial results, including our liquidity and our ability to fulfill our debt obligations, could be materially adversely affected.

Changes in economic conditions could cause an increase in delinquencies and nonperforming assets, including loan charge offs, which could depress our net income and growth.

        Our loan portfolio includes primarily real estate secured loans, demand for which may decrease during economic downturns as a result of, among other things, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values and a slowdown in housing. If we see negative economic conditions develop in the United States as a whole or in the markets that we serve, we could experience higher delinquencies and loan charge offs, which would reduce our net income and adversely affect our financial condition. Furthermore, to the extent that real estate collateral is obtained through foreclosure, the costs of holding and marketing the real estate collateral, as well as the ultimate values obtained from disposition, could reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

42


Table of Contents

Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial loans, our credit risk may increase in our commercial loan portfolios.

        At December 31, 2019, our commercial loans totaled $436.4 million, or 15% of our total loans. As a result of the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program, we expect this percentage to materially increase. We intend to increase our originations of commercial loans, within permissible limits for a federal savings bank, which primarily consists of commercial real estate, construction and development, business loans, and commercial lines of credit. These loans generally have more risk than residential mortgage loans.

        Because we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, commercial loans generally have a larger average size as compared with other loans such as residential loans. The collateral for commercial loans is generally less readily-marketable and losses incurred on a small number of commercial loans could have a disproportionate and material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Monetary policies and regulations of the FRB could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks' reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

        The monetary policies and regulations of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results of banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

        The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent upon the level of our net interest income, or the difference between the interest income we earn on loans, investments and other interest earning assets, and the interest we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes.

        When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect us through, among other things, increased prepayments on our loan portfolio. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect our net yield on interest earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results. Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including governmental monetary policies, inflation,

43


Table of Contents

deflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.

        Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between:

        The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the demand for our residential lending products may decline and the interest income we earn on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower interest rates. Such changes in interest rates could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and overall profitability.

        In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A decline in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Furthermore, an inverted interest rate yield curve, where short-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions borrow funds) are higher than long-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions lend funds for fixed-rate loans) can reduce our net interest margin and create financial risk for financial institutions like ours.

A continuation of the historically low interest rate environment and the possibility that we may access higher-cost funds to support our loan growth and operations may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

        In prior years the FRB's policy has been to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. After steadily increasing the target federal funds rate in 2018 and 2017, the FRB in 2019 decreased the target federal funds rate by 75 basis points, and in response to the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, decreased the target federal funds rate by an additional 150 basis points to a range of 0.0% to 0.25% as of March 31, 2020. The FRB could make additional changes in interest rates during 2020 subject to economic conditions. If the FRB increases the target federal funds rate, overall interest rates will likely rise, which may negatively impact the housing markets and the U.S. economic recovery. Our ability to reduce our interest expense may be limited at current interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease, and our interest expense may increase as we access non-core funding sources or increase deposit rates to fund our operations. A continuation of a low, or relatively low, interest rate environment or increasing our cost of funds may adversely affect our net interest income, which would have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

44


Table of Contents

Uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process and potential phasing out of LIBOR may adversely affect our results of operations.

        LIBOR is the reference rate used for many of our transactions, including our lending and borrowing and our purchase and sale of securities, as well as the derivatives that we use to manage risk related to such transactions. However, a reduced volume of interbank unsecured term borrowing coupled with recent legal and regulatory proceedings related to rate manipulation by certain financial institutions has led to international reconsideration of LIBOR as a financial benchmark. The United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"), which regulates the process for establishing LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that the sustainability of LIBOR cannot be guaranteed. Accordingly, the FCA intends to stop persuading, or compelling, banks to submit to LIBOR after 2021. Until such time, however, FCA panel banks have agreed to continue to support LIBOR.

        We have not yet determined which alternative rate is most applicable, and there can be no assurances on which benchmark rate(s) may replace LIBOR or how LIBOR will be determined for purposes of financial instruments that are currently referencing LIBOR if and when it ceases to exist. If LIBOR is discontinued after 2021 as expected, there may be uncertainty or differences in the calculation of the applicable interest rate or payment amount depending on the terms of the governing instruments, and such discontinuation may increase operational and other risks to the Company and the industry.

        While there is no consensus on what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, a group of large banks, the Alternative Reference Rate Committee, or ARRC, selected the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") as an alternative to LIBOR. SOFR has been published by the FRBNY since May 2018, and it is intended to be a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. The FRBNY reports that SOFR includes all trades in the Broad General Collateral Rate, plus bilateral U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions cleared through the delivery-versus-payment service offered by the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, a subsidiary of the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation.

        The Federal Reserve Bank of New York ("FRBNY") currently publishes SOFR daily on its website at https://apps.newyorkfed.org/markets/autorates/sofr. The FRBNY states on its publication page for SOFR that use of SOFR is subject to important disclaimers, limitations and indemnification obligations, including that the FRBNY may alter the methods of calculation, publication schedule, rate revision practices or availability of SOFR at any time without notice.

        Because SOFR is published by the FRBNY based on data received from other sources, the Bank has no control over its determination, calculation or publication. There can be no assurance that SOFR will not be discontinued or fundamentally altered in a manner that is materially adverse to the parties that utilize SOFR as the reference rate for transactions. There is no assurance that SOFR will be widely adopted as the replacement reference rate for LIBOR (or that the Company will ultimately decide to adopt SOFR as the reference rate for its lending or borrowing transactions).

        The market transition away from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, is complex and could have a range of adverse effects on the Company's business, financial condition, and results of operations. In particular, any such transition could:

45


Table of Contents

        In addition, the implementation of LIBOR reform proposals may result in increased compliance costs and operational costs, including costs related to continued participation in LIBOR and the transition to a replacement reference rate or rates. We cannot reasonably estimate the expected cost.

The FASB has issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how we provide for credit losses and may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

        In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the current "incurred loss" model for recognizing credit losses with an "expected loss" model referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss ("CECL") model. Under the CECL model, we will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the current "incurred loss" model, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. Accordingly, we expect that the adoption of the CECL model will materially affect how we determine our allowance for loan losses and could require us to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The new CECL standard will be effective on January 1, 2023 for the Company. We are currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on our accounting, but we expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to our allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, consistent with regulatory expectations set forth in interagency guidance issued at the end of 2016. We cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on our financial condition or results of operations.

Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events.

        Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with U.S. GAAP and reflect management's judgment of the most appropriate manner in which to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

46


Table of Contents

        Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan losses, the fair value of financial instruments and the valuation of mortgage servicing rights. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided or reduce the carrying value of an asset measured at fair value. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        Our internal controls, disclosure controls, processes and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls, processes and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls, processes and procedures could necessitate changes in those controls, processes and procedures, which may increase our compliance costs, divert management attention from our business or subject us to regulatory actions and increased regulatory scrutiny. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, earnings could decrease.

        Loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio are made, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management reviews the loans and the loss and delinquency experience and evaluates economic conditions.

        At December 31, 2019, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.75%. The determination of the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses is subject to judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which are subject to material changes. If assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not cover incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the date of the financial statements. Significant additions to the allowance for loan losses would materially decrease net income. Nonperforming loans may increase and nonperforming or delinquent loans may adversely affect future performance. In addition, federal regulators periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge offs. Any significant increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Tax matters, including the changes in corporate tax rates, disagreements with taxing authorities and imposition of new taxes could impact our results of operations and financial condition.

        We are subject to regular reviews, examinations, and audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities with respect to our taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if a taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. There can be no assurance that payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes will not have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

47


Table of Contents

        Likewise, the Company operates in an environment that imposes income taxes on its operations at both the federal and state levels to varying degrees. Changes in tax laws could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to regular review and audit by U.S. federal and certain state authorities. Tax authorities may disagree with certain positions we have taken and any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a negative effect on our financial position and results of operations.

A substantial majority of our loans and operations are in California, and therefore our business is particularly vulnerable to a downturn in the local economies in which we operate.

        Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, a large portion of our business is concentrated primarily in the state of California, specifically in the San Francisco Bay and Los Angeles Areas. As of December 31, 2019, 89% of our loan portfolio was based in California and our loan portfolio had concentrations of 54% and 35% in the San Francisco Bay and Los Angeles Areas, respectively. While there is not a single employer or industry in our market areas on which a significant number of our customers are dependent, if the local economies, and particularly the real estate market, declines, the rates of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in our loan portfolio would likely increase. Notably, the COVID-19 pandemic has had, and likely will continue to have, a significant effect on the California real estate market. In response to this crisis, California lawmakers have adopted legislation and other orders requiring us to take, or refrain from taking, certain action to assist borrowers who have experienced a COVID-19-related financial hardship, including by offering forbearance and other loss mitigation options and delaying foreclosure proceedings. Similarly, catastrophic natural events such as earthquakes or wildfires could have a disproportionate effect on our financial condition. As a result of this lack of diversification in our loan portfolio, a downturn in the local economies generally and real estate market specifically could significantly reduce our profitability and growth and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We face strong competition in the banking industry, and we may not be able to successfully grow or retain market share in our existing markets.

        We face intense competition in the banking industry from many competitors who compete with us on an international, regional or local level. Our strategy for future growth relies in part on growth in the communities we serve and our ability to develop relationships in particular locations, and we expect to continue to face strong competition from competitors in all of our markets. In addition, our competitors may seek to benefit from the recent negative publicity surrounding our permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program and target our customers. If we fail to compete effectively against our competitors, we may be unable to expand our market share in our existing markets, and we may be unable to retain our existing market share in key growth markets or in those markets in which we have traditionally had a strong presence. Failure to protect our market share on a regional level or to grow our market share in key growth markets and product categories could have a material adverse effect on our overall market share and on our profitability.

The value of our mortgage servicing rights can be volatile.

        We sell in the secondary market residential mortgage loans that we originate, which provides a meaningful portion of our non-interest income in the form of gains on the sale of mortgage loans. We also earn revenue from fees we receive for servicing mortgage loans. As a result of our mortgage servicing business, we have a portfolio of mortgage servicing rights. A mortgage servicing right is the right to service a mortgage loan—collect principal, interest, and escrow amounts—for a fee. We acquire mortgage servicing rights when we keep the servicing rights in connection with the sale of loans we have originated.

48


Table of Contents

        Changes in interest rates may impact our mortgage servicing revenues, which could negatively impact our non-interest income. When rates rise, net revenue from our mortgage servicing activities can increase due to slower prepayments, which reduces our amortization expense for mortgage servicing rights. When rates fall, the value of our mortgage servicing rights usually tends to decline as a result of a higher volume of prepayments, resulting in a decline in our net revenue. It is possible that, because of economic conditions and/or a weak or deteriorating housing market, even if interest rates were to fall or remain low, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the mortgage servicing rights value caused by the lower rates. Because the value of our mortgage servicing rights is recorded on our balance sheet and evaluated on a quarterly basis, any significant decline in value could adversely affect our income, our capital ratios or require us to raise additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms.

One of our historical markets, minority and immigrant individuals, may be threatened by gentrification or adverse political developments, which could decrease our growth and profitability.

        We believe that a significant part of our historical strength has been our focus on the minority and immigrant markets. The continuing displacement of minorities due to gentrification of our communities may adversely affect us unless we are able to adapt and increase the acceptance of our products and services by non-minority customers. We may also be unfavorably impacted by political developments adverse to the United States and specifically adverse to markets that are dependent on immigrant populations. We may be further limited in our ability to attract immigrant clients to the extent the U.S. adopts restrictive domestic immigration laws. Changes to U.S. immigration policies as proposed that restrain the flow of immigrants may inhibit our ability to meet our goals and budgets for non-qualified mortgage loans and deposits, which may adversely affect our net interest income and net income.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information provided by customers and counterparties.

        In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by, or on behalf of, customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. In deciding whether to extend credit, we may rely upon our customers' representations that their financial statements are accurate. We also may rely on customer representations and certifications, or other audit or accountants' reports, with respect to the business and financial condition of our commercial clients. Our financial condition, results of operations, financial reporting and reputation could be materially adversely affected if we rely on materially misleading, false, inaccurate or fraudulent information.

We could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions and other third parties we rely on.

        Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional entities. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when our collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due.

49


Table of Contents

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

        We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. Recent negative publicity regarding the Advantage Loan Program may cause substantial damage to our reputation in the communities we serve. While we will seek to restore any such damage, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, and delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates, we cannot assure you these efforts will be successful. If our reputation continues to be negatively affected by the actions of our former employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

If our enterprise risk management framework is not effective at mitigating risk and loss to us, we could suffer unexpected losses and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        Our enterprise risk management framework seeks to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return, which is critical to optimizing shareholder value. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance and reputational. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our modest size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

        Our modest size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. As a smaller institution, we are also disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

We face risks related to our operational, technological and organizational infrastructure.

        Our ability to grow and compete, including to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of our existing customers and attract new ones, is dependent on our ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure as we expand. Our ability to run our business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations is also dependent on that infrastructure. Similar to other corporations, operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or outside persons and exposure to external events. As discussed below, we are dependent on our operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. In addition, we are heavily dependent on the strength and capability of our technology systems, which we use both to interface with our customers and to manage our internal financial records and other systems. Any shortcomings in our technology systems, including, by way of example, an inability to prevent manual journal entries, subjects us to risk of misconduct by our employees that may go undetected.

50


Table of Contents

        We monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it will be cost effective to do so. In some instances, we may build and maintain these capabilities ourselves. Specifically, we provide our own core systems processing and essential web hosting. We also outsource some of these functions to third parties. If we experience difficulties, fail to comply with banking regulations or keep up with increasingly sophisticated technologies, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if we are able to replace them, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adherence to our internal policies and procedures by our employees is critical to our performance and how we are perceived by our regulators.

        Our internal policies and procedures are a critical component of our corporate governance and, in some cases, compliance with applicable regulations. We adopt internal policies and procedures to guide management and employees regarding the operation and conduct of our business. Any deviation or non-adherence to these internal policies and procedures, such as the conduct leading to the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program, whether intentional or unintentional, could have a detrimental effect on our management, operations or financial condition.

We must keep pace with technological change to remain competitive and introduce new products and services.

        Financial products and services have become increasingly technologically driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively and introduce new products in a cost-efficient manner is dependent on the ability to keep pace with technological advances, to invest in new technology as it becomes available, and to obtain and maintain related essential personnel. Many of our competitors have already implemented critical technologies and have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to market new technologically driven products and services. In addition, we may not have the same ability to rapidly respond to technological innovations as our competitors do. Furthermore, the introduction of new technologies and products by financial technology companies and "fintech" platforms may adversely affect our ability to obtain new customers and successfully grow our business. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so, due to cost, proficiency or otherwise, could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.

        From time to time, the FASB or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators, outside auditors or management) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict, and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period consolidated financial statements.

Adverse conditions internationally could adversely affect our business.

        Many of our customers are recent immigrants or foreign nationals. U.S. and global economic policies, military tensions, and unfavorable global economic conditions may adversely impact the economies in which our customers have family or business ties. A significant deterioration of economic conditions internationally, and in Asia in particular, could expose us to, among other things, economic

51


Table of Contents

and transfer risk, and we could experience an outflow of deposits by those of our customers with connections to Asia. In addition, foreign currency restrictions, particularly on the movement of cash from abroad, could adversely affect many of our customers, including with respect to their ability to make down payments or repay loans. Adverse economic conditions abroad, and in China or Taiwan in particular, may also negatively impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of our customers with ties to these regions.

The permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program may significantly reduce our ability to meet the needs of many of our customers.

        Many of our customers are recent immigrants or foreign nationals who often lack the traditional financial documentation required to qualify for conforming mortgages. The Advantage Loan Program was designed in part to meet the financing needs of this community. If we are unable to replace the Advantage Loan Program with a reliable and prudent loan program, we may lose the ability to service these customers, which would result in a material and adverse effect on our loan production and results of operations.

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio could hurt our profits and reduce our shareholders' equity.

        Our securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and/or net income. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. In analyzing a debt issuer's financial condition, management may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred and industry analysts' reports. In analyzing an equity issuer's financial condition, management may consider industry analysts' reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to net income may occur. Changes in interest rates can also have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. We increase or decrease our shareholders' equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. Declines in market value could result in other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Investment Securities Portfolio."

As part of our asset/liability management strategy, we sell portions of our residential loan portfolio from time to time, while retaining servicing rights. If the market for our mortgage loans to the secondary market were to significantly contract, or if purchasers were to lose confidence in the quality of our loans, our earnings profile would be negatively affected and our ability to manage our balance sheet would be materially and adversely affected.

        From time to time, we manage our liquidity and balance sheet risk by selling loans in our mortgage portfolio into the secondary market. If the market for our mortgages were to contract or our counterparties were to lose confidence in our asset quality, we would lose a key piece of our liquidity strategy and would need to find alternative means to manage our liquidity that may be less effective. In addition, in connection with residential mortgages packaged for sale in the secondary market, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. The recent permanent discontinuation of our Advantage Loan Program may lead some

52


Table of Contents

purchasers to claim that the historical representations and warranties we have made in connection with such sales were inaccurate. A substantial decline in residential real estate values in the markets in which we originated such loans could increase the risk of such claims. While we currently believe our repurchase risk remains low based upon the minimal credit losses experienced in our historical loan portfolio, it is possible that requests to repurchase loans could occur in the future. If the market for our residential portfolio were to contract or if a significant number of purchasers claimed our historical representations and warranties made in connection with loans made under the Advantage Loan Program were inaccurate and requested that we repurchase such loans, our liquidity, capital ratios and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Any debt service obligations will reduce the funds available for other business purposes, and the terms and covenants relating to our current and future indebtedness could adversely impact our financial performance and liquidity.

        We have sold $65.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7.0% Fixed to Floating Subordinated Notes due April 15, 2026. As a result, we are currently, and to the extent we incur significant debt in the future, we will be, subject to risks typically associated with debt financing, such as insufficient cash flow to meet required debt service payment obligations and the inability to refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, our subordinated notes and the related subordinated note purchase agreements contain customary covenants, which under certain circumstances place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions and enter into certain transactions, including acquisition activity. If we fail to satisfy one or more of the covenants under our subordinated notes, we would be in default under such notes, and may be required to repay such debt with capital from other sources. Under such circumstances, other sources of capital may not be available to us on reasonable terms or at all.

We and our borrowers in our California communities may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

        The majority of our branches are located in the San Francisco and Los Angeles, California areas, which in the past have experienced both severe earthquakes and wildfires. We do not carry earthquake insurance on our properties. Earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, our customers and loan collateral may be severely impacted by such events, resulting in losses.

        If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our branches, that damaged critical infrastructure or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time in the San Francisco and/or Los Angeles, California areas. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

53


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Governance Matters

We have been a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for Nasdaq-listed companies, and we may elect to take full advantage of the "controlled company" exception, which would make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

        Because we have qualified as a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for Nasdaq-listed companies since our initial public offering, we are not required to have a majority of our board of directors be independent, nor are we required to have a compensation committee or an independent nominating function. Although we have recently received informal notice that due to a recent change in trustee for a number of the Seligman family trusts, we may lose controlled company status, we are still eligible to take full advantage of the controlled company exceptions for one year following the loss of controlled company status. Currently, Sandra Seligman and Seth Meltzer, who are not independent directors, serve on our Nominating Committee. Although we do not intend to rely upon the "controlled company" exception to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of Nasdaq, except for our Nominating Committee, we could elect to do so in the future. In this regard, in light of our status as a controlled company, our board of directors could elect not to have a majority of our board of directors be independent or not to have a compensation committee. Accordingly, should the interests of our controlling shareholder differ from those of other shareholders, the other shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for Nasdaq-listed companies. We may take advantage of some or all the "controlled company" exceptions and to the extent we do not, this determination could change in the future. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

The Seligman family, directly through the family's trust, has influenced and has the ability to continue to influence Company operations and to control the outcome of matters submitted for shareholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other shareholders.

        Scott J. Seligman and others of his family members were the original founders of the Bank, and Mr. Seligman has had a variety of senior roles and positions over the course of many years. Prior to 2000, he served as a member of the Bank's board and as chief executive officer of the Bank. After 2000 and through December 31, 2019, he served as a consulting director to the board of the Bank and retained the title of vice president of the Company. In these roles, Mr. Seligman participated in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank and had a significant influence over the Bank's operations. In addition, Mr. Seligman caused the Bank to engage in various transactions with other Seligman-controlled businesses. For example, the Bank has a sublease agreement with Seligman & Associates for office space, and the Bank provides monthly data processing and programming services to entities controlled by the Company's controlling shareholders. Mr. Seligman resigned from his positions as consulting director to the board of the Bank and as vice president of the Company effective December 31, 2019.

        Certain trusts for the benefit of members of the Seligman family and administered by their trustees or other Seligman family members or their designees beneficially own approximately 70% of our common stock. The trustees of the trusts for the benefit of Scott J. Seligman have voting and dispositive power over approximately 48% of our common stock, effectively giving such trusts control over the outcome of the shareholder votes on most matters. The trustee of the trusts for the benefit of Sandra Seligman has voting and dispositive power over approximately 18% of our common stock. Prior to August 2020, Mr. Seligman and Ms. Seligman utilized the same trustee for their respective trusts. Should the Seligman family and their trusts vote as a block, they would have effective control over the outcome of the votes on all matters requiring approval by shareholders, including the election of directors, the adoption of amendments to our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of a sale of the Company and other significant corporate transactions, regardless of how other

54


Table of Contents

shareholders vote on these matters. Furthermore, the interests of the Seligman family may be different than the interests of other shareholders. This concentration of voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or other business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to our shareholders.

Certain provisions of our corporate governance documents and Michigan law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

        Our second amended and restated articles of incorporation contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our Company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These include provisions that, among other things:

        These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of the board of directors, which is responsible for appointing members of our management. Any matters requiring the approval of our shareholders will require the approval of the Seligman family and their trustees, which may have interests that differ from those of our other shareholders.

        In addition, the 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan provides that restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control and permits the board of directors or a committee thereof to accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to other outstanding awards including stock options, in the event of, or immediately prior to, a change in control. Such vesting or acceleration could discourage the acquisition of our Company.

55


Table of Contents

        We could also become subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Michigan law which may discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not an acquisition or merger is desired by or beneficial to our shareholders. If a corporation's board of directors chooses to "opt-in" to certain provisions of Michigan Law, such corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% of the corporation's outstanding voting shares unless the holder has held the shares for five years or more or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the business combination. Our board of directors has not elected to be subject to this provision, but could do so in the future. Any provision of our second amended and restated articles of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Michigan law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our shareholders to receive a premium for their shares, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock otherwise.

Our second amended and restated articles of incorporation designates the courts of the State of Michigan located in Oakland County and the United States District for the Eastern District of Michigan as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

        Our second amended and restated articles of incorporation provides that the courts of the State of Michigan located in Oakland County and the United States District for the Eastern District of Michigan shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Michigan Business Corporation Act (as it may be amended from time to time, the "MBCA"), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the State of Michigan's internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our second amended and restated articles of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a shareholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our second amended and restated articles of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by applicable law and the terms of our subordinated notes.

        Our ability to pay cash dividends is restricted by the terms of our subordinated notes as well as applicable provisions of Michigan law and the rules and regulations of the OCC and the FRB. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, banking regulations, contractual restrictions and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant, and we can provide no assurance that we will pay any dividends to our shareholders in the future.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.

56


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        Our corporate headquarters is located at One Towne Square, Suite 1900, Southfield, Michigan 48076. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we operate 20 branch offices located in the San Francisco metropolitan area, six branch offices in the Los Angeles metropolitan area, two branch offices and one loan production office located in New York City, and one branch office in the greater Seattle market. We lease our corporate headquarters and each of our retail branch offices at what we believe to be market rates.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        Except as described below, we are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. We believe that these routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are immaterial to our financial condition and results of operations.

OCC Investigation

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the OCC and continues to be subject to the OCC Agreement, relating primarily to certain aspects of its BSA/AML compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The OCC Agreement generally requires that the Bank enhance its policies and procedures to ensure compliance with BSA/AML laws and regulations and ensure effective controls over residential loan underwriting. The OCC Agreement requires the Bank to: (i) establish a compliance committee to monitor and oversee the Bank's compliance with the provisions of OCC Agreement; (ii) develop a revised customer due diligence and enhanced due diligence program; (iii) develop a revised suspicious activity monitoring program; (iv) engage an independent, third-party consultant to review and provide a written report on the Bank's suspicious activity monitoring; (v) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective BSA/AML model risk management for the Bank's automated suspicious activity monitoring system, which must be validated by a qualified, independent third party; (vi) ensure that the Bank's BSA Department maintains sufficient personnel; and (vii) develop revised policies and procedures to ensure effective controls over loan underwriting. In addition to these requirements, while the OCC Agreement remains in effect, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions on expansion activities, such as growth through acquisition or branching to supplement organic growth of the Bank. The Bank established a Compliance Committee to monitor and assure compliance with the OCC Agreement, oversee the completion of an independent review of account and transaction activity to be conducted by a third party vendor, and engage a third party to conduct a model validation for its BSA/AML monitoring software.

        The Bank is fully cooperating with the OCC investigation and implementing the items necessary to achieve compliance with the obligations in the OCC Agreement. A finding by the OCC that the Bank failed to comply with the OCC Agreement or adverse findings in the OCC investigation could result in additional regulatory scrutiny, constraints on the Bank's business, or other formal enforcement action. Any of those events could have a material adverse effect on our future operations, financial condition, growth, or other aspects of our business. The Bank has incurred significant costs in its efforts to comply with the OCC Agreement and respond to the OCC investigation, which are reflected in our 2019 results of operations.

DOJ Investigation

        The Bank also has received grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ beginning in early 2020 requesting the production of documents and information in connection with an investigation that appears to be focused on the Bank's residential lending practices and related issues. The Bank is fully cooperating with this ongoing investigation. Adverse findings in the DOJ investigation could result in material losses due to damages, penalties, costs, and/or expenses imposed on the Company, which could have a

57


Table of Contents

material adverse effect on our future operations, financial condition, growth, or other aspects of our business. The Bank expects to incur significant costs in its efforts to comply with the DOJ investigation in 2020.

Shareholder Litigation

        The Company, certain of its current and former officers and directors, and other parties have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Oklahoma Police Pension and Retirement System v. Sterling Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:20-cv-10490-JEL-EAS, filed on February 26, 2020 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 2, 2020. This action alleges violations of the federal securities laws, primarily with respect to disclosures concerning the Bank's residential lending practices that were made in the Company's registration statement and prospectus for its initial public offering, in subsequent press releases, in periodic and other filings with the SEC, and during earnings calls. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint with the court on September 22, 2020. We will continue to incur legal fees in connection with this and potentially other cases, including expenses for the reimbursement of legal fees of present and former officers and directors under indemnification obligations. The expense of continuing to defend such litigation may be significant. The Company intends to vigorously defend this and any related actions.

        The outcome of the pending investigations and litigation is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such investigations or litigation, (ii) that the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. The Company has incurred significant legal expenses in defending the litigation and in cooperating with the investigations and expects to continue to do so during the pendency of these matters.

        In addition, on July 28, 2020, the Company received a demand letter from two law firms representing a purported stockholder of the Company alleging facts and claims substantially the same as many of the alleged facts and claims in the class action lawsuit. The demand letter requests that the board of directors take action to (1) recover damages the Company has purportedly sustained as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by certain of its officers and directors; (2) recover for the benefit of the Company the amounts by which certain of its officers and directors purportedly were unjustly enriched; and (3) correct alleged deficiencies in the Company's internal controls. The demand letter states that, if the board of directors has not taken the actions demanded within 90 days after the receipt of the letter, or in the event the board of directors refuses to take the actions demanded, the purported stockholder will commence a stockholder derivative action on behalf of the Company seeking appropriate relief. The board of directors has recently established a demand review committee to evaluate the matters raised in the demand letter and to determine the actions, if any, that should be taken by the Company with respect to those matters. The Company has responded to the demand letter advising the purported shareholder of the appointment of the demand review committee. There can be no assurance as to whether any litigation will be commenced by or against the Company with respect to the claims set forth in the demand letter or that, if any such litigation is commenced, it will not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

58


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

        Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "SBT" since November 17, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.

        On September 30, 2020, we had 49,977,209 shares of common stock, no par value, outstanding and ten holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders are beneficial owners whose shares are held of record banks, brokers and other nominees. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Dividend Policy

        Although as a private company, we had only recently paid dividends to our shareholders, we intend to consider conservative and appropriate dividend levels. Our dividend policy and practice may change at any time, and our board of directors may change or eliminate the payment of future dividends at its discretion, without notice to our shareholders. In March 2020, in connection with the issues giving rise to the Internal Review, we announced the suspension of the payment of any dividends for at least the near term. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will depend on our future earnings, capital requirements, restrictions imposed by our subordinated debt, funds needed to pay the interest cost on any debt, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Refer to "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements" for a discussion of our dividend payment restrictions.

Stock Repurchase Program

        On December 24, 2018, the board of directors approved the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock. The stock repurchase program permits the Company to acquire shares of common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The Company received regulatory approval of the stock repurchase program and publicly announced the program on January 28, 2019. The program does not have an expiration date. Under the stock repurchase program, the Company is not obligated to repurchase shares of its common stock, and there is no assurance that it will continue to do so. Any shares repurchased under this program will be canceled and returned to authorized but unissued status.

        The following table provides certain information with respect to our purchases of shares of the Company's common stock, as of the settlement date, during the three months ended December 31, 2019:

 
  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  
Period
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price Paid
per Share(1)
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
  Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the
Plans or Programs
 

October 1 - 31, 2019

    194,849   $ 9.93     194,849   $ 22,341,095  

November 1 - 30, 2019

    271,010     9.93     271,010     19,650,677  

December 1 - 31, 2019

                19,650,677  

Total

    465,859   $ 9.93     465,859        

(1)
Includes commissions and fees

59


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected consolidated financial and operating data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included herein. The selected consolidated financial data, set forth below, has been retrospectively adjusted for a merger of an entity that occurred in April 2017 that was under common control for those prior periods presented. Also, all share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the stock split that occurred on September 11, 2017.

 
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Selected Operating Data:

                               

Interest income

                               

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 168,955   $ 157,499   $ 122,789   $ 90,719   $ 66,005  

Interest and dividends on investment securities and restricted stock

    4,976     3,679     1,890     1,180     796  

Other interest

    1,438     593     157     57     43  

Total interest income

    175,369     161,771     124,836     91,956     66,844  

Interest expense

                               

Interest on deposits

    45,693     32,031     17,570     11,428     6,526  

Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    3,991     4,951     3,795     2,439     1,539  

Interest on subordinated notes and other

    4,701     4,689     4,070     1,978     43  

Total interest expense

    54,385     41,671     25,435     15,845     8,108  

Net interest income

    120,984     120,100     99,401     76,111     58,736  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (133 )   3,229     2,700     1,280     525  

Net interest income after provision (recovery) for loan losses

    121,117     116,871     96,701     74,831     58,211  

Total non-interest income

    11,447     22,037     14,508     14,228     7,479  

Total non-interest expense

    87,673     50,336     40,761     32,610     27,892  

Income before income taxes

    44,891     88,572     70,448     56,449     37,798  

Income tax expense

    15,643     25,104     32,471     23,215     15,287  

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977   $ 33,234   $ 22,511  

Income per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.57   $ 1.20   $ 0.82   $ 0.73   $ 0.49  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    51,115,986     52,963,308     46,219,367     45,271,000     46,148,000  

Diluted

    51,127,879     52,965,567     46,219,367     45,271,000     46,148,000  

Cash dividends paid per share

  $ 0.04   $ 0.04   $ 0.21   $ 0.19   $ 0.15  

60


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Investment securities

  $ 152,544   $ 148,896   $ 126,848   $ 75,606   $ 46,678  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    2,891,530     2,895,953     2,594,357     1,982,439     1,575,802  

Allowance for loan losses

    21,730     21,850     18,457     14,822     10,984  

Total assets

    3,244,884     3,196,774     2,961,958     2,163,601     1,712,008  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    77,563     76,815     73,682     59,231     44,298  

Interest-bearing deposits

    2,417,877     2,375,870     2,171,428     1,555,914     1,185,462  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    229,000     293,000     338,000     308,198     326,437  

Subordinated notes, net

    65,179     65,029     64,889     49,338      

Total liabilities

    2,912,270     2,861,717     2,688,660     2,001,329     1,575,730  

Total shareholders' equity

    332,614     335,057     273,298     162,272     136,278  

 

 
  As of and for the Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Performance Ratios:

                               

Return on average assets

    0.89 %   2.04 %   1.54 %   1.73 %   1.59 %

Return on average shareholders' equity

    8.41     20.66     20.25     22.06     17.09  

Shareholders' equity to total assets

                               

Return on average tangible shareholders' equity(1)

    8.41     20.71     20.37     22.29     17.35  

Yield on earning assets

    5.48     5.31     5.19     4.93     4.87  

Cost of average interest-bearing liabilities

    1.96     1.56     1.18     0.94     0.66  

Net interest rate spread

    3.52     3.75     4.01     3.99     4.21  

Net interest margin

    3.78     3.94     4.13     4.08     4.28  

Efficiency ratio(2)

    66.20     35.41     35.78     36.10     42.12  

Regulatory and Other Capital Ratios—Consolidated:

                               

Total adjusted capital to risk-weighted assets

    21.49 %   21.98 %   20.28 %   17.07 %   13.94 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

    17.04     17.45     15.53     12.22     12.90  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1)

    17.04     17.45     15.53     12.22     12.90  

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

    10.11     10.42     9.83     7.74     8.42  

Tangible shareholders' equity to tangible assets(1)

    10.25     10.47     9.20     7.44     7.86  

Regulatory and Other Capital Ratios—Bank:

                               

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

    17.82     16.94     14.76     15.73     13.80  

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

    16.70     15.80     13.71     14.61     12.76  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1)

    16.70     15.80     13.71     14.61     12.76  

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

    9.90     9.44     8.68     9.26     8.33  

61


Table of Contents

 
  As of and for the Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Credit Quality Data:

                               

Nonperforming loans(3)

  $ 14,782   $ 4,500   $ 783   $ 565   $ 1,167  

Nonperforming loans to total loans(3)

    0.51 %   0.15 %   0.03 %   0.03 %   0.07 %

Nonperforming assets(4)

  $ 28,352   $ 10,157   $ 3,777   $ 3,599   $ 7,110  

Nonperforming assets to total assets(4)

    0.87 %   0.32 %   0.13 %   0.17 %   0.42 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    0.75 %   0.75 %   0.71 %   0.74 %   0.69 %

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans(3)

    147 %   486 %   2,357 %   2,623 %   941 %

Net recoveries to average loans

    (0.00 )%   (0.01 )%   (0.04 )%   (0.14 )%   (0.03 )%

(1)
Return on average tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio are Non-GAAP financial measures. See "Item 6. Selected Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of these measures to their most comparable U.S. GAAP measure.

(2)
Efficiency ratio represents the ratio of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

(3)
Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.

(4)
Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings and other repossessed assets.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        Some of the financial measures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not measures of financial performance recognized by U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include return on average tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance.

Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

        Management measures return on average tangible common equity to assess the Company's capital strength and business performance and believes this information to be relevant to our shareholders. Average tangible equity excludes the effect of intangible assets. This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered a substitute for those comparable measures that are similarly titled that are determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP that may be used by other companies. The following table reconciles average shareholders' equity on a U.S. GAAP basis to average tangible common equity to arrive at our return on average tangible common equity:

 
  As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977   $ 33,234   $ 22,511  

Average shareholders' equity

    347,849     307,202     187,541     150,666     131,739  

Adjustments

                               

Customer-related intangible

    (243 )   (693 )   (1,125 )   (1,575 )   (2,025 )

Average tangible common equity

  $ 347,606   $ 306,509   $ 186,416   $ 149,091   $ 129,714  

Return on average tangible common equity

    8.41 %   20.71 %   20.37 %   22.29 %   17.35 %

62


Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio

        The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is a non-GAAP measure that is generally used by financial analysts, investment bankers, and institutional shareholders to evaluate capital adequacy; therefore, management believes this information is important to be included in this report. We calculate (i) tangible common equity as total shareholders' equity less intangible assets and (ii) tangible assets as total assets less intangible assets. This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered a substitute for those comparable measures similarly titled that are determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP that may be used by other companies. The following table reconciles shareholders' equity on a U.S. GAAP basis to tangible common equity and total assets on a U.S. GAAP basis to tangible assets to arrive at our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio:

 
  As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  

Tangible common equity:

                               

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 332,614   $ 335,057   $ 273,298   $ 162,272   $ 136,278  

Adjustments

                               

Customer-related intangible

        (450 )   (900 )   (1,350 )   (1,800 )

Tangible common equity

  $ 332,614   $ 334,607   $ 272,398   $ 160,922   $ 134,478  

Tangible assets:

                               

Total assets

  $ 3,244,884   $ 3,196,774   $ 2,961,958   $ 2,163,601   $ 1,712,008  

Adjustments

                               

Customer-related intangible

        (450 )   (900 )   (1,350 )   (1,800 )

Tangible assets

  $ 3,244,884   $ 3,196,324   $ 2,961,058   $ 2,162,251   $ 1,710,208  

Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio

    10.25 %   10.47 %   9.20 %   7.44 %   7.86 %

63


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Summary

        The following overview should be read in conjunction with our MD&A in its entirety.

Historical Business Strategy

        During 2019, we continued to pursue our historical strategy of originating residential mortgage loans both for retention in our portfolio and sale to the secondary market, as well as growing our commercial real estate and construction lending portfolios. Similar to previous years, during the year ended December 31, 2019, our Advantage Loan Program generated approximately 77% of our residential mortgage loan production. However, as discussed further below, in the fourth quarter of 2019, our board of directors became aware of significant compliance issues in connection with the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program, which ultimately led to the voluntary suspension, and then permanent discontinuation, of the Advantage Loan Program.

Formal Agreement, Internal Review and Permanent Discontinuation of Advantage Loan Program

        On December 9, 2019, the Company announced it had voluntarily suspended its Advantage Loan Program in connection with an internal review of the program (the "Internal Review"). The primary focus of the Internal Review, which has been led by outside legal counsel under the direction of a special committee of independent directors (the "Special Committee"), has involved the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program and related matters. Results from the Special Committee's Internal Review have indicated that certain employees engaged in misconduct in connection with the origination of a significant number of such loans, including with respect to verification of income, the amount of income reported for borrowers, reliance on third parties, and related documentation. As a result, the Company has permanently discontinued the Advantage Loan Program. In connection with the Internal Review, a significant number of officers and employees have been terminated or resigned, including the top loan producers within the Advantage Loan Program. In addition, to avoid the uncertainty of audits and inquiries by third party investors in Advantage Loan Program loans sold to the secondary market, beginning at the end of the second quarter of 2020, we commenced making offers to each of those investors to repurchase 100% of our sold Advantage Loan Program loans. While the Internal Review is substantially complete, the Company expects it to remain open during the pendency of the government investigations discussed below, and it is possible additional work will be required in connection with the Internal Review.

        The Company experienced significant executive transitions in late 2019 continuing through the first half of 2020. On October 17, 2019, the Company announced the retirement of its then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Gary Judd, with such retirement to be effective November 30, 2019. On October 15, 2019, the board of directors appointed Thomas Lopp, the Company's then-President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, to assume the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman effective upon Mr. Judd's retirement. The board of directors also appointed Stephen Huber as Chief Financial Officer, also effective November 30, 2019. On May 7, 2020, Mr. Lopp resigned from each of his positions with the Company and the board of directors appointed Mr. Huber as interim Chief Executive Officer. On May 29, 2020, Michael Montemayor was terminated from his positions as President of Commercial and Retail Banking and Chief Lending Officer. Christine Meredith was hired by the Bank in the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer with a starting date of February 3, 2020. Since October 1, 2019, more than 100 officers and employees have been terminated or have resigned, including more than 35 loan officers, whether in connection with the Internal Review or otherwise.

64


Table of Contents

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the OCC, is responding to grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ and continues to be subject to a publicly available formal agreement with the OCC, dated June 18, 2019 (the "OCC Agreement"), relating primarily to certain aspects of its BSA/AML compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The OCC Agreement generally requires that the Bank enhance its policies and procedures to ensure compliance with BSA/AML laws and regulations and ensure effective controls over residential loan underwriting. The Bank established a Compliance Committee to monitor and assure compliance with the OCC Agreement, oversee the completion of an independent review of account and transaction activity to be conducted by a third party vendor, and engage a third party to conduct a model validation for its BSA/AML monitoring software.

        The Bank is fully cooperating with the OCC investigation and implementing the items necessary to achieve compliance with the obligations in the OCC Agreement. A finding by the OCC that the Bank failed to comply with the OCC Agreement or adverse findings in the OCC investigation could result in additional regulatory scrutiny, constraints on the Bank's business, or other formal enforcement action. Any of those events could have a material adverse effect on our future operations, financial condition, growth, or other aspects of our business. The Bank has incurred significant costs in its efforts to comply with the OCC Agreement and respond to the OCC investigation, which are reflected in our 2019 results of operations.

        The Bank also has received grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ requesting the production of documents and information in connection with an investigation that appears to be focused on the Bank's residential lending practices and related issues. The Bank is fully cooperating with this ongoing investigation.

        In addition, as previously disclosed, the Company, certain of its current and former officers and directors, and other parties have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Oklahoma Police Pension and Retirement System v. Sterling Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:20-cv-10490-JEL-EAS, filed on February 26, 2020 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 2, 2020. This action alleges violations of the federal securities laws, primarily with respect to disclosures concerning the Bank's residential lending practices that were made in the Company's registration statement and prospectus for its initial public offering, in subsequent press releases, in periodic and other filings with the SEC, and during earnings calls. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint with the court on September 22, 2020. The Company intends to vigorously defend this and any related actions.

        The Company has incurred significant legal expenses in 2020 in connection with the government investigations and in defending the litigation. For further information regarding these matters, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

The Strategy for 2020 and Beyond

        Effective June 3, 2020, the Company and the Bank hired Thomas M. O'Brien as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively. Prior to being hired, Mr. O'Brien provided consulting services to the board of directors of the Bank under a consulting agreement since March 2020. An accomplished leader in the financial services industry with over 44 years of industry experience, Mr. O'Brien will report to the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Huber continued in his role as Chief Financial Officer following the appointment of Mr. O'Brien.

        The current focus of the Company is to work hard to resolve its outstanding compliance and regulatory issues, government investigations and third party litigation, develop a strong culture of compliance, re-establish strong credit metrics for new lending initiatives, hire new key business

65


Table of Contents

development and operations personnel, and establish a new path forward to service our customers' needs and build investor confidence. This renewal effort will be complicated by the impact of COVID-19 and its impact on the national economy and the markets in which we focus our products and services. While the Company will continue to work on initiatives to diversify its overall loan production and to review new residential loan products, the implementation of any new loan products takes time and may be subject to the prior review and approval of applicable bank regulatory authorities. Accordingly, the permanent discontinuation of the Advantage Loan Program will likely have an adverse impact on our results of operations as repayments from our residential loan portfolio will need to be invested in lower yielding assets until new loan programs can commence.

Overview of 2019 Performance

        As of December 31, 2019, the Company had total consolidated assets of $3.24 billion, total consolidated deposits of $2.50 billion and total consolidated shareholders' equity of $332.6 million.

        Our net income decreased $34.2 million, or 54%, to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily driven by the accrual of contingent losses related to legal proceedings and investigations stemming from the Advantage Loan Program, decreased residential loan production resulting in a lower volume of portfolio loan sales and provision expense for mortgage repurchases as well as significantly heightened costs of regulatory compliance which have continued into 2020. Our net interest margin continued its decline from prior years to 3.78% for the year ended December 31, 2019, reflecting the prevailing lower interest rate environment in which we were originating new loans for portfolio.

        Our regulatory capital ratios remained well above the levels required to be considered well capitalized for regulatory purposes with a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio for the Company of 17.04% and a ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted tangible assets of 10.11%. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under current circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from independent, objective sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Use of alternative assumptions may have resulted in significantly different estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        We have identified the following accounting policies and estimates that, due to the difficult, subjective or complex judgments and assumptions inherent in those policies and estimates, and the potential sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to those judgments and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are appropriate.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased or decreased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge offs less recoveries. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when a loan is considered partially or fully uncollectible, or has such little value that continuance as an asset is not warranted. Subsequent

66


Table of Contents

recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Management estimates the allowance for loan losses balance using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component covers all other loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for general economic conditions and other qualitative factors by portfolio segment.

        Commercial real estate loans, construction loans and commercial lines of credit are individually evaluated for impairment based upon a quarterly systematic review utilizing among other components our internal risk rating system, similar to those employed by banking regulators. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral or operations of collateral. Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as other consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

        Loans which have been modified resulting in a concession, and where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings that subsequently go into default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired.

        The general reserve component covers all non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced over the most recent three-year period. This actual loss experience is supplemented with economic and other factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic and other risk factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge offs and recoveries; trends in portfolio volume; effects of any changes in underwriting standards; seasoning of certain Sterling Advantage Loan Program loans; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.

        The degree of risk in residential real estate lending depends primarily on the loan amount in relation to collateral value, the interest rate and the borrower's ability to repay in an orderly fashion. Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers' capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating. The classes in the residential real estate portfolio segment consist of residential first mortgages and residential second mortgages.

        Adverse economic developments or an overbuilt market impact commercial real estate projects and may result in troubled loans. Trends in vacancy rates of commercial properties impact the credit quality of these loans. High vacancy rates reduce operating revenues and the ability for the properties to produce sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations. The segmentation classes identified by the

67


Table of Contents

Company in the commercial real estate portfolio consist of retail, multifamily, offices, hotels/single-room occupancy hotels ("SROs"), industrial, and other.

        The construction loan portfolio is comprised of loans to builders and developers primarily for residential, commercial and mixed-use development. In addition to general commercial real estate risks, construction loans have additional risk of cost overruns, market deterioration during construction, lack of permanent financing and no operating history.

        The commercial lines of credit portfolio is comprised of loans to businesses such as sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations for the daily operating needs of the business. The risk characteristics of these loans vary based on the borrowers' business and industry as repayment is typically dependent on cash flows generated from the underlying business. These loans may be secured by real estate or other assets or may be unsecured. The segmentation classes in the commercial lines of credit portfolio consist of private banking loans and commercial & industrial ("C&I") lending.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

        We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. For example, debt securities available for sale are carried at fair value each period. Other financial instruments, including substantially all of our loans held for sale, are not carried at fair value each period but may require nonrecurring fair value adjustments due to application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting. We also disclose our estimate of fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value, such as loans held for investment or issuances of long-term debt.

        The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are traded actively and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is nominal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate fair value.

        When developing fair value measurements, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. When available, we use quoted prices in active markets to measure fair value. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value measurement is based upon models that use primarily market-based or independently sourced market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and prepayment speeds.

        In certain cases, when market observable inputs for model-based valuation techniques are not readily available, we are required to make judgments about assumptions market participants would use to estimate fair value.

        Significant judgment is also required to determine whether certain assets measured at fair value are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. When making this judgment, we consider available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. The classification of Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category and judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments' fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.

68


Table of Contents

        See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our use of fair value estimates.

Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights

        Mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs, are recognized separately when residential mortgage loans are sold with servicing rights retained by the Bank. MSRs are initially recorded at fair value, which is determined using an internal valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income based on an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value, including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs and default rates. MSRs are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires MSRs to be amortized into non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

        On a quarterly basis, MSRs are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the MSRs as compared to its carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type, and investor type. If the carrying amount of an individual grouping exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded on that grouping so that the MSR is carried at fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping with a corresponding charge to earnings. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the valuation allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

        At December 31, 2019, our MSR had a carrying value of $9.8 million, net of a valuation allowance of $1.1 million. The estimated fair value of our MSR was $10.3 million based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 11.5%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 20.2% and a weighted average life of 4.3 years. At December 31, 2018, our MSR had a carrying value of $10.6 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.1 million. The estimated fair value of our MSR was $11.5 million based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 11.6%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 19.8% and a weighted average life of 4.6 years.

        The fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions generally have the most significant impact on the fair value of our MSR. Generally, as interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments accelerate due to increased refinance activity, which results in a decrease in the fair value of MSR.

        As interest rates rise, mortgage loan prepayments slow down, which results in an increase in the fair value of MSR. Thus, any measurement of the fair value of our MSR is limited by the conditions existing and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time, and those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied at a different point in time.

Mortgage Repurchase Liability

        In connection with sold portfolio loans in the secondary market, the Company makes customary representations and warranties about various characteristics of each loan. We establish a liability which may result from breaches in such representations and warranties. The repurchase liability reflects management's estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Company's estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as future repurchase demand expectations, economic factors, and findings from the Internal Review. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded repurchase liability, depending on the outcome of various factors.

69


Table of Contents

Legal Contingencies and Litigation Accruals

        We are involved in several material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 19-Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements. On a quarterly basis, we assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened legal matters. If a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. Estimates of any such loss are subjective in nature and require the evaluation of numerous facts and assumptions as to future events, including the application of legal precedent which may be conflicting. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution of these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.

Financial Condition

        The Company's total assets were $3.24 billion at December 31, 2019 compared to $3.20 billion at December 31, 2018. Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses, decreased slightly to $2.89 billion at December 31, 2019 as compared to $2.90 billion at December 31, 2018. The investment securities portfolio increased $3.6 million, or 2%, to $152.5 million at December 31, 2019 from $148.9 million at December 31, 2018. Deposits increased $42.8 million, or 2%, to $2.50 billion at December 31, 2019. Borrowings, excluding subordinated notes, decreased $64.0 million, or 22%, to $229.0 million at December 31, 2019.

        Loan Portfolio Composition.    The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Real estate:

                                     

Residential real estate

  $ 2,476,866     85 % $ 2,452,441     84 % $ 2,132,641     82 %

Commercial real estate

    240,081     8 %   250,955     9 %   247,076     9 %

Construction

    178,376     6 %   176,605     6 %   192,319     7 %

Total real estate

    2,895,323     99 %   2,880,001     99 %   2,572,036     98 %

Commercial lines of credit

    17,903     1 %   37,776     1 %   40,749     2 %

Other consumer

    34     %   26     %   29     %

Total loans

    2,913,260     100 %   2,917,803     100 %   2,612,814     100 %

Allowance for loan losses

    (21,730 )         (21,850 )         (18,457 )      

Loans, net

  $ 2,891,530         $ 2,895,953         $ 2,594,357        

70


Table of Contents


 
  At December 31,  
 
  2016   2015  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Real estate:

                         

Residential real estate

  $ 1,613,766     81 % $ 1,281,022     81 %

Commercial real estate

    200,754     10 %   193,020     12 %

Construction

    145,965     7 %   74,303     5 %

Total real estate

    1,960,485     98 %   1,548,345     98 %

Commercial lines of credit

    36,713     2 %   38,351     2 %

Other consumer

    63     %   90     %

Total loans

    1,997,261     100 %   1,586,786     100 %

Allowance for loan losses

    (14,822 )         (10,984 )      

Loans, net

  $ 1,982,439         $ 1,575,802        

        Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates.    The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2019 regarding the contractual maturity of our loan portfolio. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments that could significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below.

December 31, 2019
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Amounts due in:

                                     

One year or less

  $ 5,145   $ 4,828   $ 147,920   $ 15,431   $ 34   $ 173,358  

More than one through five years

    826     37,148     30,456     2,340         70,770  

More than five through ten years

    22,838     192,641         132         215,611  

More than ten through 20 years

    22,589     5,464                 28,053  

More than 20 years

    2,425,468                     2,425,468  

Total

  $ 2,476,866   $ 240,081   $ 178,376   $ 17,903   $ 34   $ 2,913,260  

        The following table sets forth fixed and adjustable-rate loans in our loan portfolio at December 31, 2019 that are contractually due after December 31, 2020.

 
  Due After December 31, 2020  
 
  Fixed   Adjustable   Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Real estate:

                   

Residential real estate

  $ 29,218   $ 2,442,503   $ 2,471,721  

Commercial real estate

    34,853     200,400     235,253  

Construction

        30,456     30,456  

Commercial lines of credit

    363     2,109     2,472  

Other consumer

             

Total

  $ 64,434   $ 2,675,468   $ 2,739,902  

71


Table of Contents

        The table set forth below contains the repricing dates of adjustable rate loans included within our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019:

December 31, 2019
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Amounts to adjust in:

                                     

6 months or less

  $ 320,650   $ 17,763   $ 178,376   $ 17,540   $   $ 534,329  

More than 6 months through 12 months

    437,022     22,577                 459,599  

More than 12 months through 24 months

    551,065     29,752                 580,817  

More than 24 months through 36 months

    573,465     53,786                 627,251  

More than 36 months through 60 months

    496,344     73,217                 569,561  

More than 60 months

    66,194     5,464                 71,658  

Fixed to Maturity

    32,126     37,522         363     34     70,045  

Total

  $ 2,476,866   $ 240,081   $ 178,376   $ 17,903   $ 34   $ 2,913,260  

        At December 31, 2019, $371.3 million, or 13.1%, of our adjustable interest rate loans were at their interest rate floor.

Nonperforming Assets

        Nonperforming assets include loans that are 90 or more days past due or on nonaccrual status, troubled debt restructurings and other loan collateral acquired through foreclosure and repossession. Loans 90 days or greater past due may remain on an accrual basis if adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had $50 thousand and $80 thousand, respectively, of accruing loans past due 90 days. For nonaccrual loans, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against income at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

        Troubled debt restructurings are modified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulties and for which a concession has been granted. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had troubled debt restructuring loans of $138 thousand and $168 thousand, respectively, in nonaccrual status.

        Delinquent Loans.    The following tables set forth our loan delinquencies, including nonaccrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2019, our residential real estate

72


Table of Contents

portfolio had 22 loans totaling $14.7 million 90 days or more past due, compared to 10 loans totaling $4.4 million at December 31, 2018.

 
  December 31, 2019   December 31, 2018   December 31, 2017  
 
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  90 Days or
More
Past Due
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  90 Days or
More
Past Due
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  90 Days or
More
Past Due
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Residential real estate

  $ 36,209   $ 5,407   $ 14,742   $ 3,487   $ 1,552   $ 4,440   $ 9,009   $ 392   $ 704  

Commercial real estate

    5,605         40             60             79  

Construction

    15,008             1,971                      

Commercial lines of credit

    1,249             176                      

Other consumer

                                     

Total delinquent loans

  $ 58,071   $ 5,407   $ 14,782   $ 5,634   $ 1,552   $ 4,500   $ 9,009   $ 392   $ 783  

 

 
  December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015  
 
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days Past Due
  90 Days or
More
Past Due
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  90 Days or
More
Past Due
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Residential real estate

  $ 416   $ 398   $ 427   $ 163   $   $ 648  

Commercial real estate

            138             501  

Construction

                        18  

Commercial lines of credit

        227                  

Other consumer

                         

Total delinquent loans

  $ 416   $ 625   $ 565   $ 163   $   $ 1,167  

73


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth information regarding our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Nonaccrual loans(1):

                               

Residential real estate

  $ 14,692   $ 4,360   $ 573   $ 272   $ 512  

Commercial real estate

    40     60     79     138     501  

Construction

                     

Commercial lines of credit

                    18  

Other consumer

                     

Total nonaccrual loans

    14,732     4,420     652     410     1,031  

Other real estate owned

                    1,280  

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing

    50     80     131     155     136  

Troubled debt restructurings(2)

    13,570     5,657     2,994     3,034     4,663  

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 28,352   $ 10,157   $ 3,777   $ 3,599   $ 7,110  

Total loans

  $ 2,913,260   $ 2,917,803   $ 2,612,814   $ 1,997,261   $ 1,586,786  

Total assets

  $ 3,244,884   $ 3,196,774   $ 2,961,958   $ 2,163,601   $ 1,712,008  

Total nonaccrual loans to total loans

    0.51 %   0.15 %   0.02 %   0.02 %   0.06 %

Total nonperforming assets to total assets

    0.87 %   0.32 %   0.13 %   0.17 %   0.42 %

(1)
Loans are presented before the allowance for loan losses.

(2)
Troubled debt restructurings exclude those loans presented above as nonaccrual or past 90 days and still accruing.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        Please see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Allowance for Loan Losses" for additional discussion of our allowance for loan losses policy.

        The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet reporting dates. The allowance for loan losses is based on management's assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including portfolio composition, delinquent and nonaccrual loans, national and local business conditions, loss experience and an overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral.

74


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017   2016   2015  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

  $ 21,850   $ 18,457   $ 14,822   $ 10,984   $ 10,015  

Charge offs:

                               

Residential real estate

        (4 )   (19 )   (24 )   (90 )

Commercial real estate

                    (86 )

Construction

                     

Commercial lines of credit

    (176 )                

Other consumer

                     

Total charge offs

    (176 )   (4 )   (19 )   (24 )   (176 )

Recoveries:

                               

Residential real estate

  $ 21   $ 18   $ 261   $ 117   $ 61  

Commercial real estate

    161     135     569     2,153     423  

Construction

    7     15     107     310     84  

Commercial lines of credit

                    50  

Other consumer

            17     2     2  

Total recoveries

    189     168     954     2,582     620  

Net recoveries

    13     164     935     2,558     444  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (133 )   3,229     2,700     1,280     525  

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

  $ 21,730   $ 21,850   $ 18,457   $ 14,822   $ 10,984  

Nonperforming loans and troubled debt restructurings at end of period

  $ 28,352   $ 10,157   $ 3,777   $ 3,599   $ 5,830  

Total loans outstanding at end of period

  $ 2,913,260   $ 2,917,803   $ 2,612,814   $ 1,997,261   $ 1,586,786  

Average loans outstanding during period

  $ 2,961,472   $ 2,861,847   $ 2,276,282   $ 1,783,234   $ 1,316,608  

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and troubled debt restructurings

    77 %   215 %   489 %   412 %   188 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period

    0.75 %   0.75 %   0.71 %   0.74 %   0.69 %

Net recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period

    (0.00 )%   (0.01 )%   (0.04 )%   (0.14 )%   (0.03 )%

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. Loans classified as Substandard, Doubtful and Special Mention were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Special Mention

  $ 44,247   $ 8,733   $ 18,680  

Substandard

    46,875     21,071     4,463  

Doubtful

    455     220     520  

Total

  $ 91,577   $ 30,024   $ 23,663  

        Total special mention, substandard and doubtful loans were $91.6 million, or 3.14% of total loans, at December 31, 2019, compared to $30.0 million, or 1.03% of total loans, at December 31, 2018. The increase in special mention loans was mainly attributable to five commercial real estate loan relationships totaling $36.0 million being downgraded. All of the $8.7 million special mention loans at

75


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018 were paid in full during 2019. The increase in substandard loans was due primarily to the addition of four construction loans totaling $14.0 million, five commercial real estate loans totaling $13.6 million, and 17 residential real estate loans totaling $12.6 million, partially offset by net principal payments of $14.4 million, including $12.1 million of loans paid in full.

        At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we had impaired loans of $19.8 million, $11.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The increase in impaired balance in 2019 was primarily due to an increase in modified loans identified as troubled debt restructurings, partially offset by payoffs.

        Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.    The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance for loan losses to absorb losses in other categories.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Residential real estate

  $ 12,336     85 % $ 13,826     84 % $ 12,279     82 %

Commercial real estate

    5,243     8 %   2,573     9 %   2,040     9 %

Construction

    3,822     6 %   3,273     6 %   2,218     7 %

Commercial lines of credit

    328     1 %   1,058     1 %   469     2 %

Other consumer

    1     %   1     %   1     %

Unallocated

        N/A     1,119     N/A     1,450     N/A  

Total

  $ 21,730     100 % $ 21,850     100 % $ 18,457     100 %

 

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2016   2015  
 
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Residential real estate

  $ 11,863     81 % $ 8,192     81 %

Commercial real estate

    915     10 %   1,530     12 %

Construction

    679     7 %   317     5 %

Commercial lines of credit

    373     2 %   392     2 %

Other consumer

    2     %   2     %

Unallocated

    990     N/A     551     N/A  

Total

  $ 14,822     100 % $ 10,984     100 %

        The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans was 0.75%, 0.75% and 0.71% as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

        Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America,

76


Table of Contents

there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Investment Securities Portfolio

        The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities portfolio at the dates indicated. We have increased our debt securities portfolio in recent years in order to maintain our on-hand liquidity target levels.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 122,634   $ 122,803   $ 142,905   $ 142,858   $ 120,216   $ 120,042  

Mortgage-backed securities

    23,028     23,104                  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,138     1,183     1,554     1,600     1,953     2,008  

Collateralized debt obligations

    216     199     308     297     606     571  

Total

  $ 147,016   $ 147,289   $ 144,767   $ 144,755   $ 122,775   $ 122,621  

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had no investments in a single company or entity, other than the U.S. government and government agency securities, with an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our total shareholders' equity.

        We review the debt securities portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine the cause, magnitude and duration of declines in the fair value of each security. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment, we consider many factors including: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether we have the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through income. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and (2) other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. We evaluate debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

        At December 31, 2019, gross unrealized losses on debt securities totaled $18 thousand. We do not consider the debt securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019, since (i) the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, not credit quality, (ii) we do not have the intent to sell the debt securities and (iii) it is likely that we will not be required to sell the debt securities before their anticipated recovery.

77


Table of Contents

        Our equity securities consist of an investment in a qualified community reinvestment act investment fund, which is a publicly-traded mutual fund and an investment in Pacific Coast Banker's Bank, a thinly traded, restricted stock. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, equity securities totaled $5.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

        Portfolio Maturities and Yields.    The composition and maturity distribution schedule with corresponding weighted-average yields of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2019, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on final contractual payment dates and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

 
  At December 31, 2019  
 
  One Year or
Less
  More Than
One Year
Through
Five Years
  More Than
Five Years
Through
Ten Years
  More Than
Ten Years
  Total  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Yield   Amortized
Cost
  Yield   Amortized
Cost
  Yield   Amortized
Cost
  Yield   Amortized
Cost
  Yield  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

U.S. Treasuries

  $ 102,809     2.12 % $ 19,825     1.71 % $       $       $ 122,634     2.05 %

Mortgage-backed securities

                            23,028     2.90 %   23,028     2.90 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations

                    429     3.76 %   709     4.28 %   1,138     4.08 %

Collateralized debt obligations

                            216     4.40 %   216     4.40 %

Total debt securities available for sale

  $ 102,809     2.12 % $ 19,825     1.71 % $ 429     3.76 % $ 23,953     2.95 % $ 147,016     2.20 %

Deposits

        Deposits are the primary source of funding for the Company. We regularly review the need to adjust our deposit offering rates on various deposit products in order to maintain a stable liquidity profile and a competitive cost of funds.

        Total deposits were $2.50 billion as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $42.8 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to a $259.8 million increase in time deposits, partially offset by a $217.8 million decrease in money market, savings and NOW accounts. Brokered deposits totaled $25.0 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $33.8 million at December 31, 2018. We continue to focus on the acquisition and expansion of core deposit relationships, which we define as all deposits except for time deposits greater than $250 thousand and brokered deposits. Core deposits totaled $2.22 billion at December 31, 2019, or 89% of total deposits at that date, slightly down from 91% at December 31, 2018.

        Total deposits were $2.45 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $207.6 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily a result of strong growth in our retail time deposit products, partially offset by a decrease of our balance in brokered deposits. Retail time deposits totaled $860.5 million at December 31, 2018, up from $507.4 million at December 31, 2017. Brokered deposits totaled $33.8 million at December 31, 2018, down from $156.1 million at December 31, 2017.

78


Table of Contents

        The following tables set forth the distribution of average deposits by account type at the dates indicated.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  Avg
Balance
  Percent   Avg
Rate
  Avg
Balance
  Percent   Avg
Rate
  Avg
Balance
  Percent   Avg
Rate
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Demand deposits

  $ 74,820     3 %   0.00 % $ 74,236     3 %   0.00 % $ 69,407     4 %   0.00 %

Money Markets, Savings and NOW

    1,350,013     54 %   1.37 %   1,521,963     65 %   1.27 %   1,333,043     71 %   0.90 %

Time deposits

    1,094,911     43 %   2.49 %   763,212     32 %   1.67 %   476,303     25 %   1.17 %

Total deposits

  $ 2,519,744     100 %   1.81 % $ 2,359,411     100 %   1.36 % $ 1,878,753     100 %   0.94 %

        As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of our retail time deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $100 thousand was approximately $724.9 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2019:

 
  December 31,
2019
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Maturing Period:

       

Three months or less

  $ 119,026  

Over three months through six months

    274,100  

Over six months through twelve months

    141,109  

Over twelve months

    190,669  

Total

  $ 724,904  

Borrowings

        At December 31, 2019, we had the ability to borrow a total of $651.5 million from the FHLB, which includes an available line of credit of $50.0 million. We also had available credit lines with additional banks totaling $70.0 million. At December 31, 2019, outstanding FHLB borrowings totaled $229.0 million, and there were no amounts outstanding on lines of credit held by other banks. In addition, $65.0 million in principal amount of our Fixed to Floating Subordinated Notes due April 15, 2026 (the "Subordinated Notes") remain outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

        Outstanding borrowings on December 31, 2018 with the FHLB totaled $293 million, and there were no amounts outstanding on other bank lines. At December 31, 2018, $65.0 million in principal amount remained outstanding under the Subordinated Notes.

        In addition to deposits, we use short-term borrowings, such as FHLB advances and a FHLB overdraft credit line, as a source of funds to meet the daily liquidity needs of our customers. Our short-term FHLB advances consist primarily of advances of funds for one or two week periods. The

79


Table of Contents

following table sets forth information on our short-term FHLB borrowings during the periods presented:

 
  As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Outstanding at period-end

  $   $ 103,000   $ 148,000  

Average amount outstanding

    44,622     124,631     98,615  

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end

    180,000     231,000     154,312  

Weighted average interest rate:

                   

During period

    2.63 %   2.18 %   1.09 %

End of period

    1.99 %   2.64 %   1.51 %

Shareholders' Equity

        Total shareholders' equity was $332.6 million at December 31, 2019, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily a result of share repurchases of $30.3 million and dividend payments of $2.0 million partially offset by earnings of $29.2 million. During 2019, we repurchased 3,134,806 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $30.3 million pursuant to a share repurchase program authorized by the board of directors in late 2018.

        Total shareholders' equity was $335.1 million at December 31, 2018, an increase of $61.8 million, or 23%, from December 31, 2017. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily a result of an increase in retained earnings.

Results of Operations

        The following provides a comparative discussion of the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. A comparative discussion of results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is provided in "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.

        General.    Net income was $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $34.2 million, or 54%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a decrease in non-interest income and an increase in non-interest expense, which were partially offset by an increase in net interest income after provisions for loan losses. The decrease in non-interest income was due primarily to a decrease in gain on sale of loans, while the increase in non-interest expense was due primarily to an increase in professional fees and the establishment of a mortgage repurchase and a contingent loss liability.

80


Table of Contents

        Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates.    The following tables present average balance sheet information, interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. The average balances are daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and nonperforming balances. Interest income on loans includes the effects of discount accretion and net deferred loan origination costs accounted for as yield adjustments.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Interest-earning assets

                                                       

Loans(1)

  $ 2,961,472   $ 168,955     5.71 % $ 2,861,847   $ 157,499     5.50 % $ 2,276,282   $ 122,789     5.39 %

Securities, includes restricted stock(2)

    178,032     4,976     2.80 %   157,042     3,679     2.34 %   113,847     1,890     1.66 %

Other interest-earning assets

    59,462     1,438     2.42 %   27,012     593     2.20 %   14,300     157     1.10 %

Total interest-earning assets

    3,198,966     175,369     5.48 %   3,045,901   $ 161,771     5.31 %   2,404,429   $ 124,836     5.19 %

Noninterest-earning assets

                                                       

Cash and due from banks

    9,959                 11,183                 9,965              

Other assets

    72,269                 48,975                 46,886              

Total assets

  $ 3,281,194               $ 3,106,059               $ 2,461,280              

Interest-bearing liabilities

                                                       

Money Market, Savings and NOW

  $ 1,350,013   $ 18,479     1.37 % $ 1,521,963   $ 19,278     1.27 % $ 1,333,043   $ 11,985     0.90 %

Time deposits

    1,094,911     27,214     2.49 %   763,212     12,753     1.67 %   476,303     5,585     1.17 %

Total deposits

    2,444,924     45,693     1.87 %   2,285,175     32,031     1.40 %   1,809,346     17,570     0.97 %

FHLB borrowings

    262,939     3,991     1.52 %   318,774     4,951     1.55 %   299,719     3,795     1.27 %

Subordinated notes, net

    65,099     4,701     7.22 %   64,953     4,689     7.22 %   55,315     4,070     7.36 %

Total borrowings

    328,038     8,692     2.65 %   383,727     9,640     2.51 %   355,034     7,865     2.22 %

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,772,962     54,385     1.96 %   2,668,902     41,671     1.56 %   2,164,380     25,435     1.18 %

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

                                                       

Demand deposits

    74,820                 74,236                 69,407              

Other liabilities

    85,563                 55,719                 39,952              

Shareholders' equity

    347,849                 307,202                 187,541              

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 3,281,194               $ 3,106,059               $ 2,461,280              

Net interest income and spread

        $ 120,984     3.52 %       $ 120,100     3.75 %       $ 99,401     4.01 %

Net interest margin

                3.78 %               3.94 %               4.13 %

(1)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income, if any, on such loans is recognized on a cash basis.

(2)
Interest income does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

        The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The table distinguishes between: (1) changes attributable to volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period's rate), (2) changes attributable to rate (change in rate multiplied by the prior year's

81


Table of Contents

volume) and (3) total increase (decrease) (the sum of the previous columns). Changes attributable to both volume and rate are allocated ratably between the volume and rate categories.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2019 vs 2018
  Year Ended
December 31, 2018 vs 2017
 
 
  Increase
(Decrease)
due to
   
  Increase
(Decrease)
due to
   
 
 
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  Volume   Rate   Volume   Rate  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Change in interest income:

                                     

Loans

  $ 5,581   $ 5,875   $ 11,456   $ 32,179   $ 2,531   $ 34,710  

Securities, includes restricted stock

    531     766     1,297     859     930     1,789  

Other interest earning assets

    779     66     845     205     231     436  

Total change in interest income

    6,891     6,707     13,598     33,243     3,692     36,935  

Change in interest expense:

                                     

Money Market, Savings and NOW

    (2,178 )   1,379     (799 )   1,877     5,416     7,293  

Time deposits

    6,816     7,645     14,461     4,203     2,965     7,168  

Total interest-bearing deposits

    4,638     9,024     13,662     6,080     8,381     14,461  

FHLB borrowings

    (850 )   (110 )   (960 )   253     903     1,156  

Subordinated notes, net

    11     1     12     696     (77 )   619  

Total change in interest expense

    3,799     8,915     12,714     7,029     9,207     16,236  

Change in net interest income

  $ 3,092     (2,208 ) $ 884   $ 26,214   $ (5,515 ) $ 20,699  

        Net Interest Income.    Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends primarily upon the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the corresponding interest rates earned or paid. Our net interest income is significantly impacted by changes in interest rates and market yield curves and their related impact on cash flows.

        Net interest income was $121.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $0.9 million, or 1%, from the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Interest income was $175.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $13.6 million, or 8% from the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in interest income was due to both volume and rate increases. Our average balance of total interest-earning assets increased $153.1 million, or 5%. The increase was attributable primarily to an increase in the average balance of loans as new loan production exceeded repayments and loan sales, and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the average balance of investment securities and other interest earning assets. In addition, our average yield on interest-earning assets increased 17 basis points to 5.48% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 5.31% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Interest expense was $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $12.7 million, or 31% from the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to both rate and volume increases. Our average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased 40 basis points to 1.96%. Our average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased $104.1 million, or 4%. The increase was attributable primarily to the increase in the average balance of deposits, partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of FHLB borrowings. The increase in the average balance of deposits was due to an increase in a time deposits, partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of money market, savings and NOW deposits.

82


Table of Contents

        Our average balance of interest-bearing deposits increased $159.7 million, or 7% to $2.44 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased 47 basis points to 1.87% during the year ended December 31, 2019 from 1.40% during the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to a general expectation of rising interest rates during late 2018 and the first half of 2019. Additionally, the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased as some customers shifted their deposits from lower-yielding money market, savings and NOW accounts to higher-yielding time deposits as a result of deposit promotion strategies that management implemented during late 2018 to extend our deposit maturities when the short term interest rates were rising.

        Our average balance of total loans increased $99.6 million, or 3% to $2.96 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our average yield on total loans increased 21 basis points to 5.71% during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 5.50% during prior year. Overall, the loan yields have been positively impacted by our LIBOR-based loans resetting at higher rates during the year.

        Net Interest Margin and Spread.    Net interest margin was 3.78% for the year ended December 31, 2019, down 16 basis points from 3.94% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The interest rate spread was 3.52% for the year ended December 31, 2019, down 23 basis points from 3.75% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our net interest margin and interest rate spread narrowed during 2019 due to a 40 basis point increase in the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 17 basis point increase in the yield of our interest-earning assets, reflecting a flattening yield curve and low interest rate environment. The net interest margin was also negatively impacted by an increase in the relative proportion of interest-earning assets invested in lower-yielding interest earning assets (primarily excess deposits held in an interest-bearing account at the Federal Reserve). The net interest margin and interest rate spreads will be impacted by future changes in short-term and long-term interest rate levels, as well as the impact from the competitive environment. A discussion of the effects of changing interest rates on net interest income is set forth in "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" in this report.

        Provision (recovery) for Loan Losses.    Our provision (recovery) for loan losses was $(0.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to a decrease in the outstanding loans during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to an increase during the year ended December 31, 2018, as well as qualitative factor adjustments, reflecting the migration of certain Sterling Advantage loans to a lower risk level as a result of the seasoning of those loan and a slower overall loan growth. The decrease was partially offset by the required allowance for loan losses on the $61.6 million increase in special mention, substandard and doubtful loans. While nonperforming loans increased $10.3 million at December 31, 2019 compared to the prior period, the increase was primarily in our residential real estate portfolio which due to the low loan-to-value across that portfolio of 62% and our historical loss experience did not require a significant increase in provision for loan losses.

        The allowance for loan losses was $21.7 million, or 0.75% of total loans at December 31, 2019, compared to $21.9 million, or 0.75% of total loans at December 31, 2018.

83


Table of Contents

        Non-interest Income.    Non-interest income information is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2019   2018   Amount   Percent  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Service charges and fees

  $ 444   $ 379   $ 65     17 %

Investment management and advisory fees

    1,577     2,035     (458 )   (23 )%

Gain on sale of investment securities

    6     86     (80 )   (93 )%

Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

    396     240     156     65 %

Gain on sale of portfolio loans

    5,970     16,433     (10,463 )   (64 )%

Unrealized (gains) losses on equity securities

    114     (87 )   201     231 %

Net servicing income (loss)

    238     1,381     (1,143 )   (83 )%

Income on cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

    1,275     1,193     82     7 %

Other

    1,427     377     1,050     279 %

Total non-interest income

  $ 11,447   $ 22,037   $ (10,590 )   (48 )%

        Non-interest income of $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased from $22.0 million for the same period in 2018, primarily as the result of decreased gain on sale of portfolio loans due to a lower volume of loans sold in the secondary market during 2019, reflecting the overall decline in the volume of loans originated under the Advantage Loan Program, which are the largest component of the Bank's portfolio loan sales. In addition, net servicing income declined $1.1 million, reflecting in part a $1 million valuation allowance with respect to mortgage servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2019. The valuation allowance resulted from the changes in anticipated prepayments with the decline in long-term interest rates. Other income increased $1.1 million as a result of a final distribution payment on an equity investment (without readily determinable fair value) in excess of its remaining book value of $0.

        Non-interest Expense.    Non-interest expense information is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2019   2018   Amount   Percent  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Salaries and employee benefits

  $ 29,503   $ 28,438   $ 1,065     4 %

Occupancy and equipment

    8,988     7,250     1,738     24 %

Professional fees

    5,984     3,118     2,866     92 %

Advertising and marketing

    1,364     1,640     (276 )   (17 )%

FDIC assessments

    436     1,447     (1,011 )   (70 )%

Data processing

    1,233     1,223     10     1 %

Provision for mortgage repurchase liability

    7,823         7,823     100 %

Provision for contingent losses

    25,000         25,000     100 %

Other

    7,342     7,220     122     2 %

Total non-interest expense

  $ 87,673   $ 50,336   $ 37,337     74 %

        Non-interest expense of $87.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased from $50.3 million for the same period in 2018. Professional fees increased to $6.0 million primarily reflecting increased costs related to the Internal Review of the Advantage Loan Program, our entry into the OCC Agreement, the commencement of the OCC investigation and other regulatory compliance initiatives. The provision for mortgage repurchase liability increased as a result of the establishment of repurchase liability primarily for estimated probable losses on the sold Advantage Loan Program portfolio. A provision for contingent losses of $25 million was established related to the

84


Table of Contents

previously-disclosed litigation and investigations stemming from the Advantage Loan Program. Salaries and employee benefits also increased as a result of additional full-time equivalent employees to support our operations and regulatory compliance initiatives. The average number of full-time equivalent employees increased to 344 during the year ended December 31, 2019 from 328 during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in occupancy and equipment expense was mainly attributable to higher rental and real estate taxes expense with the expansion of our branch network in New York and California. Partially offsetting these increases were lower FDIC assessments during the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of a lower assessment multiplier applied by the FDIC along with $454 thousand of small bank assessment credits received from the FDIC.

        Income Tax Expense.    We recorded income tax expense of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, resulting in an effective tax rate of 34.8%, compared to $25.1 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting in an effective tax rate of 28.3%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations when they come due. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, FHLB borrowings and proceeds from loan sales. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

        We regularly review the need to adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest earning deposits and short-term securities.

        Our most liquid assets are cash and due from banks, interest-bearing time deposits with other banks and U.S. Treasury and Agency securities classified as available for sale. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, cash and due from banks totaled $77.8 million and $52.5 million, respectively; interest-bearing time deposits with other banks totaled $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively; U.S. Treasury and Agency securities classified as available for sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $145.9 million and $142.9 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2019, we had the ability to borrow a total of $651.5 million from the FHLB which includes an available line of credit with FHLB of $50.0 million. At December 31, 2019, we also had available credit lines with additional banks for $70.0 million. Outstanding borrowings on December 31, 2019 with the FHLB totaled $229.0 million, and there were no amounts outstanding with the aforementioned additional banks.

        We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than as set forth below. In the event loan demand were to increase faster than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, we could access our borrowing capacity with the FHLB or our bank lines of credit, or obtain additional funds through brokered deposits.

        At December 31, 2019, we had $297.5 million in loan commitments outstanding, and $24 thousand in standby letters of credit. At December 31, 2018, we had $402.6 million in loan commitments outstanding, and $70 thousand in standby letters of credit.

        Time deposits due within one year of December 31, 2019 were $855.3 million, or 34% of total deposits. Total time deposits at December 31, 2019 were $1.15 billion, or 46%, of total deposits. Time deposits due within one year of December 31, 2018 were $473.9 million, or 19% of total deposits. Total time deposits at December 31, 2018 were $894.3 million, or 36% of total deposits.

85


Table of Contents

        Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and to a lesser extent, the purchase of investment securities. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we originated $1.23 billion of loans and purchased $149.3 million of investment securities. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we originated $1.59 billion of loans and purchased $157.2 million of investment securities.

        Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts. We experienced a net increase in total deposits of $42.8 million from $2.45 billion at December 31, 2018. We generate deposits from local businesses and individuals through customer referrals and other relationships and through our retail presence. We utilize borrowings and brokered deposits to supplement funding needs and manage our liquidity position.

        We also manage liquidity by selling pools of our portfolio loans into the secondary market from time to time. We generated $173.4 million and $475.6 million in proceeds from the sale of portfolio loans in the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. To avoid the uncertainty of audits and inquiries by third-party investors in Advantage Loan Program loans, beginning at the end of the second quarter of 2020, we commenced making offers to each of those investors to repurchase 100% of our sold Advantage Loan Program loans. There can be no assurance as to the extent of any repurchases we may complete as a result of this offer. At December 31, 2020, the unpaid principal balance of the sold Advantage Loan Program loans totaled $670.2 million. In July 2020, three third-party investors accepted the above mentioned offer, from which the Company repurchased three pools of Advantage Loan Program loans sold with a total outstanding unpaid principal balance of $19.3 million. Should additional secondary market investors accept our offers to repurchase Advantage Loan Program loans with respect to a substantial portion of such outstanding loans, the cash required to fund these repurchases will substantially reduce our liquidity.

        The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. We manage our capital to comply with our internal planning targets and regulatory capital standards administered by the Federal Reserve and the OCC. We review capital levels on a monthly basis including our needs for additional capital and ability to pay cash dividends. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the capital levels of each of the Company and Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank's capital ratios were above the minimum levels required to be considered "well capitalized" for regulatory purposes.

        The following tables present our capital ratios as of the indicated dates for the Company and Sterling Bank.

 
  Well
Capitalized
  Adequately
Capitalized
  Under
Capitalized
  Company
Actual at
December 31,
2019
  Company
Actual at
December 31,
2018
 

Total adjusted capital to risk-weighted assets

  N/A     8.00 %   6.00 %   21.49 %   21.98 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

  N/A     6.00 %   4.00 %   17.04 %   17.45 %

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1)

  N/A     4.50 %   3.00 %   17.04 %   17.45 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

  N/A     4.00 %   3.00 %   10.11 %   10.42 %

86


Table of Contents


 
  Well
Capitalized
  Adequately
Capitalized
  Under
Capitalized
  Bank
Actual at
December 31,
2019
  Bank
Actual at
December 31,
2018
 

Total adjusted capital to risk-weighted assets

    10.00 %   8.00 %   6.00 %   17.82 %   16.94 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

    8.00 %   6.00 %   4.00 %   16.70 %   15.80 %

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1)

    6.50 %   4.50 %   3.00 %   16.70 %   15.80 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

    5.00 %   4.00 %   3.00 %   9.90 %   9.44 %

        Basel III revised the capital adequacy requirements and the Prompt Corrective Action Framework effective January 1, 2015 for the Company. Effective January 1, 2019, the Basel Rules require the Company and the Bank to maintain a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets or (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets above the respective minimum but below the minimum plus the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increased by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until the buffer was implemented in full at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company and the Bank held capital in excess of the capital conservation buffer requirement. See "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements."

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Contractual Obligations.    In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019. Maturities are based on final contractual payment dates and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

Contractual Maturities as of December 31, 2019  
 
  Less Than
One Year
  More Than
One Year
Through
Three Years
  More Than
Three Years
Through
Five Years
  Over
Five Years
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long-term FHLB advances(1)

  $ 11,000   $ 11,000   $   $ 207,000   $ 229,000  

Subordinated notes(2)

                65,000     65,000  

Operating lease obligations

    4,166     6,295     4,946     7,089     22,496  

Time deposits

    855,340     289,295     9,441         1,154,076  

Projected interest payments on debt(3)

    7,597     14,727     11,054     8,931     42,309  

Total

  $ 878,103   $ 321,317   $ 25,441   $ 288,020   $ 1,512,881  

(1)
At December 31, 2019, FHLB advances totaling $157.0 million are callable in 2021, and $50.0 million in 2024.

(2)
Subordinated notes above excludes unamortized debt issuance costs of $295 thousand and unamortized premium of $474 thousand.

87


Table of Contents

(3)
Projected interest payments on debt include interest payments on subordinated notes and interest payments on the Company's advances and overdraft line of credit with the FHLB. Projected interest payments on variable rate borrowings are calculated based on current rates at period end.

        Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.    We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to make loans, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

 
  2019   2018  

Commitments to make loans

  $ 76,927   $ 241,809  

Unused lines of credit

    220,553     160,803  

Standby letters of credit

    24     70  

        We also have contingent liabilities related to assets sold with recourse and standby letters of credit. We are obligated under various recourse provisions associated with certain first mortgage loans we sold in the secondary market. Generally, the loans we sell in the secondary market are subject to recourse for fraud and adherence to underwriting or quality control guidelines. No loans were repurchased during 2019 as a result of these recourse provisions. The outstanding principal balance at December 31, 2019 of loans sold in the secondary market with recourse provisions amounted to $759.6 million. We estimate the liability for such loans sold with recourse based on an analysis of our anticipated future losses. The carrying amount of this liability was $7.8 million at December 31, 2019.

        For further information, see Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

        See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for a discussion of recently issued accounting guidance and related impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

        The consolidated financial statements and related financial data included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

88


Table of Contents

Summary of Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  2019  
 
  First Quarter   Second Quarter   Third Quarter   Fourth Quarter  

Interest income

  $ 43,185   $ 44,789   $ 44,211   $ 43,184  

Interest expense

    12,885     14,074     14,201     13,225  

Net interest income

    30,300     30,715     30,010     29,959  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (1,014 )   180     251     450  

Non-interest income

    3,828     2,068     3,165     2,386  

Non-interest expense

    13,122     13,725     13,426     47,400  

Income before income taxes

    22,020     18,878     19,498     (15,505 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    6,337     5,444     5,614     (1,752 )

Net income

  $ 15,683   $ 13,434   $ 13,884   $ (13,753 )

Income per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.30   $ 0.26   $ 0.28   $ (0.28 )

 

 
  2018  
 
  First Quarter   Second Quarter   Third Quarter   Fourth Quarter  

Interest income

  $ 37,333   $ 39,541   $ 41,896   $ 43,001  

Interest expense

    8,594     9,684     11,098     12,295  

Net interest income

    28,739     29,857     30,798     30,706  

Provision for loan losses

    641     1,120     423     1,045  

Non-interest income

    5,493     6,297     4,233     6,014  

Non-interest expense

    11,503     12,621     12,531     13,681  

Income before income taxes

    22,088     22,413     22,077     21,994  

Income tax expense

    6,339     6,431     6,336     5,998  

Net income

  $ 15,749   $ 15,982   $ 15,741   $ 15,996  

Income per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.30   $ 0.30   $ 0.30   $ 0.30  

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        General.    The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The Asset Liability Committee of our board of directors has oversight of our asset and liability management function, which is implemented and managed by our Management Asset Liability Committee. Our Management Asset Liability Committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to product offering rate changes, local and national market conditions and market interest rates. That group also reviews our liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions.

        We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by our board of directors ALCO, and implemented by our management ALCO based on a risk management infrastructure approved by our board of directors that outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits, calculated quarterly, for various interest rate-related metrics, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest

89


Table of Contents

rate curves. Steepening and flattening yield curves and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions are prepared at least annually. Our interest rate management policies also require periodic review and documentation of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates and deposit durations based on historical analysis.

        We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets.

        Net Interest Income Simulation.    We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest income. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows.

        The following table presents the estimated changes in net interest income of the Bank, calculated on a bank-only basis, which would result from changes in market interest rates over a 12-month period beginning December 31, 2019 and 2018. The table below demonstrates that for the initial 12-month period after an immediate and parallel rate shock. We are slightly liability sensitive in a rising interest rate environment and slightly asset sensitive in a falling interest rate environment.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018  
Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points)
  Estimated
12-Months
Net Interest
Income
  Change   Estimated
12-Months
Net Interest
Income
  Change  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

400

  $ 102,936     (17 )% $ 94,251     (23 )%

300

    107,831     (13 )%   103,028     (16 )%

200

    113,372     (8 )%   110,806     (10 )%

100

    118,401     (4 )%   117,419     (5 )%

0

    123,584           123,052        

–100

    122,847     (1 )%   125,930     2 %

        Economic Value of Equity Simulation.    We also analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through an economic value of equity ("EVE") model. EVE represents the present value of the expected cash flows from our assets less the present value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts. EVE attempts to quantify our economic value using a discounted cash flow methodology. We estimate what our EVE would be as of a specific date. We then calculate what EVE would be as of the same date throughout a series of interest rate scenarios representing immediate and permanent parallel shifts in the yield curve. We currently calculate EVE under the assumptions that interest rates increase 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points from current market rates, and under the assumption that interest rates decrease 100 basis points from current market rates.

90


Table of Contents

        The following table presents, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, the impacts of immediate and permanent parallel hypothetical changes in market interest rates on EVE of the Bank, calculated on a bank-only basis.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2019   2018  
Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points)
  Economic
Value of Equity
  Change   Economic
Value of Equity
  Change  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

400

  $ 453,316     (12 )% $ 419,344     (11 )%

300

    476,524     (8 )%   444,120     (5 )%

200

    495,397     (4 )%   455,502     (3 )%

100

    508,199     (2 )%   464,655     (1 )%

0

    516,430           469,560        

–100

    478,436     (7 )%   443,588     (6 )%

        Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ due to any actions taken in response to the changing rates.

91


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and the
Board of Directors of Sterling Bancorp, Inc.
Southfield, Michigan

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2003.

/s/ Crowe LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
October 6, 2020

92


Table of Contents


Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2019   2018  

Assets

             

Cash and due from banks

  $ 77,819   $ 52,526  

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

    1,025     1,100  

Investment securities

    152,544     148,896  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    1,337     1,248  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $21,730 and $21,850

    2,891,530     2,895,953  

Accrued interest receivable

    13,718     13,529  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

    9,765     10,633  

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

    9,198     9,489  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    18,715      

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

    22,950     22,950  

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

    31,917     31,302  

Deferred tax asset, net

    12,095     6,122  

Other assets

    2,271     3,026  

Total assets

  $ 3,244,884   $ 3,196,774  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

             

Liabilities:

             

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $ 77,563   $ 76,815  

Interest-bearing deposits

    2,417,877     2,375,870  

Total deposits

    2,495,440     2,452,685  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    229,000     293,000  

Subordinated notes, net

    65,179     65,029  

Operating lease liabilities

    19,868      

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    102,783     51,003  

Total liabilities

    2,912,270     2,861,717  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 19)

   
 
   
 
 

Shareholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Preferred stock, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

         

Common stock, no par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 49,944,473 and 53,012,283 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

    80,889     111,238  

Additional paid-in capital

    13,210     12,713  

Retained earnings

    238,319     211,115  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    196     (9 )

Total shareholders' equity

    332,614     335,057  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 3,244,884   $ 3,196,774  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

93


Table of Contents


Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Interest income

                   

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 168,955   $ 157,499   $ 122,789  

Interest and dividends on investment securities and restricted stock

    4,976     3,679     1,890  

Other interest

    1,438     593     157  

Total interest income

    175,369     161,771     124,836  

Interest expense

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest on deposits

    45,693     32,031     17,570  

Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    3,991     4,951     3,795  

Interest on subordinated notes

    4,701     4,689     4,070  

Total interest expense

    54,385     41,671     25,435  

Net interest income

    120,984     120,100     99,401  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (133 )   3,229     2,700  

Net interest income after provision (recovery) for loan losses

    121,117     116,871     96,701  

Non-interest income

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Service charges and fees

    444     379     253  

Investment management and advisory fees

    1,577     2,035     2,338  

Gain on sale of investment securities

    6     86     119  

Gain (loss) on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

    396     240     (381 )

Gain on sale of portfolio loans

    5,970     16,433     10,062  

Unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities

    114     (87 )    

Net servicing income

    238     1,381     407  

Income on cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

    1,275     1,193     1,175  

Other

    1,427     377     535  

Total non-interest income

    11,447     22,037     14,508  

Non-interest expense

                   

Salaries and employee benefits

    29,503     28,438     23,778  

Occupancy and equipment

    8,988     7,250     5,986  

Professional fees

    5,984     3,118     1,673  

Advertising and marketing

    1,364     1,640     1,025  

FDIC assessments

    436     1,447     1,296  

Data processing

    1,233     1,223     1,059  

Provision for mortgage repurchase liability

    7,823          

Provision for contingent losses

    25,000          

Other

    7,342     7,220     5,944  

Total non-interest expense

    87,673     50,336     40,761  

Income before income taxes

    44,891     88,572     70,448  

Income tax expense

    15,643     25,104     32,471  

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Income per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.57   $ 1.20   $ 0.82  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    51,115,986     52,963,308     46,219,367  

Diluted

    51,127,879     52,965,567     46,219,367  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

94


Table of Contents


Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities, arising during the period, net of tax effect of $56, $48, and $(13), respectively

    210     181     (26 )

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income of $6, $86, and $119, respectively, included in gain on sale of investment securities, net of tax effect of $1, $18, and $41, respectively

    (5 )   (68 )   (78 )

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    205     113     (104 )

Comprehensive income

  $ 29,453   $ 63,581   $ 37,873  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

95


Table of Contents


Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Voting Common
Stock
  Nonvoting
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2017

    40,199,000     22,863     5,072,000     2,885     15,118     121,446     (40 )   162,272  

Reclassification of strained income tax effects

                        28     (28 )    

Net income

                        37,977         37,977  

Exchange of 5,072,000 shares of non-voting common stock for 5,072,000 shares of voting common stock (Note 11)

    5,072,000     2,885     (5,072,000 )   (2,885 )                

Issuance of 7,692,308 shares of common stock, net of offering expenses of $6,818 (Note 11)

    7,692,308     85,490                         85,490  

Capital contributions from controlling member of merged entity (Note 1)

                    218             218  

Distribution to members of merged entity (Note 1)

                    (2,920 )           (2,920 )

Other comprehensive loss

                            (104 )   (104 )

Dividends distributed ($0.21 per share)

                        (9,635 )       (9,635 )

Balance at December 31, 2017

    52,963,308     111,238             12,416     149,816     (172 )   273,298  

Cumulative effect adjustment, reclassification of unrealized losses on equity securities

                        (50 )   50      

Net income

                        63,468         63,468  

Stock-based compensation

    48,975                 297             297  

Other comprehensive income

                            113     113  

Dividends distributed ($0.04 per share)

                        (2,119 )       (2,119 )

Balance at December 31, 2018

    53,012,283     111,238             12,713     211,115     (9 )   335,057  

Net income

                        29,248         29,248  

Repurchases of shares of common stock (Note 10)

    (3,134,806 )   (30,349 )                       (30,349 )

Stock-based compensation

    66,996                 497             497  

Other comprehensive income

                            205     205  

Dividends distributed ($0.04 per share)

                        (2,044 )       (2,044 )

Balance at December 31, 2019

    49,944,473   $ 80,889           $ 13,210   $ 238,319   $ 196   $ 332,614  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

96


Table of Contents


Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

                   

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (133 )   3,229     2,700  

Deferred income taxes

    (6,052 )   696     2,669  

Gain on sale of investment securities

    (6 )   (86 )   (119 )

Unrealized (gains) losses on equity securities

    (114 )   87      

Amortization (accretion), net, on investment securities

    (1,535 )   (876 )   40  

Depreciation and amortization on leasehold improvements and equipment

    1,621     1,399     1,191  

Amortization of intangible asset

    450     450     450  

Origination, premium paid and purchase of loans, net of principal payments, mortgage loans held for sale

    (96,418 )   (47,778 )   (94,986 )

Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale

    93,648     47,868     98,315  

(Gain) loss on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

    (396 )   (240 )   381  

Gain on sale of portfolio loans

    (5,970 )   (16,433 )   (10,062 )

Provision for mortgage repurchase liability

    7,823          

Provision for contingent losses

    25,000          

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance, net of premiums

    (615 )   (622 )   (652 )

Valuation allowance adjustments and amoritzation of mortgage servicing rights

    3,831     1,915     1,607  

Stock-based compensation

    497     297      

Other

    163     140     131  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accrued interest receivable

    (189 )   (2,036 )   (3,324 )

Other assets

    5,032     (1,245 )   (3,918 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    15,403     10,342     12,013  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    71,288     60,575     44,413  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

                   

Maturities of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

    1,100          

Purchases of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

    (1,025 )   (1,100 )    

Maturities and principal receipts of investment securities

    144,694     121,179     80,890  

Sales of investment securities

    2,914     14,964     96,432  

Purchases of investment securities

    (149,317 )   (157,174 )   (228,643 )

Purchases of investment securities, restricted stock

            (4,590 )

Loans originated, net of repayments

    (162,775 )   (658,322 )   (1,024,824 )

Proceeds from the sale of portfolio loans

    173,382     475,646     308,404  

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (1,330 )   (3,845 )   (2,399 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    7,643     (208,652 )   (774,730 )

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

                   

Net increase in deposits

    42,755     207,575     629,965  

Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

    2,476,000     6,222,000     4,541,000  

Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

    (2,540,000 )   (6,267,000 )   (4,483,000 )

Net change in line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank

            (28,198 )

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes

            15,611  

Payment of debt issuance costs

            (191 )

Proceeds from issuance of shares of common stock, net of offering costs

            85,490  

Repurchase of shares of common stock

    (30,349 )        

Capital contributions from controlling member of merged entity

            218  

Distribution to members of merged entity

            (2,920 )

Dividends paid to shareholders

    (2,044 )   (2,119 )   (9,635 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    (53,638 )   160,456     748,340  

Net change in cash and due from banks

    25,293     12,379     18,023  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

    52,526     40,147     22,124  

Cash and due from banks at end of period

  $ 77,819   $ 52,526   $ 40,147  

Supplemental cash flows information

                   

Cash paid:

                   

Interest

  $ 38,196   $ 34,792   $ 23,615  

Income taxes

    21,246     26,055     28,010  

Noncash investing and financing activities:

                   

Transfers of residential real estate loans to mortgage loans held for sale

    169,844     431,384     111,862  

Transfers of residential real estate loans from mortgage loans held for sale

    2,546     77,887      

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

    740          

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

97


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1—Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Operations

        Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is a unitary thrift holding company that was incorporated in 1989 and the parent company to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sterling Bank and Trust, F.S.B. (the "Bank"). The Company's business is conducted through the Bank, which was formed in 1984. The Bank originates residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial lines of credit, and other consumer loans and provides deposit products, consisting primarily of checking, savings and term certificate accounts. The Bank operates through a network of 30 branches of which 26 branches are located in San Francisco and Los Angeles, California with the remaining branches located in New York, New York, Southfield, Michigan and the greater Seattle market.

        The Company is headquartered in Southfield, Michigan and its operations are in the financial services industry. Management evaluates the performance of its business based on one reportable segment, community banking.

        The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve ("Federal Reserve"). The Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank which is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") of the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") system.

Basis of Presentation

Acquisition of Quantum Fund, LLC

        On April 24, 2017, the Bank acquired all the outstanding equity interests of Quantum Fund, LLC ("Quantum"), an entity controlled by the Company's controlling shareholder who owned, directly and indirectly, 80% of the members' interests with the remaining 20% members' interest held by a member of the board of directors of the Company and Bank, for $2,920 in cash. Such amount has been reflected as a distribution to the members in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity. The entity operated a registered investment advisory business with assets held under management of approximately $425,000 at the time of merger.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, and an entity previously under common control that was merged with the Company in April 2017. See Note 1Nature of Operations and Basis of PresentationBasis of Presentation. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial

98


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in the future periods may be based upon amounts that could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value Measurements

        The Bank utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine its fair value disclosures. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not readily available, the Bank uses present value techniques and other valuation methods, as disclosed in Note 15, to estimate the fair value of its financial instruments. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used.

        Debt securities available for sale and equity securities with readily determinable fair values are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Bank may be required to record other assets and liabilities on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, other real estate owned, nonmarketable equity securities and certain other assets and liabilities. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments generally involve write-downs of individual assets or application of lower of amortized cost or fair value accounting.

Cash and Due from Banks

        For the purposes of the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, cash includes cash and time deposits, and other deposits held with other banks with original maturities of three months or less. Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2019 and 2018 of $23,969 and $26,791, respectively, was required to be held to meet certain regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

        The Company presents the cash flows from customer loans, deposit transactions and short-term borrowings on a net basis in its consolidated statements of cash flows.

Interest-bearing Deposits with Other Banks

        Interest-bearing deposits with other banks, consisting of certificates of deposit, have maturities greater than three months and are carried at cost. Each certificate of deposit is below the FDIC insurance limit of $250. Interest income is recorded when earned.

Concentration of Credit Risk

        The loan portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate loans which are collateralized by real estate. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, residential real estate loans accounted for 85% and 84%, respectively, of the loan portfolio. In addition, most of these residential loans and other commercial loans have been made to individuals and businesses in the state of California which are dependent on the area economy for their livelihoods and servicing of their loan obligation. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 89% and 94%, respectively, of the loan portfolio was originated in California.

99


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Starting December 9, 2019, the Bank suspended its Advantage Loan Program and announced that it permanently discontinued this program on March 6, 2020. This Program was a material component of the Bank's total loan originations. Loans originated under Advantage Loan Program totaled $1,942,657, or 78% of residential loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2019.

Investment Securities

        Investment securities includes debt securities and equity securities.

Debt Securities

        Debt securities are classified as either available for sale or held to maturity. Management determines the classification of the debt securities when they are purchased.

        Debt securities available for sale are stated at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from income and shown as a separate component of shareholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums (noncallable) and accretion of discounts over the contractual life of the investment security using the effective interest method or, in the case of asset-backed securities, over the estimated life of the investment security using the effective yield method.

        Interest income includes amortization or accretion of purchase premium or discount. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the settlement date and determined using the specific identification method.

        Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. In determining other-than-temporary impairment for debt securities, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether a decline is other-than-temporary involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. A charge is recognized against income for all or a portion of the impairment if the loss is determined to be other than temporary.

        If the Bank intends to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the debt security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the debt security is written down to fair value, and the full amount of any impairment charge is recorded as a loss in the consolidated statements of income. If the Bank does not intend to sell the debt security and it is more likely than not that the Bank will not be required to sell the debt security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, only the current period credit loss of any impairment of a debt security is recognized in the consolidated statements of income, with the remaining impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).

100


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Equity Securities

        Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are stated at fair value with unrealized and realized gains and losses reported in income. Those equity securities without readily determinable fair values are recorded at cost, less any impairments, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer. Any changes in the carrying value of the equity investments are recognized in income.

        Management performs a qualitative assessment each reporting period to identify impairment of equity securities without readily determinable fair values. When a qualitative assessment indicates that an impairment exists, Management determines the fair value of the investment and if the fair value is less than the investment's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the investment in income.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Residential real estate loans originated or purchased and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value on an individual loan basis as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to income in the consolidated statements of income. Residential real estate loans originated as held for investment are periodically sold generally with servicing retained in order to manage liquidity, interest rate or concentration risk. Loans that are transferred into loans held for sale from loans held for investment, due to a change in intent, are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.

        When loans originally classified as held for sale or as held for investment are reclassified due to a change in intent or ability to hold, cash flows associated with the loans are classified in the consolidated statements of cash flows as operating or investing, as appropriate, in accordance with the initial classification of the loans.

        Residential real estate loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. Upon the sale of an originated loan, the mortgage servicing right asset is established and recorded at its estimated fair value, and a corresponding gain is recognized in gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale or gain on sale of portfolio loans. Gains and losses on sales of residential real estate loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loans sold.

Loans

        Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned income, including unamortized loan fees and costs on originated loans, and allowances for loan losses. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and amortized over the contractual lives of the respective loans as a yield adjustment using the effective interest method. Other credit-related fees are recognized as fee income, as a component of noninterest income.

        Interest income on loans is accrued as earned using the interest method over the term of the loan. The accrual of interest income is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due or earlier if

101


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

conditions warrant (i.e. nonaccrual loan), unless the loan is secured and in the process of collection. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued and unpaid during prior periods is reversed. Any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied to interest income on a cash basis if the loan is considered well secured. Otherwise, all payments received are applied first to outstanding loan principal amounts and then to the recovery of the charged off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest and fees. Loans are returned to accrual status after all principal and interest amounts contractually due are made and future payments are reasonably assured.

        A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings, as defined below, and classified as impaired.

        Factors considered by management in determining if a loan is impaired include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

        Commercial real estate loans, construction loans and commercial lines of credit are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral or operations of collateral. Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as other consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        The Bank periodically grants concessions to its customers in an attempt to protect as much of its investment as possible and minimize risk of loss. Loans which have been modified resulting in a concession, and where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings. To determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed as part of the credit underwriting process.

        Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings that subsequently

102


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

go into default, the Bank determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased or decreased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge offs less recoveries. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when a loan is considered partially or fully uncollectible, or has such little value that continuance as an asset is not warranted. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Management estimates the allowance for loan losses balance using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations, estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component covers all other loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for general economic conditions and other qualitative factors by portfolio segment. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment, discussed below, and is based on the actual loss history experienced over the most recent three-year period. This actual loss experience is supplemented with economic and other factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic and other risk factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge offs and recoveries; trends in portfolio volume; effects of any changes in underwriting standards; seasoning of certain Sterling Advantage Loan Program loans; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.

        The following portfolio segments have been identified:

103


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net

        Servicing assets (i.e. mortgage servicing rights) are recognized separately when residential real estate loans are sold with servicing rights retained by the Bank. Mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value, which is determined based on an internal valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing assets to be amortized into non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal, or a fixed amount per loan and are recognized as income when earned. The Bank also records late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing which were not material for the periods presented.

        On a quarterly basis, servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights as compared to its carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type, and investor type. If the carrying amount of an individual grouping exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded on that grouping so that the servicing asset is carried at fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the valuation allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The fair values of servicing assets are subject to significant fluctuations due to changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

104


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Transfers of Financial Assets

        Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

FHLB Stock

        The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of FHLB borrowings and other factors, and may invest additional amounts. The FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. The FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and no quoted market value as the ownership is restricted to member institutions. Also, the FHLB stock is pledged as collateral on FHLB borrowings. Cash and stock dividends are reported as income in interest and dividends on investment securities and restricted stock in the consolidated statements of income. Cash dividends received amounted to $1,219, $1,149 and $815 for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Cash Surrender Value of Bank-Owned Life Insurance

        The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain officers and employees; in addition, the Bank still owns policies on retired and former employees. Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets, such as leasehold improvements and equipment, and definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require long-lived assets or asset groups to be tested for possible impairment, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow models and third-party independent appraisals.

        Definite-lived intangible assets, consisting of customer-related intangibles, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of ten years. At December 31, 2019, customer-related intangibles have been completely amortized. At December 31, 2018, customer-related intangibles totaled $4,500, less accumulated amortization of $4,050. Amortization expense related to the customer-related intangibles was $450 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

105


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Mortgage Repurchase Liability

        In connection with sold portfolio loans in the secondary market, the Company makes customary representations and warranties about various characteristics of each loan. We establish a liability which may result from breaches in such representations and warranties. The repurchase liability reflects management's estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Company's estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as future repurchase demand expectations, economic factors, and findings from the Internal Review. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded repurchase liability, depending on the outcome of various factors.

Legal Contingencies and Litigation Accruals

        We are involved in several material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 19-Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements. On a quarterly basis, we assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened legal matters. If a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. Estimates of any such loss are subjective in nature and require the evaluation of numerous facts and assumptions as to future events, including the application of legal precedent which may be conflicting. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution of these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

        In accordance with ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services as performance obligations are satisfied.

        The majority of the Company's revenues are from interest income and other sources, including loans and investment securities, as well as fees related to mortgage servicing activities, which are not within the scope of ASC 606 and are instead subject to other accounting guidance. The Company's services that are within the scope of ASC 606 are recorded within non-interest income which includes investment management and advisory fees, service charges on deposit accounts, interchange income and other service charges and fees. Descriptions of these activities that are within the scope of ASC 606, which are presented in the consolidated statements of income as components of non-interest income, are as follows:

106


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following table presents sources of non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 that are within the scope of ASC 606:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Non-Interest Income:

                   

Service charges on deposit accounts*

  $ 277   $ 230   $ 175  

Investment management and advisory fees

    1,577     2,035     2,338  

Interchange fees*

    114     109     117  

Other service charges and fees*

    54     48     31  

Not within the scope of ASC 606

    9,425     19,615     11,847  

Total non-interest income

  $ 11,447   $ 22,037   $ 14,508  

*
Included in service charges and fees in the consolidated statements of income.

Contract Balances

        The Bank's noninterest revenue streams are largely based on transactional activity or month-end revenue accruals such as investment management and advisory fees based on the customer's assets held under management at the beginning of the period. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly thereafter, and the Bank satisfies its performance obligation and recognizes revenue over time. At December 31, 2019, the Bank had a contract asset balance of $7, which was recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

107


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock-based compensation

        Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees and non-employee members of the Company's board of directors, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and the fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant reduced by the present value of dividends per share expected to be paid during the period the shares are not vested.

        Compensation cost is recorded over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award. The Company's accounting policy is to record forfeitures in the period that they occur.

Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities available for sale, net of income taxes, which is also recognized as a separate component of shareholders' equity. The Company releases the income tax effects on unrealized gains and losses on debt securities available for sale that are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) on a security-by-security basis when debt securities are sold.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Assets Held under Administration and Investment Management and Advisory Fees

        The Company does not include assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities in the consolidated balance sheets as such assets held under administration are not assets of the Company. Fees from asset management activities are recorded on an accrual basis over the period in which the service is provided. Fees, as set forth in the underlying customer contract, are a function of the market value of assets administrated and managed.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are provided for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change occurs.

108


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Deferred tax assets are reduced, through a valuation allowance, if necessary, by the amount of such benefits that are not expected to be realized based on current available evidence.

        A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Income per Share, Basic and Diluted

        Basic income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the effect of outstanding potential dilutive common shares.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2019

        The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and all subsequent amendments as of January 1, 2019. Topic 842 requires a lessee to recognize the following for all leases, except short-term leases, at the commencement date: (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee's obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee's right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Topic 842 also requires expanded disclosures.

        Topic 842 permits entities to use a modified retrospective transition approach to apply the guidance as of the beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements in the period adopted or the optional transition method which allows entities to apply the new guidance at the adoption date and record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption, and not to restate the comparative periods presented.

        The Company adopted Topic 842 as of January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method. Therefore, the comparative financial information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The adoption of the standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets of $21,812 and operating lease liabilities of $22,682 on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2019. The operating lease right-of-use assets includes the impact of unamortized lease incentives and deferred rent. The Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients upon transition, which includes no reassessment of whether existing contracts are or contain leases and allowed for the lease classification for existing leases to be retained. The Company did not elect the practical expedient to use hindsight in determining the lease term. After transition, in certain instances, the cost of renewal options will be recognized earlier in the term of the lease than under the previous lease accounting rules. The Company elected the practical expedient to not separate non-lease components from the lease components contained in the operating lease agreements but instead to combine them and account for them as a single lease component and will continue to do so for its real estate operating leases. The new standard did not have a significant impact on the condensed consolidated statements of income or statements of cash flows in 2019.

109


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company's operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019. The lessors' rate implicit in the operating leases were not available to the Company and were not determinable from the terms of the leases. Therefore, the Company's incremental borrowing rate was used in determining the present value of the future lease payments when measuring the operating lease liabilities. The incremental borrowing rates were not observable and therefore, the rates were estimated primarily using observable borrowing rates on the Company's FHLB advances. The FHLB borrowing rates are generally for over collateralized advances for varying lengths of maturity. Therefore, the risk-free U.S. Government bond rate and high-credit quality unsecured corporate bond rates were also considered in estimating the incremental borrowing rates. The Company's incremental borrowing rates were developed considering its monthly payment amounts and the initial terms of its leases. These incremental borrowing rates were applied to future lease payments in determining the present value of the operating lease liability for each lease.

        As stated, the comparative prior period information for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 has not been adjusted and continues to be reported under the Company's historical lease recognition policies under Topic 840, Leases.

        The disclosure requirements of Topic 842 are included within Note 18Operating Leases.

        In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as follows: (1) removes the requirement to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, and the reporting entity's policy for timing of transfers between levels; (2) removes the requirement to disclose the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements; (3) clarifies that the measurement uncertainty disclosure for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements is to communicate information about the uncertainty in measurement as of the reporting date; (4) requires disclosure of the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period; and (5) requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. An entity is permitted to early adopt the provisions that remove or modify disclosures upon issuance of this ASU and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until the effective date. The Company early adopted this standard in the fourth quarter of 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's current fair value measurement disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

        In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments on a more timely basis. The guidance will replace the current incurred loss accounting model with an expected loss approach and requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The

110


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

guidance requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization's portfolio. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, which clarifies the scope of the credit losses standard and addresses issues related to accrued interest receivable balances and recoveries, among other things. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief. The amendments provide entities with an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis, upon adoption of Topic 326. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates. This update deferred the effective dates of Topic 326 to January 1, 2023 for certain entities including smaller reporting companies (as defined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC). The Company, as a smaller reporting company as of the relevant measuring period, qualifies for this extension.

        At this time, the Company has formed a cross-functional implementation team consisting of individuals from credit, finance and information systems. The implementation team has been working with a software vendor to assist in implementing required changes to credit loss estimation models and processes. The historical data set for model development has been finalized, and the credit loss estimation models are in the process of being developed and tested. The Company expects to recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which ASU No. 2016-13 is effective. The Company has not yet determined the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of ASU No. 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3—Investment Securities

Debt Securities

        The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses:

 
  December 31, 2019  
 
   
  Gross
Unrealized
   
 
 
  Amortized
Cost
   
 
 
  Gain   Loss   Fair Value  

Available for sale:

                         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 122,634   $ 170   $ (1 ) $ 122,803  

Mortgage-backed securities

    23,028     76         23,104  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,138     45         1,183  

Collateralized debt obligations

    216         (17 )   199  

Total

  $ 147,016   $ 291   $ (18 ) $ 147,289  

111


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2018  
 
   
  Gross
Unrealized
   
 
 
  Amortized
Cost
   
 
 
  Gain   Loss   Fair Value  

Available for sale:

                         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 142,905   $ 9   $ (56 ) $ 142,858  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,554     46         1,600  

Collateralized debt obligations

    308         (11 )   297  

Total

  $ 144,767   $ 55   $ (67 ) $ 144,755  

        All of the Company's mortgage-backed securities are issued and/or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency (Government National Mortgage Association) or a U.S. government-sponsored enterprise (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or Federal National Mortgage Association).

        No securities of any single issuer, other than debt securities issued by the U.S. government, government agency and government-sponsored enterprises, were in excess of 10% of total shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

        Information pertaining to sales of debt securities available for sale for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 
  2019   2018   2017  

Proceeds

  $ 2,914   $ 14,964   $ 96,432  

Gross realized gains

  $ 6   $ 89   $ 162  

Gross realized losses

        (3 )   (43 )

Total net realized gains (losses)

  $ 6   $ 86   $ 119  

        The income tax expense related to the net realized gains was $1, $18 and $41 for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

        The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale issued by U.S. Treasury at December 31, 2019 are shown by contractual maturity. Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and collateralized debt obligations are disclosed separately in the table below as

112


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

the expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury securities

             

Due less than one year

  $ 102,809   $ 102,944  

Due after one year through five years

    19,825     19,859  

Mortgage-backed securities

    23,028     23,104  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,138     1,183  

Collateralized debt obligations

    216     199  

Total

  $ 147,016   $ 147,289  

        The table summarizes debt securities available for sale, at fair value, with unrealized losses at December 31, 2019 and 2018 aggregated by major security type and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as follows:

 
  December 31, 2019  
 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total  
 
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 5,011   $ (1 ) $   $   $ 5,011   $ (1 )

Collateralized debt obligations

            199     (17 )   199     (17 )

Total

  $ 5,011   $ (1 ) $ 199   $ (17 ) $ 5,210   $ (18 )

 

 
  December 31, 2018  
 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total  
 
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 113,219   $ (56 ) $   $   $ 113,219   $ (56 )

Collateralized debt obligations

            297     (11 )   297     (11 )

Total

  $ 113,219   $ (56 ) $ 297   $ (11 ) $ 113,516   $ (67 )

        As of December 31, 2019, the debt securities portfolio consisted of 20 debt securities, with two debt securities in an unrealized loss position. For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management has both the intent and ability to hold these investments until the recovery of the decline; thus, the impairment was determined to be temporary. All interest and dividends are considered taxable.

        A collateralized debt obligation with a carrying value of $199 and $297 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was rated high quality at inception, but it was subsequently rated by Moody's as Ba1, which is defined as "speculative." The issuers of the underlying investments (the collateral) of the collateralized debt obligation are primarily banks. Management uses in-house and third party

113


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

other-than-temporary impairment evaluation models to compare the present value of expected cash flows to the previous estimate to ensure there are no adverse changes in cash flows during the period. The other-than-temporary impairment model considers the structure and term of the collateralized debt obligations and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. Assumptions used in the model include expected future default rates and prepayments. The collateralized debt obligation remained classified as available for sale and represented $17 and $11 of the unrealized losses reported at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Equity Securities

        Equity securities consist of an investment in a qualified community reinvestment act investment fund, which is a publicly-traded mutual fund and an investment in Pacific Coast Banker's Bank, a thinly traded, restricted stock. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, equity securities totaled $5,255 and $4,141, respectively. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are stated at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in income.

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, equity securities with readily determinable fair values were $5,009 and $3,895, respectively. The following is a summary of unrealized and realized gains and losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2019   2018  

Net gains (losses) recorded during the period on equity securities

  $ 114   $ (87 )

Less: net gains (losses) recorded during the period on equity securities sold during the period

         

Unrealized gains (losses) recorded during the period on equity securities held at the reporting date

  $ 114   $ (87 )

The Company has elected to account for its investment in a thinly traded, restricted stock using the measurement alternative for equity securities without readily determinable fair values. The investment was reported at $246 at both December 31, 2019 and 2018.

114


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans

        Major categories of loans were as follows:

 
  December 31,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

Residential real estate

  $ 2,476,866   $ 2,452,441  

Commercial real estate

    240,081     250,955  

Construction

    178,376     176,605  

Commercial lines of credit

    17,903     37,776  

Other consumer

    34     26  

Total loans

    2,913,260     2,917,803  

Less: allowance for loan losses

    (21,730 )   (21,850 )

Loans, net

  $ 2,891,530   $ 2,895,953  

        Loans totaling $933,747 and $898,731 were pledged as collateral on FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

        The table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ending December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

December 31, 2019
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of
Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Unallocated   Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                           

Beginning balance

  $ 13,826   $ 2,573   $ 3,273   $ 1,058   $ 1   $ 1,119   $ 21,850  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    (1,511 )   2,509     542     (554 )       (1,119 )   (133 )

Charge offs

                (176 )           (176 )

Recoveries

    21     161     7                 189  

Total ending balance

  $ 12,336   $ 5,243   $ 3,822   $ 328   $ 1   $   $ 21,730  

 

December 31, 2018
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of
Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Unallocated   Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                           

Beginning balance

  $ 12,279   $ 2,040   $ 2,218   $ 469   $ 1   $ 1,450   $ 18,457  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    1,533     398     1,040     589         (331 )   3,229  

Charge offs

    (4 )                       (4 )

Recoveries

    18     135     15                 168  

Total ending balance

  $ 13,826   $ 2,573   $ 3,273   $ 1,058   $ 1   $ 1,119   $ 21,850  

115


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)


December 31, 2017
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of
Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Unallocated   Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                           

Beginning balance

  $ 11,863   $ 915   $ 679   $ 373   $ 2   $ 990   $ 14,822  

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

    174     556     1,432     96     (18 )   460     2,700  

Charge offs

    (19 )                       (19 )

Recoveries

    261     569     107         17         954  

Total ending balance

  $ 12,279   $ 2,040   $ 2,218   $ 469   $ 1   $ 1,450   $ 18,457  

        The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

December 31, 2019
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of
Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Unallocated   Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                           

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 43   $   $   $ 5   $   $   $ 48  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    12,293     5,243     3,822     323     1         21,682  

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 12,336   $ 5,243   $ 3,822   $ 328   $ 1   $   $ 21,730  

Loans:

                                           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 215   $ 1,100   $ 17,112   $ 1,377   $   $   $ 19,804  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    2,476,651     238,981     161,264     16,526     34         2,893,456  

Total ending loans balance

  $ 2,476,866   $ 240,081   $ 178,376   $ 17,903   $ 34   $   $ 2,913,260  

116


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)


December 31, 2018
  Residential
Real Estate
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Construction   Commercial
Lines of
Credit
  Other
Consumer
  Unallocated   Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                           

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 46   $ 30   $ 78   $ 195   $   $   $ 349  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    13,780     2,543     3,195     863     1     1,119     21,501  

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 13,826   $ 2,573   $ 3,273   $ 1,058   $ 1   $ 1,119   $ 21,850  

Loans:

                                           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 228   $ 3,779   $ 7,412   $ 416   $   $   $ 11,835  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    2,452,213     247,176     169,193     37,360     26         2,905,968  

Total ending loans balance

  $ 2,452,441   $ 250,955   $ 176,605   $ 37,776   $ 26   $   $ 2,917,803  

        The following tables present information related to impaired loans by class of loans as of and for the periods indicated:

 
  At December 31, 2019   Year Ended December 31, 2019  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
  Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 

With no related allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Residential real estate, first mortgage

  $ 125   $ 98   $   $ 104   $   $  

Commercial real estate:

                                     

Retail

    1,308     1,100         1,136     60     55  

Multifamily

                449     12     12  

Offices

                378     25     25  

Construction

    17,156     17,112         6,682     582     575  

Commercial lines of credit:

                                     

Private banking

    1,245     1,245                  

C&I lending

                67     5     5  

Subtotal

    19,834     19,555         8,816     684     672  

With an allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Residential real estate, first mortgage

    116     117     43     118     5     5  

Commercial lines of credit, private banking

    132     132     5     136     7     7  

Subtotal

    248     249     48     254     12     12  

Total

  $ 20,082   $ 19,804   $ 48   $ 9,070   $ 696   $ 684  

117


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)


 
  At December 31, 2018   Year Ended December 31, 2018  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
  Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 

With no related allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Construction

  $ 4,751   $ 4,751   $   $ 3,563   $ 301   $ 230  

Commercial real estate:

                                     

Retail

    1,370     1,174         1,210     64     58  

Multifamily

    1,088     1,083         812     37     33  

Subtotal

    7,209     7,008         5,585     402     321  

With an allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Residential real estate, first mortgage

    254     228     46     148     5     4  

Construction

    2,661     2,661     78     1,996     163     144  

Commercial real estate, offices

    1,530     1,522     30     1,538     88     80  

Commercial lines of credit:

                                     

Private banking

    316     316     95     330     19     16  

C&I lending

    100     100     100     75     5     4  

Subtotal

    4,861     4,827     349     4,087     280     248  

Total

  $ 12,070   $ 11,835   $ 349   $ 9,672   $ 682   $ 569  

 

 
  At December 31, 2017   Year Ended December 31, 2017  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
  Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 

With no related allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Commercial real estate, retail

  $ 1,431   $ 1,247   $   $ 1,281   $ 75   $ 75  

Commercial lines of credit, private banking

    147     147         150     8     8  

Subtotal

    1,578     1,394         1,431     83     83  

With an allowance for loan losses recorded:

                                     

Residential real estate, first mortgage

    122     122     37     121     6     8  

Commercial real estate, offices

    1,567     1,557     19     1,573     80     79  

Commercial lines of credit, private banking

    196     196     98     206     14     14  

Subtotal

    1,885     1,875     154     1,900     100     101  

Total

  $ 3,463   $ 3,269   $ 154   $ 3,331   $ 183   $ 184  

        In the above tables, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for partial charge offs. Also, the recorded investment excludes accrued interest receivable on loans which was not significant.

118


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)

        Also presented in the tables above is the average recorded investment of the impaired loans and the related amount of interest recognized during the time within the period that the impaired loans were impaired. When the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is in doubt and the loan is on nonaccrual status, all payments are applied to principal under the cost recovery method. When the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is not in doubt and the loan is on nonaccrual status, contractual interest is credited to interest income when received under the cash basis method. The average balances are calculated based on the month-end balances of the loans for the period reported.

        The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  2019   2018  
 
  Nonaccrual   Loans Past
Due Over
90 Days Still
Accruing
  Nonaccrual   Loans Past
Due Over
90 Days Still
Accruing
 

Residential real estate:

                         

Residential first mortgage

  $ 14,482   $ 50   $ 4,360   $ 80  

Residential second mortgage

    210              

Commercial real estate:

                         

Retail

    40         60      

Total

  $ 14,732   $ 50   $ 4,420   $ 80  

119


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)

        The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 by class of loans:

December 31, 2019
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  Greater
than
89 Days
Past Due
  Total
Past Due
  Loans Not
Past Due
  Total  

Residential real estate:

                                     

Residential first mortgage

  $ 36,112   $ 5,112   $ 14,532   $ 55,756   $ 2,396,800   $ 2,452,556  

Residential second mortgage

    97     295     210     602     23,708     24,310  

Commercial real estate:

                                     

Retail

            40     40     6,089     6,129  

Multifamily

                    64,873     64,873  

Offices

                    28,048     28,048  

Hotel/SROs

    5,605             5,605     76,165     81,770  

Industrial

                    14,150     14,150  

Other

                    45,111     45,111  

Construction

    15,008             15,008     163,368     178,376  

Commercial lines of credit:

                                     

Private banking

                    11,914     11,914  

C&I lending

    1,249             1,249     4,740     5,989  

Other consumer

                    34     34  

Total

  $ 58,071   $ 5,407   $ 14,782   $ 78,260   $ 2,835,000   $ 2,913,260  

 

December 31, 2018
  30 - 59
Days
Past Due
  60 - 89
Days
Past Due
  Greater
than
89 Days
Past Due
  Total
Past Due
  Loans Not
Past Due
  Total  

Residential real estate:

                                     

Residential first mortgage

  $ 3,110   $ 1,257   $ 4,440   $ 8,807   $ 2,421,190   $ 2,429,997  

Residential second mortgage

    377     295         672     21,772     22,444  

Commercial real estate:

                                     

Retail

            60     60     9,957     10,017  

Multifamily

                    64,638     64,638  

Offices

                    27,670     27,670  

Hotel/SROs

                    101,414     101,414  

Industrial

                    14,756     14,756  

Other

                    32,460     32,460  

Construction

    1,971             1,971     174,634     176,605  

Commercial lines of credit:

                                     

Private banking

    176             176     15,762     15,938  

C&I lending

                    21,838     21,838  

Other consumer

                    26     26  

Total

  $ 5,634   $ 1,552   $ 4,500   $ 11,686   $ 2,906,117   $ 2,917,803  

120


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)

        The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential real estate and other consumer loans, the Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which is presented above, and by payment activity. The Company reviews the status of nonperforming loans which include loans 90 days past due and still accruing and nonaccrual loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balance of outstanding loans identified as troubled debt restructurings was $13,708 and $5,826, respectively. The allocated portion of the allowance for loan losses with respect to these loans was $48 and $261 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were no loans identified as troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted.

        During the year ended December 31, 2019, the terms of three construction loans were modified by providing for an extension of the maturity dates at the contract's existing rate of interest, which is lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. The outstanding recorded investment was $11,214 both before and after modification. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the terms of a construction loan and a commercial and industrial loan were modified by providing for an extension of the maturity dates at the contract's existing rate of interest, which is lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. The total outstanding recorded investment was $2,761 both before and after modification. In addition, the modification of a residential real estate loan during the year ended December 31, 2018 included a confirmed Chapter 13 repayment plan. The outstanding recorded investment was $109 both before and after modification. The effect of these modifications on the allowance for loan losses was not significant.

        The terms of certain other loans have been modified during 2019 and 2018 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. These other loans that were modified were not considered significant.

Foreclosure Proceedings

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the recorded investment of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process is $1,643 and $78, respectively.

Credit Quality

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes homogeneous loans such as residential real estate and other consumer loans and non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial lines of credit, construction and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed at least quarterly. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

        Pass:    Loans are of satisfactory quality.

121


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)

        Special Mention:    Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Company's credit position at some future date.

        Substandard:    Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

        Doubtful:    Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, based on currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the risk rating of loans by class of loans was as follows:

December 31, 2019
  Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total  

Residential real estate:

                               

Residential first mortgage

  $ 2,438,024   $   $ 14,077   $ 455   $ 2,452,556  

Residential second mortgage

    24,100         210         24,310  

Commercial real estate:

                               

Retail

    4,195     834     1,100         6,129  

Multifamily

    56,164     7,150     1,559         64,873  

Offices

    24,484     645     2,919         28,048  

Hotel/SROs

    60,074     18,189     3,507         81,770  

Industrial

    5,894     8,256             14,150  

Other

    37,693     920     6,498         45,111  

Construction

    156,339     7,008     15,029         178,376  

Commercial lines of credit:

                               

Private banking

    10,669     1,245             11,914  

C&I lending

    4,013         1,976         5,989  

Other consumer

    34                 34  

Total

  $ 2,821,683   $ 44,247   $ 46,875   $ 455   $ 2,913,260  

122


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 4—Loans (Continued)


December 31, 2018
  Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total  

Residential real estate:

                               

Residential first mortgage

  $ 2,425,584   $   $ 4,193   $ 220   $ 2,429,997  

Residential second mortgage

    22,444                 22,444  

Commercial real estate:

                               

Retail

    8,843         1,174         10,017  

Multifamily

    63,555         1,083         64,638  

Offices

    27,670                 27,670  

Hotel/SROs

    101,414                 101,414  

Industrial

    14,756                 14,756  

Other

    31,451         1,009         32,460  

Construction

    158,489     8,733     9,383         176,605  

Commercial lines of credit:

                               

Private banking

    15,762         176         15,938  

C&I lending

    17,785         4,053         21,838  

Other consumer

    26                 26  

Total

  $ 2,887,779   $ 8,733   $ 21,071   $ 220   $ 2,917,803  

        During the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Bank sold pools of residential real estate mortgages for $173,382, $475,646 and $308,404, respectively, to third-party investors. The transactions resulted in full de-recognition of the mortgages (i.e. transferred assets) from the consolidated balance sheets and recognition of gain on sale of portfolio loans of $5,970, $16,433 and $10,062 for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. After the sales, the Bank's only continuing involvement in the transferred assets is to act as servicer or subservicer of the mortgages. For more information on repurchase exposures, see Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies.

123


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 5—Leasehold Improvements and Equipment, net

        Leasehold improvements and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are determined using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements and equipment at December 31, 2019 and 2018, are as follows:

 
  Estimated
Useful Life
(in years)
  2019   2018  

Leasehold improvements

      * $ 10,920   $ 10,315  

Furniture and equipment

    3 - 7     13,981     13,256  

Total

          24,901     23,571  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

          (15,703 )   (14,082 )

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

        $ 9,198   $ 9,489  

*
Amortized over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life

        The amount charged to occupancy and equipment in the consolidated statements of income for depreciation and amortization was $1,621, $1,399 and $1,191 for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Note 6—Mortgage Servicing Rights, net

        The Bank records servicing assets from the sale of residential real estate mortgage loans to the secondary market for which servicing has been retained. Residential real estate mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. The principal balance of these loans at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 
  2019   2018  

Residential real estate mortgage loan portfolios serviced for:

             

FNMA

  $ 130,425   $ 85,364  

FHLB

    86,778     92,229  

Private investors

    656,035     713,095  

Total

  $ 873,238   $ 890,688  

        Custodial escrow balances maintained with these serviced loans were $7,688 and $13,593 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

124


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 6—Mortgage Servicing Rights, net (Continued)

        Activity for mortgage servicing rights and the related valuation allowance are as follows:

 
  2019   2018   2017  

Mortgage servicing rights:

                   

Beginning of year

  $ 10,733   $ 6,706   $ 4,454  

Additions

    2,964     6,052     3,689  

Amortization

    (2,852 )   (2,025 )   (1,437 )

End of year

    10,845     10,733     6,706  

Valuation allowance at beginning of year

    100     210     40  

Additions (recoveries)

    980     (110 )   170  

Valuation allowance at end of year

    1,080     100     210  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

  $ 9,765   $ 10,633   $ 6,496  

        Servicing fee income, net of amortization of servicing rights and changes in the valuation allowance, was $238, $1,381 and $407 for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

        The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $10,271 and $11,523 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is highly sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the estimate of the fair value of mortgage servicing rights. The fair value at December 31, 2019 was determined using discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 12.0%, prepayment speeds ranging from 6.8% to 47.1%, depending on the stratification of the specific right, and a weighted average default rate of 0.2%. The fair value at December 31, 2018 was determined using discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 12.0%, prepayment speeds ranging from 6.8% to 33.6%, depending on the stratification of the specific right, and a weighted average default rate of 0.2%.

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying amount of certain individual groupings exceeded their fair values. See Note 15Fair Values of Financial Instruments.

Note 7—Deposits

        Time deposits, included in interest-bearing deposits, were $1,154,076 and $894,279 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Time deposits included brokered deposits of $25,000 and $33,750 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

        Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250 were $283,457 and $208,888 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

125


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 7—Deposits (Continued)

        At December 31, 2019, the scheduled maturities of time deposits, including brokered deposits, were as follows:

2020

  $ 855,340  

2021

    279,198  

2022

    10,097  

2023

    2,198  

2024

    7,243  

  $ 1,154,076  

Note 8—FHLB Borrowings

        FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consist of the following:

 
  2019   Interest Rates   2018   Interest Rates

Short-term fixed rate advances

  $     $ 103,000   2.60%

Long-term fixed rate advances

    229,000   1.07% - 1.96%     190,000   0.98% - 1.18%

Total FHLB advances

  $ 229,000       $ 293,000    

FHLB Advances

        The long-term fixed rate advances have maturity dates ranging from July 2020 to May 2029. Interest on these advances is payable monthly and each advance is payable at its maturity date, and may contain a prepayment penalty if paid before maturity. At December 31, 2019, advances totaling $207,000 were callable by the FHLB as follows: $67,000 in September 2021; $90,000 in October 2021; and $50,000 in May 2024. At December 31, 2019, the Bank had additional borrowing capacity of $372,534 from the FHLB.

        The contractual annual maturities of FHLB advances at December 31, 2019 are as follows:

2020

  $ 11,000  

2021

    11,000  

2022

     

2023

     

2024

     

Thereafter

    207,000  

  $ 229,000  

FHLB Overdraft Line of Credit

        The Bank has established an overdraft line of credit agreement with the FHLB providing maximum borrowings of $50,000. The average amount outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $2,008 and $4,133, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no

126


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 8—FHLB Borrowings (Continued)

outstanding borrowings under this agreement. Borrowings accrue interest based on a variable rate based on the FHLB's overnight cost of funds rate, which was 1.99% and 2.87% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The agreement has a one-year term and terminates in October 2020.

        The FHLB advances and the overdraft line of credit are collateralized by pledged loans totaling $933,747 and $898,731 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other Borrowings

        The Bank had available unsecured credit lines with other banks totaling $70,000 at both December 31, 2019 and 2018. There were no borrowings under these credit lines during the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Note 9—Subordinated Notes, net

        The subordinated notes (the "Notes") were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2019   2018  

7.0% fixed to floating rate subordinated notes

  $ 65,000   $ 65,000  

Unamortized note premium

    474     533  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

    (295 )   (504 )

Total

  $ 65,179   $ 65,029  

        The Notes bear interest at 7% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 in arrears, through April 2021 after which the Notes will have a variable interest rate of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") rate plus a margin of 5.82%. Premiums and debt issuance costs are amortized over the contractual term of the Notes into interest expense using the effective interest method. Interest expense on these Notes was $4,701, $4,689 and $4,070 for the years ended December 31, 2019 , 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Notes mature in April 2026.

        On or after April 14, 2021, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount being redeemed plus accrued interest, in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1. The Notes are not redeemable by the Company prior to April 14, 2021 except in the event that (i) the Notes no longer qualify as Tier 2 Capital, (ii) the interest on the Notes is determined by law to be not deductible for Federal Income Tax reporting or (iii) the Company is considered an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Notes are not subject to redemption by the noteholder.

        The Notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness, deposits and other liabilities of the Company's current and future subsidiaries, including the Bank's deposits as well as the Company's subsidiaries' liabilities to general creditors and liabilities arising during the ordinary course of business. The Notes may be included in Tier 2 capital for the Company under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations. As long as the Notes are outstanding, the Company is permitted to pay dividends if prior to such dividends, the Bank is considered well capitalized, as defined in Note 20Regulatory Capital Requirements.

127


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10—Stock Repurchase Program

        In late 2018, the board of directors approved the repurchase of up to $50,000 of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock. The stock repurchase program permits the Company to purchase shares of its common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The program does not have an expiration date. The Company received regulatory approval of its stock repurchase program and publicly announced the program in January 2019. Under this program, the Company is not obligated to repurchase shares of its common stock. The repurchased shares will be canceled and returned to authorized but unissued status.

        During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased and cancelled 3,134,806 shares of its common stock for $30,349, including commissions and fees (average repurchase price of $9.68 per share). Such repurchases of common stock were funded through cash generated from operations. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $19,651 of common stock purchases remaining that may be made under the program.

Note 11—Shareholders' Equity

Capital Stock

        In October 2017, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to change its authorized shares to one class of no par, common stock, consisting of 500,000,000 shares, and increased the authorized shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 to 10,000,000. Prior to this amendment, the Company's authorized capital stock consisted of (i) 490,000,000 shares of voting common stock, no par value, and 10,000,000 shares of non-voting common stock, no par value, and (ii) 1,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock (200,000 shares designated as Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares).

No Par, Common Stock

        In November 2017, the Company completed its initial public offering whereby it issued and sold 7,692,308 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $12.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $85.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $5.5 million and other offering expenses of $1.3 million. All of the then outstanding shares of non-voting common stock, consisting of 5,072,000 shares, were exchanged, at fair value, for 5,072,000 shares of unregistered shares of voting common stock. The Company continues to use the offering proceeds to support the Bank's current operations, and also plans to use the proceeds for its future growth initiatives or selected acquisition activity.

        Holders of voting common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to shareholders and entitled to dividends at the sole direction of the board of directors. Dividends declared per common share were $0.04, $0.04 and $0.21 and dividends paid on common stock were $2,044, $2,119 and $9,635 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The holders have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there is no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to the series preferred stock as described below with respect to dividend rights or rights upon liquidation, winding up, and dissolution of the Company.

128


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 11—Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

        Holders of nonvoting common stock had equal and identical rights, preferences and limitations, as holders of voting common stock, except that they did not have any voting rights.

Preferred Stock

        The board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, with such designations and such relative voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences and limitations as may be adopted by the board of directors. No shares of preferred stock are currently issued or outstanding.

Note 12—Stock-based Compensation

        The board of directors established a 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") which was approved by the shareholders. The Plan provides for the grant of up to 4,237,100 shares of common stock for stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards for issuance to employees, consultants and board of directors of the Company. The stock-based awards are issued at no less than the market price on the date the awards are granted.

Stock Options

        Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The stock option awards granted in 2018 and 2019 generally vest in installments of 50% in each of the third and fourth year after the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years.

        The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted below. Estimating the grant date fair values for employee stock options requires management to make assumptions regarding expected volatility of the value of those underlying shares, the risk-free rate over the expected life of the stock options and the date on which share-based payments will be settled. Expected volatilities are based on a weighted average of the Company's historic volatility and an implied volatility for a group of industry-relevant bank holding companies as of the measurement date. The expected term of options granted is calculated using the simplified method (the midpoint between the end of the vesting period and the end of the maximum term). The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based upon U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yield represents what the Company anticipates will be declared during the expected term of the options.

        During 2019 and 2018, the board of directors approved the issuance of options to purchase 84,889 and 92,625 shares, respectively, of common stock to certain key employees which are accounted for as equity awards. The weighted average grant-date fair value of options issued in 2019 and 2018 was $3.20

129


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12—Stock-based Compensation (Continued)

and $4.56, respectively. The grant-date fair value of each stock option award was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions set forth in the following table:

 
  2019   2018  

Exercise price of options

  $ 10.12   $ 13.73  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.66 %   2.80 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.75     6.75  

Expected stock price volatility

    26.26 %   23.70 %

Dividend yield

    .40 %   .29 %

        A summary of the Company's stock option activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 
  Number
of Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (Years)
   
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

    92,625   $ 13.73     9.22   $  

Granted

    84,889     10.12              

Exercised

                     

Forfeited/expired

    (35,037 )   10.84              

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

    142,477   $ 12.29     8.60   $  

        The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options of $137 and $82 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019, there was $360 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the Plan. The unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.60 years. No options are exercisable at December 31, 2019.

Restricted Stock Awards

        The board of directors approved the issuance of 71,144 restricted stock awards to certain key employees and 10,460 restricted stock awards to non-employee directors during 2019, and 33,100 restricted stock awards to certain key employees and 15,875 restricted stock awards to non-employee directors during 2018. The restricted stock awards issued to key employees vest in installments of 50% in each of the third and fourth year after the date of grant. The restricted stock awards issued to non-employee directors vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. The value of a restricted stock award is based on the market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant reduced by the present value of dividends per share expected to be paid during the period the shares are not vested. Upon a change in control, as defined in the Plan, the outstanding restricted stock awards will immediately vest.

130


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12—Stock-based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of the restricted stock awards activity as of and for the periods indicated is as follows:

 
  Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2018

      $  

Granted

    48,975     13.55  

Vested

         

Forfeited

         

Nonvested at December 31, 2018

    48,975     13.55  

Granted

    81,604     9.91  

Vested

    (15,875 )   13.50  

Forfeited

    (14,608 )   10.65  

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

    100,096   $ 11.02  

        The fair value of the award is recorded as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards of $360 and $215 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019, there was $735 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested stock granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.73 years. The total fair value of restricted stocks vested during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $214.

Note 13—Income Per Share

        Basic income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per common share further includes any common shares available to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards if such inclusions would be dilutive. The Company determines the potentially

131


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 13—Income Per Share (Continued)

dilutive common shares using the treasury stock method. The following table presents the computation of income per share, basic and diluted:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Numerator:

                   

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Denominator:

                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

    51,115,986     52,963,308     46,219,367  

Weighted average effect of potentially dilutive common shares:

                   

Stock options

             

Restricted stock

    11,893     2,259      

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

    51,127,879     52,965,567     46,219,367  

Income per share:

                   

Basic

  $ 0.57   $ 1.20   $ 0.82  

Diluted

  $ 0.57   $ 1.20   $ 0.82  

        The weighted average effect of certain stock options and nonvested restricted stock that were excluded from the computation of weighted average diluted shares outstanding as inclusion would be anti-dilutive, are summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Stock options

    167,255     92,625      

Restricted stock

    28,676          

Total

    195,931     92,625      

        In September 2017, the board of directors approved a 1,000 for one stock split to be effected as a stock dividend on the Company's common stock. The stock split was effected on September 11, 2017. The shares and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

        Sterling Bank maintains a defined contribution plan under which it makes quarterly matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the lesser of the first 3% of the amount the employee contributed or deferred or 3% of the employee's base salary during such quarter. This matching contribution is made quarterly and the employee must be employed by Sterling Bank on the date it is made in order to receive it. In addition, the Sterling Bank will also make a contribution of up to 1% of the amount deferred or contributed, based on a tiered scale of its "return on assets" for the prior year. The matching contributions will be made only up to the amount of the employee's deferrals or

132


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

contributions for the plan. Sterling Bank also has the discretion to make additional contributions. Sterling Bank's contribution to the plan was $758, $773 and $661 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan Agreement

        The Bank has entered into an individual "executive incentive retirement plan" agreement with six employees. These agreements provide for payments, if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law, upon a separation from service or a "change of control" (as defined in such agreements) if the individual has met specified vesting requirements. Each of these agreements provide for death benefits in the event of death in active service to the Bank. Under the terms of these agreements, each of the employees was credited an additional amount to such employees' book-entry "incentive award account" under the agreement in 2019 based on a monthly crediting formula. The employee may make an election to receive payments under the agreement as a lump sum or as an installment. The aggregate liability accrued for potential payments under these agreements was $3,157 and $2,898 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Periodic expense consists of the Bank's contribution, which is made ratably over the build up period until retirement, adjusted for annual interest cost. The expense, net of forfeitures, incurred with respect to such agreements was $290, $273 and $281 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Spilt Dollar Life Insurance Agreement

        In October 1997 and in 2000, the Bank entered into 7 split dollar life insurance agreements with respect to its controlling shareholder and former chief executive officer of the Bank. Pursuant to the agreements with the Bank, a portion of the death benefits arising from life insurance policies owned by the Bank would be paid to beneficiaries designated by the controlling shareholder. The estimated present value of the cost to the Company of providing these death benefits and the associated accrued liability by the Company was $4,340 and $4,200 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Payments of $31, $28 and $25 were made to the controlling shareholder and former chief executive officer during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in accordance with the split dollar life insurance agreements.

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments include assets carried at fair value, as well as certain assets and liabilities carried at cost or amortized cost but disclosed at fair value in these consolidated financial statements. Fair value is defined as the exit price, the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date under current market conditions. The inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value are prioritized into a three-level hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

133


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following methods and significant assumptions are used to estimate fair value:

Investment Securities

        The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar investment securities (Level 2). For investment securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar investment securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). Discounted cash flows are calculated using spread to LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit spread and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the analysis. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual investment securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.

Impaired Loans

        The fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach, such as comparable sales or income approach, or a combination of both. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

        Appraisals for collateral-dependent impaired loans are performed by certified general appraisers whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by us. Once received, an appraisal compliance review is completed in accordance with regulatory guidelines.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

        Fair value of mortgage servicing rights is initially determined at the individual grouping level based on an internal valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. On a quarterly basis, mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon third party valuations obtained. As disclosed in Note 6, the valuation model utilizes interest rate, prepayment speed, and default rate assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income (Level 3).

134


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The table below presents the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis categorized by the level of inputs used in the valuation of each asset at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2019
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets

                         

Available for sale debt securities:

                         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 122,803   $ 122,803   $   $  

Mortgage-backed securities

    23,104         23,104      

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,183         1,183      

Collateralized debt obligations

    199             199  

Equity securities

    5,009     5,009          

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018
 
 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets

                         

Available for sale debt securities:

                         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 142,858   $ 142,858   $   $  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,600         1,600      

Collateralized debt obligations

    297             297  

Equity securities

    3,895     3,895          

135


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The table below presents a reconciliation for all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  Fair Value
Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  Collateralized Debt
Obligations
 
 
  2019   2018  

Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at beginning of period

  $ 297   $ 571  

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

             

Included in income-realized

         

Included in other comprehensive income (loss)

    (6 )   24  

Principal maturities/settlements

    (92 )   (298 )

Sales

         

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

         

Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at end of period

  $ 199   $ 297  

        Unrealized losses on Level 3 investments for collateralized debt obligations was $17 and $11 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In addition to the amounts included in income as presented in the table above, interest income recorded on collateralized debt obligations was $13 and $16 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

        The fair value of the collateralized debt obligations is obtained from third party pricing information. It is determined by calculating discounted cash flows using LIBOR curves plus spreads that adjust for credit risk and illiquidity. The Company also performs an internal analysis that considers the structure and term of the collateralized debt obligations and the financial condition of the underlying issuers to corroborate the information used from the independent third party.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

        From time to time, the Bank may be required to measure certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis which were still held in the consolidated balance sheet

136


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

at December 31, 2019 and 2018, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine each adjustment and the related carrying value:

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019  
 
  Fair Value   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Mortgage servicing rights

  $ 7,949   $   $   $ 7,949  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018  
 
  Fair Value   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Impaired loans:

                         

Construction

  $ 2,583   $   $   $ 2,583  

Residential real estate

    108             108  

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,858             1,858  

        As discussed previously, the fair values of collateral dependent impaired loans carried at fair value are determined by third-party appraisals. Management adjusts these appraised values based on the age of the appraisal and the type of the property. The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for the financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019
 
  Fair Value   Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs   Range
(Weighted Average)(1)

Mortgage servicing rights

  $ 7,949   Discounted cash flow   Discount rate   9.5% - 12.0%
(11.9%)

            Prepayment speed   7.2% - 47.1%
(21.3%)

            Default rate   0.1% - 0.3%
(0.2%)

(1)
The range and weighted average for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the investment.

137


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 
  Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018
 
  Fair Value   Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs   Range
(Weighted
Average)(1)

Impaired loans:

                 

Construction

  $ 2,583   Sales comparison approach   Management discount for property type and recent market volatility   N/A (10%)

Residential real estate

    108   Sales comparison approach   Management discount for property type and recent market volatility   N/A (10%)

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,858   Discounted cash flow   Discount rate   9.5% - 12.0%
(11.6%)

            Prepayment speed   7.0% - 33.6%
(26.1%)

            Default rate   0.1% - 0.3%
(0.2%)

(1)
The range and weighted average for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the investment.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value at December 31, 2019 and 2018, are as follows:

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 77,819   $ 77,819   $ 77,819   $   $  

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

    1,025     1,025     1,025          

Mortgage loans held for sale

    1,337     1,368         1,368      

Loans, net

    2,891,530     2,978,846             2,978,846  

Financial Liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Time deposits

    1,154,076     1,161,490         1,161,490      

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    229,000     227,333         227,333      

Subordinated notes, net

    65,179     65,650         65,650      

138


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15—Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 52,526   $ 52,526   $ 52,526   $   $  

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

    1,100     1,100     1,100          

Mortgage loans held for sale

    1,248     1,261         1,261      

Loans, net

    2,893,262     2,987,419             2,987,419  

Financial Liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Time deposits

    894,279     890,020         890,020      

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    293,000     285,265         285,265      

Subordinated notes, net

    65,029     65,650         65,650      

Note 16—Income Taxes

        The components of the income tax expense are as follows:

 
  2019   2018   2017  

Current:

                   

Federal

  $ 15,341   $ 16,435   $ 22,804  

State

    6,354     7,979     6,973  

Total current expense

    21,695     24,414     29,777  

Deferred:

                   

Federal

    (3,995 )   478     2,835  

State

    (2,057 )   212     (141 )

Total deferred expense (benefit)

    (6,052 )   690     2,694  

Total income tax expense

  $ 15,643   $ 25,104   $ 32,471  

139


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company has implemented the new corporate tax rate, as discussed below, as of January 1, 2018. The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate is as follows:

 
  2019   2018   2017  

U.S. federal statutory rate

    21.1 %   21.0 %   35.0 %

Effect of:

                   

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    4.0 %   7.1 %   6.3 %

Change in tax laws

    %   %   4.7 %

Loss incurred by pass-through entity

    %   %   0.3 %

Non-deductible items

    9.5 %   %   %

Income on cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

    (0.2 )%   (0.2 )%   (0.3 )%

Other, net

    0.4 %   0.4 %   0.1 %

Effective tax rate

    34.8 %   28.3 %   46.1 %

        The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were comprised of the following:

 
  2019   2018  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 6,144   $ 6,113  

Contingent losses

    2,834      

Mortgage repurchase liability

    2,217      

Mark-to-market adjustments on mortgage loans held for sale

    9     3  

Supplemental retirement benefit plan

    895     811  

Deferred loan fee income

    268     342  

State franchise tax

    1,455     1,416  

Compensation plans

    729     775  

Operating lease liability

    5,631      

Other

    633     265  

Total deferred tax assets

    20,815     9,725  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

FHLB stock dividends

    (122 )   (121 )

Mortgage servicing rights

    (2,768 )   (2,975 )

Operating lease asset

    (5,305 )    

Other

    (525 )   (507 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (8,720 )   (3,603 )

Deferred tax asset, net

  $ 12,095   $ 6,122  

        The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") enacted in December 2017 reduced the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Due to the change in tax rate,

140


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

the Company was required to remeasure its deferred tax assets and liabilities, including the deferred tax balance attributable to items of pretax comprehensive income (loss), based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future. The effect of the Tax Act of $3.3 million was recorded in deferred income tax expense in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2017 which related entirely to the remeasurement of the net deferred tax asset. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Based on its evaluation, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2019 and 2018, will be realized.

        The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income taxes of the state of New York and California. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years before 2016.

        There were no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019, and the Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

Note 17—Related Party Transactions

        As disclosed in Note 1, the Company purchased Quantum in April 2017 for aggregate consideration of $2,920 in cash, which at the time was owned 80% by the Company's controlling shareholder and 20% by a member of the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Peter Sinatra, who has continued as the Chief Executive Officer of QCM, LLC, doing business as Quantum Capital Management, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quantum and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank ("Quantum Capital Management"). Accordingly, the Company's controlling shareholder received $2,336 in consideration, and Mr. Sinatra received $584 in consideration in connection with this transaction.

        From time to time, the Company makes charitable contributions to a foundation for which certain members of the boards of directors of the Company and Bank, and who are also related to the Company's controlling shareholders, serve as trustees. The Company paid $900 annually to the foundation during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

        The Bank provides monthly data processing and programming services to entities controlled by the Company's controlling shareholders. Aggregate fees received for such services amounted to $105, $105 and $98 during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

        The Company paid fees totaling $12 and $76 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively to an aviation company controlled by the Company's controlling shareholders for transportation.

        Related party leases are disclosed in Note 18Operating Leases.

Note 18—Operating Leases

        A lease is defined as a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of an asset for a time period in exchange for consideration. The Company leases its corporate headquarters and branch offices through noncancelable operating lease contracts. Such noncancelable

141


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 18—Operating Leases (Continued)

operating lease contracts have remaining terms ranging from 2020 to 2029, and generally have options to extend for one or two five-year periods. Beginning in 2019, the lease term may include options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised based on the facts and circumstances at lease commencement. The lease agreements, most often, provide for rental payments that increase over the lease term based on a fixed percentage or based on a specified consumer price index. Any changes in the consumer price index after the lease commencement date are considered variable lease payments and recorded in the period when incurred. Additionally, the Company, in most cases, is required to pay insurance costs, real estate taxes and other operating expenses such as common area maintenance.

        The Company leases certain storage and office space from entities owned by the Company's controlling shareholders. Amounts paid under such leases totaled $236, $241 and $220 for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company also subleases certain office space to entities owned by the Company's controlling shareholders. Amounts received under such subleases totaled $274, $269 and $258 for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

        Rent expense was $4,401 and $3,544 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The components of lease expense, which are recorded in noninterest expense—occupancy and equipment, in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 

Operating lease cost

  $ 4,507  

Variable lease cost

    1,235  

Total

  $ 5,742  

        Maturities of lease liabilities, including reconciliation to the lease liabilities, based on required contractual payments, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
   
 

2020

  $ 4,166  

2021

    3,539  

2022

    2,756  

2023

    2,507  

2024

    2,439  

Thereafter

    7,089  

Total lease payments

    22,496  

Less: future interest costs(1)

    (2,628 )

Present value of lease liabilities

  $ 19,868  

(1)
Computed using the estimated interest rate for each lease

142


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 18—Operating Leases (Continued)

        Other information related to the lease liabilities as of and for year ended December 31, 2019 was as follows:

Other Information
  Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

       

Operating cash flows from operating leases

  $ 4,307  

Weighted average remaining lease term

    6.83 years  

Weighted average discount rate

    3.54 %

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the OCC and continues to be subject to a publicly available formal agreement with the OCC, dated June 18, 2019 (the "OCC Agreement"), relating primarily to certain aspects of its BSA/AML compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The OCC Agreement generally requires that the Bank enhance its policies and procedures to ensure compliance with BSA/AML laws and regulations and ensure effective controls over residential loan underwriting. The Bank established a Compliance Committee to monitor and assure compliance with the OCC Agreement, oversee the completion of an independent review of account and transaction activity to be conducted by a third party vendor, and engage a third party to conduct a model validation for its BSA/AML monitoring software.

        The Bank is fully cooperating with the OCC investigation and implementing the items necessary to achieve compliance with the obligations in the OCC Agreement. A finding by the OCC that the Bank failed to comply with the OCC Agreement or adverse findings in the OCC investigation could result in additional regulatory scrutiny, constraints on the Bank's business, or other formal enforcement action. Any of those events could have a material adverse effect on our future operations, financial condition, growth, or other aspects of our business. The Bank has incurred significant costs in its efforts to comply with the OCC Agreement and respond to the OCC investigation, which are reflected in our 2019 results of operations.

        The Bank also has received grand jury subpoenas from the United States Department of Justice (the "DOJ") beginning in 2020 requesting the production of documents and information in connection with an investigation that appears to be focused on the Bank's residential lending practices and related issues. The Bank is fully cooperating with this ongoing investigation. Adverse findings in the DOJ investigation could result in material losses due to damages, penalties, costs, and/or expenses imposed on the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on our future operations, financial condition, growth, or other aspects of our business. The Bank expects to incur significant costs in its efforts to comply with the DOJ investigation in 2020.

        In addition, the Company, certain of its current and former officers and directors, and other parties have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Oklahoma Police Pension and Retirement System v. Sterling Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:20-cv-10490-JEL-EAS, filed on

143


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

February 26, 2020 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on July 2, 2020. This action alleges violations of the federal securities laws, primarily with respect to disclosures concerning the Bank's residential lending practices that were made in the Company's registration statement and prospectus for its initial public offering, in subsequent press releases, in periodic and other filings with the SEC, and during earnings calls. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint with the court on September 22, 2020. The Company intends to vigorously defend this and any related actions.

        On December 9, 2019, the Company announced it had voluntarily suspended its Advantage Loan Program in connection with an internal review of the program (the "Internal Review"). The primary focus of the Internal Review, which has been led by outside legal counsel under the direction of a special committee of independent directors (the "Special Committee"), has involved the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program and related matters. Results from the Special Committee's Internal Review have indicated that certain employees engaged in misconduct in connection with the origination of a significant number of such loans, including with respect to verification of income, the amount of income reported for borrowers, reliance on third parties, and related documentation. As a result, the Company has permanently discontinued the Advantage Loan Program. While the Internal Review is substantially complete, the Company expects it to remain open during the pendency of the government investigations discussed herein, and it is possible additional work will be required in connection with the Internal Review.

        The Company has determined that, in the latter part of the fourth quarter of 2019, it became probable that a loss may be incurred with respect to the above mentioned pending investigations and litigation. Accordingly, at December 31, 2019, the Company established a liability of $25,000 for contingent losses based on additional information obtained during the course of the Internal Review and significant judgments by management. The outcome of the pending investigations and litigation is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that the Company will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such investigations and litigation, (ii) that the accrual for contingent losses will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such accrual and have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

        In addition, on July 28, 2020, the Company received a demand letter from two law firms representing a purported stockholder of the Company alleging facts and claims substantially the same as many of the alleged facts and claims in the class action lawsuit. The demand letter requests that the board of directors take action to (1) recover damages the Company has purportedly sustained as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by certain of its officers and directors; (2) recover for the benefit of the Company the amounts by which certain of its officers and directors purportedly were unjustly enriched; and (3) correct alleged deficiencies in the Company's internal controls. The demand letter states that, if the board of directors has not taken the actions demanded within 90 days after the receipt of the letter, or in the event the board of directors refuses to take the actions demanded, the purported stockholder will commence a stockholder derivative action on behalf of the Company seeking appropriate relief. The board of directors has recently established a demand review committee to evaluate the matters raised in the demand letter and to determine the actions, if any, that should be taken by the Company with respect to those matters. The Company has responded to the demand

144


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

letter advising the purported shareholder of the appointment of the demand review committee. There can be no assurance as to whether any litigation will be commenced by or against the Company with respect to the claims set forth in the demand letter or that, if any such litigation is commenced, it will not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Establishment of Mortgage Repurchase Liability

        During the period 2015 through 2019, the Company sold portfolio loans originated under the Advantage Loan Program to private investors in the secondary market. The Company also sells conventional residential mortgage loans (which excludes Advantage Loan Program loans) in the secondary market primarily to Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") on an ongoing basis. In connection with these loans sold, the Company makes customary representations and warranties about various characteristics of each loan. The Company may be required pursuant to the terms of the applicable mortgage loan purchase and sale agreements to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor for which the representation or warranty of the Company proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. In the event of a repurchase, the Company is typically required to pay the unpaid principal balance, the proportionate premium received when selling the loans and certain expenses. Historically, any repurchases due to a breach of any such representations and warranties have been de minimis.

        In connection with above mentioned investigations stemming from the Advantage Loan Program, the Bank recorded a total mortgage repurchase liability of $7,823 at December 31, 2019 primarily related to probable losses on the sold Advantage Loan Program loan portfolio, which the Company has determined became probable in the latter part of the fourth quarter of 2019, taking into account the results of the Internal Review. The repurchase liability was included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2019, the unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans sold that were subject to potential repurchase obligations for breach of representations and warranties totaled $759,568.

        The repurchase liability reflects management's estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Company's estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgements about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as future repurchase demand expectations, economic factors, and findings from the Internal Review. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded repurchase liability, depending on the outcome of various factors, including those previously discussed.

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

        The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

145


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        A commitment to extend credit, such as a loan commitment, credit line and overdraft protection, is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate and for a specific purpose. Such commitments have fixed expiration dates and generally require a fee. The extension of a commitment gives rise to credit risk. The actual liquidity requirements or credit risk that the Bank will experience is expected to be lower than the contractual amount of commitments to extend credit because a significant portion of those commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements containing covenants regarding the financial performance of the customer that must be met before the Bank is required to fund the commitment. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit as it does in making loans.

        The commitments outstanding to make loans include primarily residential real estate loans that are made for a period of 90 days or less. At December 31, 2019, outstanding commitments to make loans consisted of fixed rate loans of $43,318 with interest rates ranging from 2.875% to 4.625% and maturities ranging from ten to 30 years and variable rate loans of $33,609 with varying interest rates (ranging from 3.375% to 6.75% at December 31, 2019) and maturities ranging from one to 30 years.

        The Bank also issues unused lines of credit to meet customer financing needs. At December 31, 2019, the unused lines of credit include residential second mortgages of $24,472, construction loans of $191,357, commercial lines of credit of $4,300 and consumer loans of $424. These unused lines of credit consisted of fixed rate loans of $461 with interest rates ranging from 5.25% to 18.0% and maturities ranging from three months to 8 years and variable rate loans of $220,092 with varying interest rates (ranging from 4.75% to 8.5%) and maturities ranging from one month to 15 years.

        Standby letters of credit are issued on behalf of customers in connection with construction contracts between the customers and third parties. Under standby letters of credit, the Bank assures that the third parties will receive specified funds if customers fail to meet their contractual obligations. The credit risk to the Bank arises from its obligation to make payment in the event of a customer's contractual default. The maximum amount of potential future payments guaranteed by the Bank is limited to the contractual amount of these letters. Collateral may be obtained at exercise of the commitment. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.

        The following is a summary of the total amount of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  2019   2018  

Commitments to make loans

  $ 76,927   $ 241,809  

Unused lines of credit

    220,553     160,803  

Standby letters of credit

    24     70  

146


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20—Regulatory Capital Requirements

        The Bank is subject to the capital adequacy requirements of the OCC. The Company, as a thrift holding company, is subject to the capital adequacy requirements of the Federal Reserve. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to thrift holding companies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition.

        Under the Basel III capital rules, which were phased in effect by the federal banking agencies over a multi-year period and became fully implemented as of January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer ("CCB") over the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. At present, in order to avoid the imposition of restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments, the Company in required to maintain a CCB of at least 2.50%. The net unrealized gain or loss on investment securities is not included in regulatory capital. Banking organizations are required to maintain a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5%, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% and a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, respectively (in each case accounting for the required CCB). Management believes that at December 31, 2019, the Company and the Bank meet all regulatory capital requirements to which they are subject.

        At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Bank exceeded all capital requirements to be categorized as well-capitalized and the Company exceeded applicable capital adequacy requirements as presented below. The Company and the Bank's actual and minimum required capital amounts and ratios, with

147


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20—Regulatory Capital Requirements (Continued)

such regulatory minimums not including the CCB as discussed above, at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 
  Actual   For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To be Well
Capitalized
 
 
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  

December 31, 2019

                                     

Total adjusted capital to risk-weighted assets

                                     

Consolidated

  $ 419,327     21.49 % $ 156,081     8.00 %   N/A     N/A  

Bank

    346,985     17.82     155,809     8.00   $ 194,761     10.00 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

                                     

Consolidated

    332,418     17.04     117,061     6.00     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    325,255     16.70     116,857     6.00     155,809     8.00  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

                                     

Consolidated

    332,418     17.04     87,796     4.50     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    325,255     16.70     87,643     4.50     126,595     6.50  

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

                                     

Consolidated

    332,418     10.11     131,471     4.00     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    325,255     9.90     131,469     4.00     164,337     5.00  

 

 
  Actual   For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To be Well
Capitalized
 
 
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  

December 31, 2018

                                     

Total adjusted capital to risk-weighted assets

                                     

Consolidated

  $ 421,495     21.98 % $ 153,426     8.00 %   N/A     N/A  

Bank

    324,905     16.94     153,403     8.00   $ 191,754     10.00 %

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets

                                     

Consolidated

    334,616     17.45     115,069     6.00     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    303,055     15.80     115,052     6.00     153,403     8.00  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

                                     

Consolidated

    334,616     17.45     86,302     4.50     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    303,055     15.80     86,289     4.50     124,640     6.50  

Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets

                                     

Consolidated

    334,616     10.42     128,431     4.00     N/A     N/A  

Bank

    303,055     9.44     128,430     4.00     160,538     5.00  

Dividend Restrictions

        As noted above, banking regulations require the Bank to maintain certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the bank to the holding company or by the holding company to its shareholders. The Company's principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank and banking regulations limit the dividends that may be paid. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the Bank's net income for that year to date plus the Bank's retained net income for the preceding two years, or the Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution.

148


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20—Regulatory Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Qualified Thrift Lender ("QTL") test requires that a minimum of 65% of assets be maintained in "qualified thrift investments," including mortgage loans, housing- and real estate-related finance and other specified areas. If the QTL test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, FHLB Advances and dividends, or the Bank must convert to a commercial bank charter. Management believes that the QTL test has been met. Also, pursuant to the terms of the subordinated note agreements, the Company may pay dividends if it is "well capitalized" as defined by regulatory guidelines.

        At December 31, 2019, the Bank has the ability to pay aggregate dividends of approximately $111,614 to the Company without prior regulatory approval.

Note 21—Condensed Financial Information of Sterling Bancorp (Parent Only)

        Financial statements of Sterling Bancorp ("Parent company") are shown below. The Parent company has no significant operating activities.


CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2019   2018  

ASSETS

             

Cash held at Bank

  $ 79,714   $ 97,315  

Investment in subsidiaries

    325,451     303,496  

Other assets

    3,625     272  

Total assets

  $ 408,790   $ 401,083  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Liabilities:

             

Subordinated notes, net

  $ 65,179   $ 65,029  

Other liabilities

    10,997     997  

Total liabilities

    76,176     66,026  

Total shareholders' equity

    332,614     335,057  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 408,790   $ 401,083  

149


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 21—Condensed Financial Information of Sterling Bancorp (Parent Only) (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Expenses:

                   

Interest expense

  $ 4,700   $ 4,689   $ 4,070  

Other

    10,803     961     305  

Total expenses

    15,503     5,650     4,375  

Loss before income tax and equity in subsidiaries income

    (15,503 )   (5,650 )   (4,375 )

Income tax benefit

    4,496     1,186     1,513  

Loss before equity in subsidiaries income

    (11,007 )   (4,464 )   (2,862 )

Equity in subsidiaries income

    40,255     67,932     40,839  

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Other comprehensive income

                   

Equity in other comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries

    205     113     (104 )

Total comprehensive income

  $ 29,453   $ 63,581   $ 37,873  

150


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 21—Condensed Financial Information of Sterling Bancorp (Parent Only) (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2019   2018   2017  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 29,248   $ 63,468   $ 37,977  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Equity in subsidiaries income

    (40,255 )   (67,932 )   (40,839 )

Other

    150     140     131  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Change in other assets

    (3,353 )   175     275  

Change in other liabilities

    10,000         260  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (4,210 )   (4,149 )   (2,196 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Capital contributed to subsidiary (Bank)

            (22,000 )

Dividends received from subsidiaries

    19,002     6,119     12,635  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    19,002     6,119     (9,365 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes

            15,611  

Payment of debt issuance costs

            (191 )

Proceeds from issuance of shares of common stock, net of offering costs

            85,490  

Repurchase of shares of common stock

    (30,349 )        

Dividends paid to shareholders

    (2,044 )   (2,119 )   (9,635 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (32,393 )   (2,119 )   91,275  

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    (17,601 )   (149 )   79,714  

Cash held at Bank, beginning of year

    97,315     97,464     17,750  

Cash held at Bank, end of year

  $ 79,714   $ 97,315   $ 97,464  

Supplemental cash flows information:

                   

Cash paid for:

                   

Interest

  $ 4,550   $ 4,550   $ 4,025  

Dividends

        The Parent received cash dividends from its subsidiaries of $19,002, $6,119 and $12,635 during the year ended December 31, 2019, and 2018 and 2017, respectively.

151


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 22—Subsequent Events

Stock-based Compensation

        On March 2, 2020, the board of directors approved the issuance of 141,374 restricted stock awards and options to purchase 67,361 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $7.10 to certain key employees. Both the restricted stock awards and the options vest ratably on the first three anniversaries after the date of a grant. The options have a maximum term of ten years.

        Effective June 3, 2020, the Company and the Bank appointed Thomas M. O'Brien as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively. In connection with Mr. O'Brien entering into an Employment Agreement with the Company on May 31, 2020, on June 5, 2020 the Company granted Mr. O'Brien options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.00 per share. The options vest 1/3 on January 1, 2021, 1/3 on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/3 on January 1, 2022 subject to his remaining employed on the vesting date; provided that the unvested portion of the Option would vest immediately in full upon Mr. O'Brien's termination of employment due to "death" or "disability" and would vest immediately in full upon a "change of control" (each, as defined in Mr. O'Brien's Employment Agreement). In the event of termination of employment other than termination for "cause" (as defined in Mr. O'Brien's Employment Agreement), if the Option is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment, it will remain exercisable for three years following termination, provided that Mr. O'Brien remains in compliance with certain terms contained in his Employment Agreement. The Company is required to cause such equity awards to be registered with the SEC as soon as practicable following the Company's eligibility to do so. The options have a maximum term of ten years.

Risks and Uncertainties—COVID-19

        The novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic, which was declared a national emergency in the United States in March 2020, continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. Federal and state governments are taking unprecedented actions to contain the spread of the disease, including quarantines, travel bans, shelter-in-place orders, closures of businesses and schools, fiscal stimulus, and legislation designed to deliver monetary aid and other relief for business and individuals impacted by the pandemic. The Company's primary market areas of California, the greater Seattle market, and New York became part of several epicenters of the COVID-19 pandemic. Banking and financial services have been designated essential businesses and the Bank's operations are continuing, subject to certain modifications to business practices imposed to safeguard the health and wellness of the Bank's customers and employees, and to comply with applicable government directives.

        The COVID-19 pandemic, and related efforts to contain it, have caused significant disruptions in the functioning of the financial markets, resulted in an unprecedented slow-down in economic activity and a related increase in unemployment, and have increased economic and market uncertainty and volatility. In particular, COVID-19 has disrupted our normal course of providing services to our clients and adversely impacted our clients and could impair their ability to fulfill their obligations to the Bank. During the first half of 2020, the Bank has experienced an increase in delinquent and nonaccrual loans, primarily in residential real estate loans, construction loans and commercial real estate loans related to hotels and lodging. A much higher provision for loan losses has been recorded during the first half of 2020 primarily reflecting the impact of COVID-19 pandemic.

152


Table of Contents


STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 22—Subsequent Events (Continued)

        The COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, risk-weighted assets and regulatory capital. As of the date of this filing, significant uncertainties exist concerning the magnitude of the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic.

153


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Background

        On December 9, 2019, the Company announced it had voluntarily suspended its Advantage Loan Program in connection with an internal review of the program (the "Internal Review"). The primary focus of the Internal Review, which has been led by outside legal counsel under the direction of the Special Committee, has involved the origination of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program and related matters. During the course of the Internal Review, the Special Committee and management discovered that certain employees had engaged in misconduct in connection with the origination of a significant number of residential mortgage loans under the Advantage Loan Program, and management identified certain material weaknesses in the Company's internal control over financial reporting, as further described below.

Limitations on Controls

        A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company's reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2019. Based on these evaluations, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019 because of certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as further described below.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company's management, with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the "COSO Framework").

        A material weakness in internal controls is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material

154


Table of Contents

misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

        In connection with management's assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting described above, management has identified the deficiencies described below that constituted material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. These material weaknesses did not result in the identification of any adjustments to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K or the consolidated financial statements included in our prior filings with the SEC. While these material weaknesses did not result in material errors in our financial statements, they could result in misstatements of our accounts that could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements and disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.

Control Environment

        We have identified deficiencies in the control environment component of the COSO Framework that constitute material weaknesses, either individually or in the aggregate. Contributing factors include:

Risk Assessment

        We have identified deficiencies in the risk assessment component of the COSO Framework that aggregate to a material weakness. Specifically, the deficiencies related to the principles within the component related to identifying and assessing all of the risks in the Advantage Loan Program that may impact or create fraud risks or impact the materiality of such risks.

Remediation Plan and Status

        Our management is committed to remediating identified control deficiencies (including both those that rise to the level of a material weakness and those that do not), fostering continuous improvement in our internal controls and enhancing our overall internal controls environment.

155


Table of Contents

        Our management regards successful completion of our remaining remedial actions as an important priority. Some of the more significant remaining remedial activities include:

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

        This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Because we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, management's report was not subject to attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Item 9B.    Other Information

        None.

156


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

DIRECTOR INFORMATION

        The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company provide for the division of the board of directors into three classes of nearly equal size with staggered three-year terms of office. The Company believes that the board of directors as a whole should encompass a range of talent, skill, diversity, and expertise that enables the board of directors to provide sound guidance with respect to the Company's operations and interests. The following information has been furnished to the Company by the respective directors. Each of them has been engaged in the occupations stated below during the periods indicated, or if no period is indicated, for more than five years.

Term Expiring in 2020

        Sandra Seligman, Director.    Ms. Seligman has served as a member of our board of directors since its inception in 1984. Ms. Seligman is a philanthropist, actively dedicating her professional time and expertise to the charitable communities of Greater Detroit, Miami, and New York City. Through the Seligman Family Foundation, Ms. Seligman contributes to the Mount Sinai Medical Center in Florida, the University of San Francisco Medical Center in California, the Beaumont Health System, and Wayne State University Medical School in Michigan. Ms. Seligman is also a director of the Wolfsonian-Florida International University, the Museum of Contemporary Art of Detroit, the Detroit Institute of Arts, and the Jewish Women's Foundation of the Jewish Federation of Detroit. She has a BS from Michigan State University. Ms. Seligman's brother, Scott Seligman, is the Company's founder and the primary family representative of the various family trusts that together constitute our controlling shareholders, and her son, Seth Meltzer, is also a director.

        Our board of directors believes that Ms. Seligman should serve as a director because of her long term commitment to and experience with the Company. Additionally, Ms. Seligman's significant involvement with community and charitable groups brings unique insights to the board of directors.

        Peter Sinatra, Director.    Mr. Sinatra has served as a member of our board of directors since 2004 and as CEO of QCM,  LLC, doing business as Quantum Capital Management, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quantum and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank ("Quantum Capital Management"), since 2010. He was Chairman of the Compensation Committee from 2008 until 2017. Mr. Sinatra is also a Senior Managing Partner with The Seligman Group Family Office where he is a member of the Investment Committee, managing traditional and privately held investments in the community banking, commercial real estate, aerospace, film, and asset management industries. Prior to joining Seligman, Mr. Sinatra held leadership positions with Bank of America, N.A. in Divisional Sales Management and with Fidelity Investments in Product Management & Development. Mr. Sinatra began his career at Arthur Andersen & Co. as a consultant in the financial services industry. Mr. Sinatra has served on numerous boards, including Sentient Flight Group from 2007 to 2009. He is a member of the CFA Institute, the San Francisco Security Analysts Society, and the Investment Management Consultants Association (IMCA). Mr. Sinatra received his BA in Mathematics from College of the Holy Cross.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. Sinatra should serve as a director because of his considerable experience in the financial, institutional asset and wealth management industries.

        Rachel Tronstein Stewart, Director.    Ms. Tronstein Stewart has served as a member of our board of directors since 2018. Ms. Tronstein Stewart is currently the President of Gardner-White Furniture, a Michigan furniture retailer founded in 1912. Prior to joining Gardner-White Furniture in 2012, Ms. Tronstein Stewart worked in clean energy technologies, most recently at the U.S. Department of Energy. She helped to develop the department's SunShot Initiative, a project to make solar energy

157


Table of Contents

cost-competitive with traditional sources of electricity by 2020. Previously, Ms. Tronstein Stewart focused on the clean energy portfolio at former President Clinton's Clinton Global Initiative. Ms. Tronstein Stewart earned an MSc from the London School of Economics and a BA from the University of Michigan. She was also appointed the Board Chair of New Detroit, a coalition of leaders working towards racial equity in Metropolitan Detroit.

        Our board of directors believes that Ms. Tronstein Stewart should serve as a director because of her significant managerial and business experience.

Term Expiring in 2021

        Barry Allen, Director.    Mr. Allen, CPA, has served as a member of our board of directors since 1998. He has been a member of the board of directors, and chairman of the audit committee since 1998. Mr. Allen was the Regional Managing Partner, Owner, Member of the Management Committee, and Director of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP from 2004 to 2016. Mr. Allen began his career at PriceWaterhouseCoopers, LLP as a junior accountant. In 1972 he founded Barry Allen & Associates, P.C. and developed it into a prestigious boutique CPA and Tax Firm, providing services to small and medium sized companies. In 1982, he partnered with another firm and formed Nemes Allen & Company, PLLC, where he was Managing Partner until 2003. Mr. Allen served middle market companies and high net worth individuals. Mr. Allen has previously served on the board of directors and acted as Treasurer of Forgotten Harvest, a food rescue organization. Additionally, he served on the board of directors of Pathway Family Centers, an adolescent addiction and recovery center. He has a BBA from the University of Detroit, and is a certified public accountant. He also was a Certified Insolvency and Reorganization Accountant, and had a State of Michigan Insurance License in the past. He currently serves on the board of the Riviera Dunes Marina Condominium Association as Treasurer, and on the board of Legend Valve, Inc., a non-publicly traded company.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. Allen should serve as a director because of his extensive experience in the business and financial world, as well as his particular expertise in accounting and management issues.

        Peggy Daitch, Director.    Ms. Daitch has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2019. Ms. Daitch brings over 40 years of experience as a highly respected and recognized advertising and marketing executive, innovative thinker and community leader. After leaving General Motors' largest advertising agency (DMB&B) as a Vice President, she spent the majority of her career with Condé Nast (1987-2008) where she was a Vice President and the leader of Detroit's Condé Nast office representing, at its peak, 29 of America's most celebrated magazine titles and websites including Vogue, Vanity Fair, The New Yorker, Golf Digest, Architectural Digest, Wired, Bon Appetit, epicurious.com and wired.com. She has also represented titles from Hearst Corporation, National Geographic and other leading media companies. After retiring from advertising in 2016, Ms. Daitch pivoted to a new role at Strategic Philanthropy, Ltd. stewarding the 20- year philanthropic advisory firm's growth in Michigan where she is an ongoing consultant. Immediately prior to this position, Ms. Daitch served as a Partner of Aperture Media Group from 2010 to 2016. Ms. Daitch was the first woman to be president of the Adcraft Club of Detroit, the world's largest advertising club. She has been honored with The Advertising Woman of the Year Award and has been inducted into The Adcraft Hall of Fame. She serves on the Board of Governors of Cranbrook Academy of Art and Museum where she is a member of the Executive Committee. She is a past president of Hebrew Free Loan of Metropolitan Detroit and has held board positions with the Jewish Federation of Metropolitan Detroit, Franklin Hills Country Club, the Detroit Institute of Arts Founders Junior Council, the Michigan Arts Foundation, CATCH, Jewish Ensemble Theater and others. Ms. Daitch is a graduate of the University of Michigan.

158


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors believes that Ms. Daitch should serve as a director because of her experience as an executive and her highly respected reputation as an innovative thinker and leader.

        Lyle Wolberg, Director.    Mr. Wolberg joined our board of directors in August 2017. He is one of the founding partners of Telemus Capital Partners, a financial advisory firm he co-founded in 2005. Mr. Wolberg was a former Financial Advisor at Merrill Lynch from 1994 to 1997 and Senior Vice President-Investments at UBS Financial Services from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Wolberg has more than 20 years of industry experience across all facets of financial wealth planning and investment management. He is a certified financial planner. He serves on the Executive Board of Temple Shir Shalom, is a trustee for the Children's Hospital of Michigan Foundation, and is Past President and Co-Founder of the Berkley Educational Foundation. Mr. Wolberg has a B.B.A. in finance from the University of Michigan.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. Wolberg should serve as a director because of his extensive experience in the financial and wealth management industries.

Term Expiring in 2022

        Thomas M. O'Brien, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.    Mr. O'Brien has served as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2020. In connection with hiring Mr. O'Brien, the board of directors of the Company appointed Mr. O'Brien to fill the board vacancy created by the resignation of Thomas Lopp. Mr. O'Brien was similarly appointed to the board of directors of Sterling Bank. These appointments were effective June 3, 2020 pursuant to the interim non-objection of the OCC, and confirmed pursuant to the final non-objection of the OCC on September 21, 2020. Prior to his appointment, Mr. O'Brien provided consulting services to the Bank beginning in March 2020. Mr. O'Brien is an accomplished leader in the financial services industry with over 44 years of industry experience. Most recently he served as Vice Chairman of New York City-based Emigrant Bancorp, Inc. and Emigrant Bank from October 2018 to March 2020. Mr. O'Brien served as president, chief executive officer and on the boards of Sun Bancorp, Inc. and Sun National Bank from April 2014 to February 2018. Mr. O'Brien previously served on the boards of BankUnited, Inc. and BankUnited, NA from May 2012 to April 2014. Prior to that, Mr. O'Brien served as president, chief executive officer and a director of State Bank of Long Island and State Bancorp, Inc. from November 2006 to January 2012. From 2000 to 2006, Mr. O'Brien was president and chief executive officer of Atlantic Bank of New York and, following the acquisition of Atlantic Bank of New York by New York Commercial Bank, continued to serve as president and chief executive officer during the post-closing transition. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. O'Brien was vice chairman and a board member of North Fork Bank and North Fork Bancorporation, Inc. From 1977 to 1996, Mr. O'Brien was chairman, president and chief executive officer of North Side Savings Bank. Mr. O'Brien served as a director of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York from 2008 to 2012 and served as chairman of the New York Bankers Association in 2007. Mr. O'Brien is currently trustee and chairman of the audit committee of Prudential Insurance Company of America $175 Billion Annuity Fund Complex, and vice-chairman of the board and chairman of the finance committee of Archcare and Catholic Healthcare Foundation for the Archdiocese of New York. Mr. O'Brien received a B.A. in Political Science from Niagara University in 1972 and an M.B.A. from Iona College in 1982.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. O'Brien should serve as a director because of his extensive management experience in the banking industry.

        Seth Meltzer, Director.    Mr. Meltzer has served as a member of our board of directors since 2000. Mr. Meltzer is President, CEO and a director of the Seligman Group, a family owned real estate and investment company. Mr. Meltzer has also worked for various subsidiaries of the Seligman Group. Prior to joining the Seligman group, Mr. Meltzer interned at Sterling Bank and Trust, F.S.B. In 1998, Mr. Meltzer began work for Seligman & Associates, Inc. as its Vice President until his promotion to

159


Table of Contents

President. Mr. Meltzer led the Bank's initial development of online banking from 1998-2001. He has since ran the Seligman Group's management affiliate (Seligman Western Enterprises, Ltd.) from 2005 to date. He has a BS in Finance from the University of Arizona. Mr. Meltzer's mother, Sandra Seligman, is also a director, and his uncle, Scott Seligman, is the Company's founder and the primary family representative of the various family trusts that together constitute our controlling shareholders.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. Meltzer should serve as a director because of his investment expertise and deep historical knowledge of the Company. He helped guide the Bank through the 2008 financial crisis and was instrumental in curing Sterling's troubled asset and OREO portfolio. He currently chairs the Bank's ALCO Committee.

        Benjamin J. Wineman, Director.    Mr. Wineman has served as a director of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Wineman has 20 years of extensive commercial real estate and financial experience. Currently, Mr. Wineman is a Principal at Mid-America Real Estate Corporation, where he has worked since July 2001. Mid-America is based in Chicago, Illinois, and is one of the companies within Mid-America Real Estate Group, a midwestern full-service retail real estate organization with offices in Chicago, Detroit, Milwaukee, and Minneapolis. Mr. Wineman co-leads Mid-America's Retail Investment Sales Group, focusing specifically on the disposition of shopping centers and retail properties throughout the greater Midwest region for institutional, REIT, and private owners. Prior to employment with Mid-America, Mr. Wineman worked at LaSalle Investment Management (JLL) as a Financial Analyst in the Private Equity Acquisitions Group, where he was responsible for the valuation, due diligence, and closing of commercial real estate transactions on behalf of its institutional pension fund clients from 1998 to 2001. Within the International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC), he is a member of the Illinois State Committee and the Government Relations National Economic Policy Sub-Committee. Within the community, Mr. Wineman is a member of the Executive Committees of the Harold E. Eisenberg Foundation, and the board President of the Ravinia Festival Associates Board, and a member of the executive committee of the Ravinia Festival Board of Trustees. Mr. Wineman graduated from DePauw University in 1998 with a Bachelor of Arts Degree.

        Our board of directors believes that Mr. Wineman should serve as a director because of his extensive commercial real estate and financial experience.


BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES

Board Meetings

        All directors are expected to attend all meetings of the board of directors and of the board committees on which they serve. The board of directors met twelve (12) times during 2019. In 2019, all directors attended more than 75% of the aggregate number of all meetings of the board of directors and the committees on which he or she served. The Company's independent directors routinely meet in executive session without management present.

160


Table of Contents

Board and Committee Membership

        Current board of directors and committee memberships are shown in the table below.

Name
  Age   Position(s)
With the Company
  Nominating   Compensation   Audit and
Risk
Management

Mr. O'Brien(1)

  69   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer            

Mr. Allen

  74   Director       Member   Chairperson

Ms. Daitch

  73   Director            

Mr. Meltzer

  44   Director   Member        

Ms. Seligman

  73   Director   Member        

Mr. Sinatra(2)

  52   Director            

Ms. Tronstein Stewart

  39   Director   Chairperson   Member   Member

Mr. Wineman

  44   Director       Member   Member

Mr. Wolberg

  50   Director   Member   Chairperson   Member

(1)
Mr. O'Brien was appointed as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective June 3, 2020.

(2)
Mr. Sinatra serves as CEO of Quantum Capital Management pursuant to an employment agreement described under "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements."

        On September 22, 2020, the board of directors increased the size of the board from 9 to 11 members and appointed Messrs. Denny Kim and Steven Gallotta as directors to fill the newly-created vacancies, effective upon receipt of regulatory non-objection from the OCC. Messrs. Kim and Gallotta have also been nominated for re-election at the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders of the Company, which is scheduled to be held on November 18, 2020, to serve as directors of the Company until the 2023 annual meeting of shareholders or until their earlier resignation, retirement or other termination of service. The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Kim and Gallotta are independent directors under applicable Company and Nasdaq standards. In addition, on September 18, 2020, Ms. Rachel Tronstein Stewart notified the Company that, due to personal reasons, she has decided not to stand for re-election as a director of the Company when her term expires. Accordingly, Ms. Tronstein Stewart's term as a director of the Company will expire at the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders. Ms. Tronstein Stewart's decision to not stand for re-election as a director of the Company was not due to any disagreement on any matter relating to our operations, policies or practices.

Audit and Risk Management Committee

        The Audit and Risk Management Committee (the "Audit Committee") assists the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors' qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit and risk management function and independent auditors. Among other things, the Audit Committee:

161


Table of Contents

        The Audit Committee works closely with management as well as our independent auditors. The Audit Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from and receive appropriate funding to engage outside legal, accounting or other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties.

        The Audit Committee is composed solely of members who satisfy the applicable independence and other requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Capital Market for Audit Committees. Mr. Allen serves as the Company's "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined in applicable SEC regulations. The Audit Committee has adopted a written charter that among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities.

        The board of directors has adopted a charter for the Audit Committee, a copy of which is available on the Company's website at investors.sterlingbank.com. The Audit Committee held nine (9) meetings in 2019.

Nominating Committee

        The Nominating Committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the Nominating Committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Among other things, the Nominating Committee:

        When evaluating nominees for director, the Nominating Committee considers the skills a nominee could offer the Company, as well as business experience, how the nominee fits into the Company's core values, professional and personal integrity, policy-making experience, and strategic planning skills, amongst other traits.

        The board of directors has adopted a charter for the Nominating Committee, a copy of which is available on the Company's website at investors.sterlingbank.com. The Nominating Committee held two (2) meetings in 2019. Since our initial public offering, we have qualified as a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for Nasdaq-listed companies. Effective as of August 19, 2020, we are no longer a controlled company under such rules, but we are still eligible to take full advantage of the controlled company exceptions under such rules for one year following the loss of controlled company status. We are not required to have a majority of our board of directors be independent. Currently, Sandra Seligman and Seth Meltzer, who are not independent directors, serve on our Nominating Committee. Although we do not intend to rely upon the "controlled company" exception to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of Nasdaq, except for our Nominating Committee, we could elect to do so in the future.

162


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

        Compensation Committee.    The Compensation Committee is responsible for discharging the board of directors' responsibilities relating to compensation of the executives and directors. Among other things, the Compensation Committee:

        The Compensation Committee has adopted a written charter that, among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities. The charter is available on the Company's website at investors.sterlingbank.com. The Compensation Committee held two (2) meetings in 2019. We have determined that all members of our Compensation Committee are considered "independent" under applicable SEC and Nasdaq listing rules.

Communication with Directors; Attendance at Annual Meetings; Code of Ethics

        The board of directors invites shareholders to send written communications to the board of directors or any director by mail, c/o Secretary, Sterling Bancorp, Inc., One Towne Square, Suite 1900, Southfield, Michigan 48076. All communications will be compiled by the Company's Secretary and submitted to the board of directors or the individual director(s) on a regular basis unless such communications are considered, in the reasonable judgment of the Secretary, to be improper for submission to the intended recipient(s). Examples of shareholder communications that would be considered improper for submission include, without limitation, customer complaints, solicitations, communications that do not relate directly or indirectly to the Company's business, or communications that relate to improper or irrelevant topics.

        All directors are expected to attend annual meetings of shareholders in person or via teleconference, except in cases of extraordinary circumstances. The Company anticipates that all directors will attend this year's Annual Meeting.

        Our board of directors adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (our "Code of Conduct") that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Conduct is available on the Company's website at investors.sterlingbank.com.

Board Leadership Structure

        The board of directors does not have a policy regarding the separation of the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board as the board of directors believes it is in the best interests of the Company to make that determination based on the then-current position and direction of the Company and membership of the board of directors. The board of directors believes having the

163


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer also fill the role of Chairman is more efficient and effective at this time than alternate structures.

Family Relationships

        Sandra Seligman is a Director of the Company and the Bank and is the sister of the Company's controlling shareholder, Scott J. Seligman. Her son, Seth Meltzer, is also a Director. In 2018 and 2019, Sandra Seligman did not receive compensation for her service to the board of directors or any other compensation from the Company.

        Seth Meltzer is a Director of the Company and the Bank and is the son of Sandra Seligman. Mr. Meltzer's uncle, Scott Seligman, is the Company's controlling shareholder. In 2018 and 2019, Mr. Meltzer did not receive compensation for his service to the board of directors or any other compensation from the Company.

Board's Role in Risk Oversight

        Our board of directors adopts and oversees the implementation of our company-wide risk management framework, which establishes our overall risk appetite and risk management strategy. Risk management refers generally to the activities by which we identify, measure, monitor, evaluate and manage the risks we face in the course of our banking activities. These include compliance, regulatory, liquidity, interest rate, credit, operational, cyber/technological, legal, strategic, financial and reputational risk exposures. Our board of directors and management team are striving to create a risk-conscious culture that is focused on improving compliance issues.

        In response to the OCC Agreement, our board of directors established a Compliance Committee, consisting of four independent members of our board of directors, which, among other responsibilities, oversees our policies, procedures, programs and training; reviews and evaluates reports of examination and other findings and communication from our regulators; reviews and evaluates the adequacy of our internal and external compliance audits and the responses to those audits. In addition, the board of directors formed the Special Committee to direct the conduct of the Internal Review. We have also hired a Chief Risk Officer in February 2020 to create, implement, improve, and administer the risk management programs for the Bank. The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for the Company's risk governance, further developing and maintaining a risk aware culture, and implementing risk decision-making into day-to-day operations. The Chief Risk Officer reports directly to the board of directors.

Legal Proceedings

        The Bank is currently under formal investigation by the OCC, is responding to grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ and continues to be subject to the OCC Agreement, relating primarily to certain aspects of its BSA/AML compliance program as well as the Bank's credit administration. The OCC Agreement generally requires that the Bank enhance its policies and procedures to ensure compliance with BSA/AML laws and regulations and ensure effective controls over residential loan underwriting. The OCC Agreement was entered into in June of 2019, and the following individuals, acting as directors at that time, signed the OCC Agreement in such capacity: Mr. Allen, Mr. Meltzer, Ms. Seligman, Mr. Sinatra, Ms. Tronstein Stewart, Mr. Wineman, Mr. Wolberg and Mr. Judd.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

        The executive officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. In addition to Messrs. O'Brien and Sinatra, set forth below are the current executive officers of the Company and a brief explanation of their principal employment during at least the last five years.

164


Table of Contents

        Stephen Huber, Chief Financial Officer, age 54.    Mr. Huber has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since November 2019. Prior to this role, Mr. Huber served as Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since 2017 and has been with the Company since 1995. He has also served as the Company's Vice President since 2015 and Administrative Officer of Accounting and Servicing from 2015 to 2017. Prior to such time he served as the Company's corporate controller from 2006 to 2015 and its mortgage divisional controller from 1995 to 2006. Before joining the Company, Mr. Huber served in special loan analyst and mortgage accounting positions at Source One Mortgage Services Corporation and Independence One Mortgage/Michigan National Bank (later acquired by Norwest Mortgage), respectively.

        Christine Meredith, Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, age 46.    Ms. Meredith has served as the Bank's Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since February 3, 2020. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Meredith served in various risk management and regulatory compliance roles, including SVP & Director, Enterprise Risk Management with Columbia Bank from December 2010 to January 2020. Before joining Columbia Bank, Ms. Meredith held various roles working with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation from 2009 to 2010, Washington Mutual from 2003 to 2009, and Union Bank of California in 2003. Ms. Meredith received her bachelor's degree from Georgetown University.

        Colleen Kimmel, Vice President and General Counsel, age 40.    Ms. Kimmel has served as the Company's Vice President and General Counsel since 2016 and joined the Bank as corporate counsel in 2012. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Kimmel worked as corporate counsel at First Place Bank from May 2011 to December 2012 and as in-house counsel in the real estate division at Sprint Nextel from August 2010 to 2011. Ms. Kimmel received her bachelors' degree from Michigan State University and juris doctorate from Michigan State University College of Law.

Executive Officer Transitions

        The Company experienced significant executive officer transitions in 2019 and the early part of 2020. On October 17, 2019, the Company announced the retirement of its then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Gary Judd, with such retirement to be effective November 30, 2019. On October 15, 2019, the board of directors appointed Thomas Lopp, the Company's then-President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, to assume the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman effective upon Mr. Judd's retirement. The board of directors also appointed Stephen Huber as Chief Financial Officer, also effective November 30, 2019. On May 7, 2020, Mr. Lopp resigned from each of his positions with the Company and the board of directors appointed Mr. Huber as interim Chief Executive Officer. On May 29, 2020, Michael Montemayor, was terminated from his positions as President of Commercial and Retail Banking and Chief Lending Officer. Effective June 3, 2020, the Company and the Bank appointed Thomas M. O'Brien as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively. Mr. Huber continued in his role as Chief Financial Officer following the appointment of Mr. O'Brien. Christine Meredith was hired by the Bank in the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer with a starting date of February 3, 2020.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

        Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company's directors and executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company's equity securities ("insiders") to file reports with the SEC regarding their pecuniary interest in the Company's equity securities and any changes thereto, and to furnish copies of these reports to the Company. Based solely on our review of the insiders' forms filed with the SEC and representations made by the directors and executive officers, no insider failed to file on a timely basis a Section 16(a) report during 2019, except each of Mr. Judd, the Company's former Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lopp, the Company's former president, Chief Financial Officer and former Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Montemayor, the Company's former Chief Lending Officer, filed late Form 4's on March 25, 2019 to report the grant of

165


Table of Contents

common shares of beneficial ownership on March 1, 2019 and the grant of option to purchase shares of stock on March 1, 2019.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.


COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This Compensation Discussion & Analysis ("CD&A") sets forth the Company's executive compensation philosophy, practices and decisions for the fiscal year 2019 for its named executive officers ("NEOs") listed below and included in the Summary Compensation Table.

Name
  Title Held with the Company During 2019
Gary Judd(1)   Chief Executive Officer ("CEO")
Thomas Lopp(2)   President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), and Chief Executive Officer
Michael Montemayor(3)   President of Retail and Commercial Banking, Chief Lending Officer
Stephen Huber(4)   Chief Financial Officer
Peter Sinatra   President of Quantum Capital Management, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank

(1)
Mr. Judd retired as CEO effective November 30, 2019.

(2)
Mr. Lopp was appointed CEO effective November 30, 2019 and ceased to be Chief Operating Officer and CFO upon becoming CEO. He resigned from each of his positions at the Company effective May 7, 2020.

(3)
Mr. Montemayor was terminated by the Company on May 29, 2020.

(4)
Mr. Huber was appointed CFO effective November 30, 2019. Prior to his appointment as CFO of the Company, Mr. Huber was CFO of the Bank.

        In addition to the CD&A, the compensation and benefits provided to our NEOs in 2019 are set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table and other tables that follow this CD&A, as well as in the footnotes and narrative material that accompany those tables.

Executive Summary

        2019 was a year of significant challenges for the Company. In June 2019, the Bank entered into a formal agreement ("Agreement") with its primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") relating primarily to certain aspects of the Bank's Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering ("BSA/AML") compliance program and credit administration. The Agreement generally requires that the Bank enhance its policies and procedures to ensure compliance with BSA/AML. The Bank's board of directors and executive management have been implementing the items required by the Agreement and will strive to achieve full compliance in a timely manner. In addition, on December 9, 2019, the Bank voluntarily and temporarily suspended its Advantage Loan Program in connection with the Internal Review and subsequently the program was permanently discontinued. The Advantage Loan Program was a material component of the Bank's total loan originations and management anticipates a reduced level of near-term loan originations, slower overall loan growth, and less loan sales. Also, the Bank is under formal investigation by the OCC related to the Bank's BSA/AML compliance and credit administration and has received grand jury subpoenas from the DOJ requesting the production of documents and information in connection with an investigation that appears to be focused on the Bank's residential lending practices and related issues. The Bank is fully

166


Table of Contents

cooperating with the ongoing investigations. Income declined in 2019 due to decreases in loan production and increased costs related to compliance issues and responding to the regulatory inquiries and investigations. Nevertheless, we achieved some degree of financial success.

        Accomplishments and Challenges for 2019 and 2020

Accomplishments

Challenges

        In making its decisions in 2019 as to compensation for executive officers, the Compensation Committee took into account the significant time and effort required by such officers to respond to the governmental inquires and investigations while simultaneously continuing to grow and diversify our business. The Company's goal to resolve outstanding compliance issues and establish strong credit metrics for new lending initiatives, to diversify our overall loan production and develop new residential loan products was and is a considerable undertaking for executive management and has been acknowledged by the Compensation Committee in its compensation decisions.

Executive Compensation Philosophy

        The goals of the executive compensation program are to enable the Company to attract, develop and retain an executive team capable of maximizing the Company's performance for the benefit of its shareholders and to promote increases in long term shareholder value by aligning the financial interests of the Company and its shareholders with the NEOs and other members of executive management. It strives to provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward, be compatible with effective controls and risk management and be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the board of directors and the Compensation Committee.

        Pay Mix.    Our compensation program for executive officers in 2019 consisted of three primary components: (i) base salary; (ii) cash-based annual bonuses; and (iii) equity-based long-term incentive awards. We also offer retirement and other benefits. This is designed to reward executive officers consistent with the goals in the immediately preceding paragraph. During 2019, the Company was a party to employment agreements with Mr. Judd and Mr. Sinatra.

Executive Compensation Process

        Role of Compensation Committee—The Compensation Committee is ultimately responsible for all compensation decisions for the NEOs after considering input from management, its independent compensation consultant and reviewing peer group compensation. The Compensation Committee, among other things, oversees the Company's incentive compensation and equity-based plans and policies and fulfills other responsibilities delegated to the Committee by the Board of Directors.

167


Table of Contents

        The Compensation Committee also has the authority to select, retain and obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, as necessary, to assist with the execution of its duties and responsibilities set forth in the Compensation Committee Charter.

        Role of Management—For 2019, the CEO reviewed the relevant financial and other results for the year and prepared a memorandum with his suggestions for base salary, bonus and equity compensation for the executive officers and presented it to the Compensation Committee for its review. The CEO and the CFO gave their suggestions to the Compensation Committee regarding what metrics would be relevant to incentive compensation. The CEO attended the Compensation Committee meetings and participated in deliberations of the Compensation Committee but did not participate during, or attend, deliberations concerning his compensation.

        Role of Independent Compensation Consultant—The Compensation Committee retained Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC ("Meridian") to assist it in analyzing executive compensation for 2019. Meridian is an independent compensation consultant that provides, among other things, executive compensation program design as well as research and competitive market intelligence on executive pay. Prior to engaging Meridian, the Compensation Committee considered the independence of Meridian and concluded that the work of Meridian did not raise any conflicts of interests.

Peer Group

        In 2018, Meridian collaborated with the Company to develop a peer group of 20 banks. The peer group was chosen based on their similar size in terms of assets, their similar operating models and business lines and their operations in similar geographic markets. This peer group represents banks from key geographic markets in which the Bank competes including San Francisco, Los Angeles, New York, Seattle and Michigan. With respect to such peer group, the Bank is positioned near peer group 25th percentile in terms of assets. The list of the banks in our peer group is set forth below.

Axos Financial, Inc.   Opus Bank(1)
Bank of Marin Bancorp   Oritani Financial Corp(2)
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.   Pacific Mercantile Bancorp
First Foundation Inc   Pacific Premier Bancorp, Inc.
Hanmi Financial Corporation   Preferred Bank
Heritage Commerce Corp.   RBB Bancorp
Heritage Financial Corporation   Sierra Bancorp
HomeStreet, Inc.   TriCo Bancshares
Luther Burbank Corporation   Unity Bancorp Inc
Mercantile Bank Corporation   Westamerica Bancorporation

(1)
On June 1, 2020, Pacific Premier Bank acquired Opus Bank.

(2)
On December 1, 2019, Valley National Bancorp acquired Oritani Financial Corp.

Key elements of compensation

        Base Salary—The Company seeks to pay a competitive base salary at levels that reflect each executive's position, individual performance, experience and expertise. Such base salaries are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee in comparison to the peer group and adjusted as appropriate, with no guarantee of annual increases. Base salaries had historically been lower at the Company as compared to those in its peer group. In order to attract and retain qualified executive management, the Compensation Committee, in consultation with Meridian, endeavored to increase salaries in order to remain competitive. Since the Company's peer group consisted primarily of companies located in San Francisco, Los Angeles and New York, which generally have higher costs of

168


Table of Contents

living than Michigan, the Compensation Committee determined to target base salaries to be near the 25th percentile of its peer group.

Name
  2018
Base Salary Rate
  2019
Base Salary Rate
  % Increase  

Gary Judd

  $ 500,000   $ 500,000     0 %

Thomas Lopp

  $ 255,000   $ 350,000     37 %

Michael Montemayor

  $ 240,000   $ 280,000     17 %

Stephen Huber

  $ 154,500   $ 175,000     13 %

Peter Sinatra

  $ 500,000   $ 500,000     0 %

        Mr. Judd's employment agreement provided for annual base salary increases as determined by the board of directors in its reasonable discretion and his base salary remained unchanged at $500,000 for 2019. See "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements, Gary Judd" below. The yearly salary increases for Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor and Huber, effective March 2019 were based on the Company's performance in 2018 which was in the top level of its peer group. For 2018, return on equity was 24.9% for the Bank and 20.9% for the Company. In addition, credit quality and expense controls remained strong. These base salaries were slightly below the 25th percentile of 2017 peer compensation levels.

        Mr. Lopp's base salary was initially increased to $300,000 at March 1, 2019 and was increased again effective November 30, 2019 to reflect his promotion to CEO. Mr. Lopp's salary increase to $350,000 was below the 25th percentile of peer group CEOs. Mr. Huber's base salary increased to $159,135 at March 1, 2019 and was increased again effective November 30, 2019 to reflect his promotion to CFO of the Company. These interim increases, as well as the salary increase for Mr. Montemayor, were the result of yearly review and adjustment of base salaries by the Compensation Committee as well as interim actions taken by the Compensation Committee to reflect the change in roles of Mr. Lopp and Mr. Huber. Mr. Sinatra's base salary is as set forth in his employment agreement and remained unchanged at $500,000 for 2019. See "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements, Peter Sinatra" below.

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

        The Company has historically had an annual bonus program in which bonus payouts were determined on a discretionary basis. This discretionary assessment of performance included a review of financial and non-financial performance but was not directly linked to performance measures. In 2019, the Compensation Committee and the board of directors wanted to formalize the Company's annual bonus program to include objective measurements. Meridian conducted a market-based review of annual program design for the Company's benchmarking peer group. Meridian also collaborated with executive management to develop a proposal for the 2019 bonus program. The Company identified four key areas of focus and gave each measure a weight as well as performance goals for each measure. The Compensation Committee approved the targets and measures in consultation with Meridian. The four measures are earnings per share ("EPS"), return on assets ("ROA"), efficiency ratio and charge offs. The table below summarizes the bonus program for 2019, the weighting of each performance measure and the performance goals associated with each measure. The Compensation Committee was

169


Table of Contents

targeting bonus payments to be near the 25th percentile of its peer group for those employees in similar positions.

Performance Goal
Measure
  Weight   Threshold   Target   Maximum

EPS

    35 % $1.06
94% of target
  $1.13   $1.20
106% of target

ROA

    25 % 1.70%
92% of target
    1.85 % 2.00%
108% of target

Efficiency Ratio

    25 % 41%
105% of target
    39 % 37%
95% of target

Charge Offs

    15 % $1,500,000
150% of target
  $ 1,000,000   $500,000
50% of target

Payout Opportunity (% of Target)

        50%     100 % 150%

        Using these targets and measures, Mr. Judd was granted a bonus of $350,000, Mr. Lopp was granted a bonus of $150,000, and Mr. Montemayor was granted a bonus of $140,000. Mr. Huber was granted a discretionary bonus of $45,000, all of which were paid in February 2019 for 2018 service. Mr. Sinatra was granted a bonus of $250,000 in December 2018 as set forth in his employment agreement. The Compensation Committee determined to apply these same metrics for the 2019 year. In February 2020, Mr. Lopp received a bonus of $105,917, Mr. Montemayor received a bonus of $86,100 and Mr. Huber received a bonus of $50,000. These bonus amounts were lower than the previous year as the targets and measures they were based upon were lower than in the prior year. This was due, in part, to decreased residential loan production as well as heightened costs of regulatory compliance. Mr. Judd retired at the end of November 2019 so did not receive a bonus in 2020. Mr. Sinatra received a bonus of $250,000, paid in December 2019 consistent with the expectations set forth in his employment agreement.

Equity grants

        Long term incentive grants for executive officers serve to promote the interests of the Company by providing such executives with additional incentives to remain with the Company, to increase their effort to make the Company more successful and to reward such executives by providing an opportunity to acquire shares of common stock on favorable terms and to attract and retain the best available personnel. Such equity awards serve to align the interests of the executive officers with that of shareholders. Under the 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, the Company can award a variety of equity awards, including stock options and restricted stock. The Company believes these grants supports its business objectives and as to restricted stock awards are an effective retention vehicle with limited downside risk. The Compensation Committee discussed equity awards for executive management at the beginning of the fiscal year and in making its decisions reviewed the Company's performance in the prior year, the targets and measures discussed above, as well as peer group information. The goal was to grant awards that would position each executive at the 25th percentile of those holding similar positions in its peer group. In 2019, the Compensation Committee decided that stock options should be granted to only the most senior officers in the Company because they should have more of a risk as they are the ones with the ability to affect the performance of the Company which may influence share price. The Compensation Committee decided that for 2019, long term incentive grants for executive management should generally consist of a 50% restricted stock awards/ 50% stock options mix. The table below sets forth the option and restricted stock awards for the NEOs for 2019. These awards are 50% vested three years from date of grant and 100% vested four years from date of grant. The closing stock price on March 1, 2019 was $10.12 per share.

170


Table of Contents

2019 Long Term Incentive Grants

Name
  2019
LTI Targeted
LTI Level
  Options   RSAs   Grant
Date
  Number of
Options
  Grant
Value of
options
  Number of
RSAs
  Grant
Value of
RSAs
 

Judd

  $ 150,000     50 %   50 % 3-1-19     23,364   $ 75,000     7,411   $ 75,000  

Lopp

  $ 125,000     50 %   50 % 3-1-19     19,470   $ 62,500     6,176   $ 62,500  

Montemayor

  $ 105,000     50 %   50 % 3-1-19     16,355   $ 52,500     5,188   $ 52,500  

Huber

  $ 50,000     25 %   75 % 3-1-19     3,894   $ 12,500     3,706   $ 37,500  

Sinatra

  $ 40,000     25 %   75 % 3-1-19     3,115   $ 10,000     2,964   $ 30,000  

        Upon Mr. Judd's retirement, he forfeited all of his outstanding options and restricted stock. Mr. Judd did not receive any payments on account of his retirement. Upon Mr. Lopp's resignation, he forfeited all of his outstanding options and restricted stock. Mr. Lopp did not receive any payments on account of his resignation. Upon Mr. Montemayor's termination, he forfeited all of his outstanding options and restricted stock. Mr. Montemayor did not receive any payments on account of his termination.

        Payments Upon Termination of Service or Change of Control.    The Bank has entered into individual "executive incentive retirement plan" agreements with each of Mr. Lopp, Mr. Montemayor and Mr. Huber which are described in more detail in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Executive Incentive Retirement Agreements" and "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below. Under the terms of these agreements, each of these executives was credited with an additional amount to his book-entry "incentive award account" under his agreement in 2019 based on a monthly crediting formula. These amounts would be generally payable upon a separation from service or certain "change of control" events, if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law, and provide for death benefits in the event of death in active service to the Bank. For fiscal 2019, Mr. Lopp's benefit under his agreement increased by $35,679, Mr. Montemayor's benefit under his agreement increased by $45,842 and Mr. Huber's benefit under his agreement increased by $22,863. Neither Mr. Judd nor Mr. Sinatra was a party to an "executive incentive retirement agreement".

        Perquisites.    Mr. Lopp and Mr. Montemayor each received a car allowance of $6,000 for 2019. Mr. Sinatra received a car allowance of $25,296 for 2019. Mr. Sinatra also received $10,821 in 2019 as reimbursement for dues related to a club membership.

        Other Compensation.    In addition to the compensation components listed above, the NEOs are eligible to participate in the Company's broad-based employee plans such as medical, dental, vision, disability and the 401(k) plan with a Company matching contribution, which is described in more detail in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Defined Contribution Retirement Plan" below. Each NEO was eligible to participate in the Company's employee term life insurance policy during the 2019 fiscal year at no cost to the employee with such death benefit equal to one times current annual base salary, up to a maximum death benefit of $200,000. NEOs may also purchase additional life insurance for themselves and their spouse and dependents (up to a maximum death benefit of $500,000 for themselves) on the same terms and conditions as other employees.

Clawback Policy

        Effective as of September 9, 2020, the board of directors has adopted policies (together, the "Clawback Policy") which provides for the recoupment of certain cash and equity incentive compensation from executive officers in the event of an accounting restatement and/or detrimental conduct. See "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Clawback Policy" below.

171


Table of Contents

Risk Assessment

        The charter for the Compensation Committee provides that it is responsible for reviewing the Company's compensation policies and practices for all employees regarding whether any risks arising from the Company's compensation practices, policies and programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Day to day risk management is the responsibility of management. With respect to executive management, the Compensation Committee designed the incentive compensation program for executives to include multiple performance measures with Compensation Committee discretion rather than a purely formulaic approach based on a single performance metric so as to not encourage its executive officers to take unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company. Such plans do not encourage behavior focused on short-term results to the detriment of long-term value creation. Therefore, the Compensation Committee believes that its compensation policies and practices for its executive officers do not encourage unnecessary risk taking that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

        However, in 2019 and prior years, the Company's commission plans and programs did not properly account for potential risk as such risk was identified in the Internal Review. The Advantage Loan Program was voluntarily suspended on December 9, 2019 and permanently discontinued on March 6, 2020. The commission program that previously rewarded loan officers solely for production volume is under review with an outside consultant. The Compensation Committee believes that the commission program contributed to the misconduct of the loan officers discussed elsewhere in this annual report. The Company and the Compensation Committee are committed to implementing policies and practices that will not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. To that end, among other things, the Company hired Christine Meredith as Chief Risk Officer effective as of February 3, 2020. Ms. Meredith brings nearly 20 years of prior experience in various risk management and regulatory compliance roles with banking organizations. As Chief Risk Officer, Ms. Meredith is responsible for overseeing the Bank's enterprise risk management system. Ms. Meredith will provide input and counsel to the Compensation Committee with respect to the Company's various compensation programs. In addition, the Company has engaged an outside consultant to review its compensation programs. The Compensation Committee is confident that the changes implemented will mitigate the potential for unnecessary risk-taking going forward.

Shareholder Advisory Vote

        The Company has not previously sought a shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation issues because of the Company's status as an "emerging growth company" under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Subsequent Events

        Thomas M. O'Brien was hired by the board of directors to serve as chairman, president and CEO of the Company effective June 3, 2020 and prior to that provided consulting services to the Bank beginning in March 2020. See "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Subsequent Events, Thomas M. O'Brien" below.

Compensation Committee Report

        The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management. Based on the review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

172


Table of Contents


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF STERLING BANCORP, INC.

Lyle Wolberg, Chairman
Barry Allen
Rachel Tronstein Stewart
Benjamin J. Wineman

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

        The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table below is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our NEOs in the future. We will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework to maintain a competitive total compensation package.

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid, awarded to, or earned for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 for each of our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
  All other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Gary Judd,

    2019     480,769     350,000     73,888     74,765                 979,422  

Chief Executive Officer(4)

    2018     465,385     500,000                         965,385  

    2017     344,615     500,000                         844,615  

Stephen Huber,

    2019     159,337     45,000     36,949     12,461             29,122     282,869  

Chief Financial Officer(5)

                                                       

Thomas Lopp,

    2019     295,962     150,000     61,575     62,304             52,696     622,537  

President, COO, CFO

    2018     244,616     175,000     112,035     54,720             48,813     635,184  

and Chief Executive

    2017     203,847     105,000                     49,036     357,883  

Officer(6)

                                                       

Michael Montemayor,

    2019     273,846     140,000     51,724     52,336             62,088     579,994  

Chief Lending Officer(7)

    2018     230,769     165,000     79,443     36,822             60,747     572,781  

    2017     195,000     100,000                     58,410     353,410  

Peter Sinatra,

    2019     500,000     250,000     29,551     9,968             47,267     836,786  

CEO of Quantum Capital

    2018     500,000     500,000     37,345     18,240             48,136     1,103,721  

Management

    2017     365,385                         34,502     399,887  

(1)
Represents the grant date fair value calculated based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date, reduced by the dividends per share expected to be paid during the period the shares are not vested. For more information concerning the assumptions used for these calculations, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

(2)
Represents the grant-date fair value of option awards calculated in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of the stock options on the date of grant. For more information concerning the assumptions used for these calculations, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

(3)
The NEOs are eligible to participate in certain group life, health and disability insurance plans not disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table that are generally available to salaried employees and do not discriminate in scope, terms and operation.

(a)
For 2017, consists of an automobile allowance of $6,000 for each of Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor and of $15,964 for Mr. Sinatra, a cash award of $4,386 for 20 years of service for Mr. Lopp, a cash award of $5,848 for 25 years of service for Mr. Montemayor, a reimbursement of dues related to club membership for Mr. Sinatra of $8,338, for Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor, an additional amount credited under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan Agreements equal to $30,496 and $41,762, respectively, employer contributions under the Bank's defined contribution

173


Table of Contents

      retirement plan (as discussed in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Defined Contribution Retirement Plan" below) equal to $0, $8,154, $4,800 and $10,200 for Messrs. Judd, Lopp, Montemayor and Sinatra respectively.

    (b)
    For 2018, consists of an automobile allowance of $6,000 for each of Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor and of $25,296 for Mr. Sinatra, a reimbursement of dues related to club membership for Mr. Sinatra of $11,840 and, for Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor, an additional amount credited under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan Agreements equal to $33,028 and $45,516, respectively, employer contributions under the Bank's defined contribution retirement plan (as discussed in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Defined Contribution Retirement Plan" below) equal to $0, $9,785, $9,231 and $11,000 for Messrs. Judd, Lopp, Montemayor and Sinatra respectively.

    (c)
    For 2019, consists of an automobile allowance of $6,000 for each of Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor and of $25,296 for Mr. Sinatra, a reimbursement of dues related to club membership for Mr. Sinatra of $10,821 and, for Messrs. Huber, Lopp and Montemayor, an additional amount credited under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan Agreements equal to $22,863, $35,769 and $45,842, respectively, employer contributions under the Bank's defined contribution retirement plan (as discussed in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Defined Contribution Retirement Plan" below) equal to $0, $6,259, $10,927, $10,246 and $11,150 for Messrs. Judd, Huber, Lopp, Montemayor and Sinatra respectively.

(4)
Mr. Judd retired as Chief Executive Officer on November 30, 2019.

(5)
Mr. Huber assumed the position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company on November 30, 2019.

(6)
Mr. Lopp assumed the position as the Company's Chief Executive Officer on November 30, 2019. Mr. Lopp resigned from all positions with the Company and the Bank on May 7, 2020.

(7)
Mr. Montemayor was terminated from the Company and Bank on May 29, 2020.

        The bonus amount set forth above with respect to Mr. Judd was determined in the discretion of the board of directors as discussed more fully in the Compensation Disclosure and Analysis above. As discussed more fully in the Compensation Disclosure and Analysis above, with respect to Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor, bonuses are discussed by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year based on various performance metrics that are driven by the Company's annual performance goals. Following determination of Company performance for the applicable year, Mr. Judd made a recommendation to the Compensation Committee with respect to the appropriate bonus amounts for Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor in light of such results. The final bonus amount is then determined by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Huber's bonus was determined by the Compensation Committee on a discretionary basis. As discussed more fully in the Compensation Disclosure and Analysis above, Mr. Sinatra was granted a bonus consistent with the expectations set forth in his employment agreement.

        Each of Messrs. Judd, Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra participated in the Company's equity award program. In 2019, Mr. Judd received 7,411 restricted stock awards and 23,364 stock options; Mr. Lopp received 6,176 restricted stock awards and 19,470 stock options; Mr. Montemayor received 5,188 restricted stock awards and 16,355 stock options; Mr. Huber received 3,706 restricted stock awards and 3,894 stock options and Mr. Sinatra received 2,964 restricted stock awards and 3,115 stock options.

174


Table of Contents


GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN 2019

        The following table provides information about plan-based awards granted to the named executive officers in 2019:

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
   
   
  Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
($)
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of Shares
Underlying
Options
(#)
   
 
 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
   
 
 
   
  Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
 
Name
  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
 

Gary Judd

  03/01/2019                             7,411     23,364   $ 10.12     148,653  

Stephen Huber

  03/01/2019                             3,706     3,894   $ 10.12     49,410  

Thomas Lopp

  03/01/2019                             6,176     19,470   $ 10.12     123,879  

Michael Montemayor

  03/01/2019                             5,188     16,355   $ 10.12     104,060  

Peter Sinatra

  03/01/2019                             2,964     3,115   $ 10.12     39,519  

        The Company granted restricted stock and stock options as described above under the stock option plan discussed in 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan below. The stock option awards granted in 2019 vest in installments of 50% in each of the third and fourth year after the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years.


Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements

Gary Judd

        The Company and the Bank jointly entered into an employment agreement with Gary Judd, our former Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, in July 2008, as subsequently amended on July 16, 2014. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Judd was initially entitled to an annual base salary of $225,000, which may be adjusted annually in the discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Judd was also entitled to an annual bonus in the discretion of the board of directors based upon the achievement of objectives set by the board of directors. Mr. Judd entered into an indemnification agreement with Sterling Bancorp dated July 24, 2008, under which Sterling Bancorp agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Mr. Judd against expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred or suffered by Mr. Judd in connection with his service as an employee, officer or director as provided in such agreement.

        The employment agreement provided that it could be terminated by either party, with or without cause, and due to death, disability and mutual agreement. If Mr. Judd were terminated for any reason, he would have been entitled to any base salary earned but not yet paid, any bonus awarded but not yet paid, reimbursement of business expenses incurred but not yet paid and any other benefits accrued and earned through the date of termination in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Bank. If he were terminated without cause, in addition, he would have been entitled to a continuation of his base salary, at the rate in effect on the date of his termination for a period of one year (the "Severance Period") and continued participation in benefit programs and plans and other benefits made available to employees of the Bank until the expiration of the Severance Period. In the event Mr. Judd was unable to participate in any employee benefit plan based on its terms, he would have received the economic equivalent of the benefits provided under the plan through the end of the Severance Period. The employment agreement also contains confidentiality and one-year non-solicitation provisions. No severance payments were due to Mr. Judd upon his retirement.

175


Table of Contents

Peter Sinatra

        Peter Sinatra entered into an employment agreement with the Bank and its affiliated entities effective April 1, 2017 ("Sinatra Employment Agreement") to serve as the Chief Executive Officer for Quantum Capital Management. Mr. Sinatra's initial base salary under the agreement was $500,000, which may be adjusted annually in the discretion of the board of directors. The Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Sinatra may be paid an annual bonus of $250,000, which may be increased annually at the discretion of the board of directors, based on the attainment of objectives determined by the board of directors. Mr. Sinatra is eligible to participate in standard benefit plans provided to other executive employees, including the Quantum Equity Interest Plan. Mr. Sinatra is reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of his services and is reimbursed for club membership and the lease expense of an automobile.

        The Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that it may be terminated by the Bank choosing not to renew Mr. Sinatra's term of employment, for "cause" (as defined in the agreement), and due to death, disability and mutual agreement. Mr. Sinatra's employment continues under the agreement until either party gives notice of its intent to terminate the employment, subject to annual review by the board of directors of the Bank for approval to extend the agreement. If Quantum fails to cause Mr. Sinatra to be elected to a position with the Bank, the result of which is that Mr. Sinatra is no longer the CEO of Quantum, Mr. Sinatra has the right to terminate his services by providing 30 days' notice, which the Bank has 30 days to cure. If Mr. Sinatra's employment is terminated by the employer or for death, disability or mutual agreement, the Sinatra Employment Agreement provides for him to receive any base salary earned but not yet paid, any bonus awarded but not yet paid, reimbursement of business expenses incurred but not yet paid and any other benefits accrued and earned through the date of termination in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Bank. If his employment is terminated by the employer without cause, in addition, the Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that he would receive to a continuation of his base salary, at the rate in effect on the date of his termination for a period of one year (the "Severance Period") and continued participation in benefit programs and plans and other benefits made available to employees of the Bank until the expiration of the Severance Period. If his employment is terminated on account of an involuntary termination on account of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) within 90 days following the date of such change in control, the Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Sinatra would receive a lump sum severance payment equal to his annual base salary then in effect, subject to signing a release. The Sinatra Employment Agreement also contains confidentiality and a one year non-solicitation provision and regulatory restrictions. Mr. Sinatra has also received an Equity Interest Unit Award dated March 31, 2017 granting 20% Equity Interest Units under the Quantum Fund, LLC Equity Interest Plan, the provisions of which are described below. The initial value of the award as of the grant date was $0, and the value and payment of Equity Interest Units depend on the extent to which the units increase in value. If Mr. Sinatra's employment is terminated for "cause" (as defined in the Quantum Fund, LLC Equity Interest Plan), he will forfeit all his benefits under the plan.

        The Quantum Fund, LLC Equity Interest Plan ("Quantum Plan") provides for the grant of "Equity Interest Units" (which are non-equity units awarded under the plan that reflect value similar to that of a membership unit in Quantum) and "Equity Appreciation Units" (which provide for the right to receive payment equal to the amount by which the value of an Equity Interest on a "distributable event" (as defined in the plan) exceeds the fair market value of a membership unit of Quantum on the grant date). A "distributable event" is defined as the earliest of the date on which a participant becomes fully vested in the Equity Interest Units, the date of a participant's death, termination of employment for a reason other than a "termination for cause", the participant's "disability" or a "change in control" (as each is defined in the plan). The Quantum Plan provides that Mr. Sinatra was granted the award on March 31, 2017 and, due to service prior to the date of grant, would become fully vested on December 31, 2019. On a "distributable event", the Quantum Plan provides that a

176


Table of Contents

participant would receive an amount equal to the appreciation on vested Equity Interest Units, if any, paid in a single lump sum payment within 90 days after a distributable event that is not a change in control or no later than 30 days following a change in control. If an employee is terminated for cause, a participant will forfeit all Equity Interest Units. Quantum additionally may, at its discretion, accelerate the vesting of Equity Interest Unit awards under the plan. The maximum number of Equity Interest Units that may be granted under the plan is an amount equal to 40% of the outstanding membership units in Quantum. Quantum did not make any payments to Mr. Sinatra upon his award becoming vested on December 31, 2019 because no payments were due under the formula in the Quantum Plan.

Thomas M. O'Brien

        The Company entered into an employment agreement with Thomas M. O'Brien dated as of June 1, 2020 ("O'Brien Employment Agreement"). The O'Brien Employment Agreement provides that Mr. O'Brien's initial base salary will be $3,000,000 per year. The board of directors is required under the O'Brien Employment Agreement to take all actions necessary to appoint Mr. O'Brien as a director of the Company and the Bank and to the executive committee, if any, of each of the boards of the Company and the Bank, and to nominate him for election by the Company's shareholders as a member of the board of directors. The board of directors has taken these actions. Mr. O'Brien had been providing consulting services to the board of directors of the Bank under a consulting agreement from March 2020 through the date he became an employee of the Company, pursuant to which he was paid an aggregate of $600,000 through May 31, 2020 and would have been entitled to receive an additional $60,000 per month thereafter through February 2021. Mr. O'Brien's consulting services ended on the date that his employment with the Company and the Bank commenced and no further payments for consulting services were made.

        As an inducement to Mr. O'Brien accepting employment with the Company, the O'Brien Employment Agreement provides that upon the later of (i) the first day on which Mr. O'Brien commences employment and (ii) the fourth trading day following June 1, 2020, he would be granted a stock option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company's common stock ("Common Stock"; and such option, the "Option") with an exercise price per share equal to the average of the high and the low sales prices of the Common Stock underlying the Option on the date of grant. The Options have a term of ten years unless terminated earlier under the terms of the option agreement. The Option will vest at the rate of one-third (1/3) on January 1, 2021, one-third (1/3) on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and one-third (1/3) on January 1, 2022, subject to his remaining employed on the vesting date; provided that, the unvested portion of the Option would vest immediately in full upon Mr. O'Brien's termination of employment due to "death" or "disability" and would vest immediately in full upon a "change of control" (each, as defined in the O'Brien Employment Agreement). In the event of termination of employment other than termination for "cause" (as defined in the Employment Agreement), if the Option is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment, it will remain exercisable for three years following termination, provided that Mr. O'Brien remains in compliance with certain terms contained in the Employment Agreement. The Company is required to cause any equity awards to be received under the O'Brien Employment Agreement to be registered with the SEC as soon as practicable following the Company's eligibility to do so. In accordance with these provisions, on June 5, 2020, Mr. O'Brien was awarded Options to purchase 300,000 shares at an exercise price per share of $4.00. The award was granted pursuant to an Option Award and is not subject to the Company's 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

177


Table of Contents

        Upon the commencement of his employment, Mr. O'Brien was entitled to participate in any employee benefits, fringe benefits, perquisites and business expense reimbursements that the Company or the Bank offers to full-time employees or other members of executive management other than through or related to bank owned life insurance arrangements. Mr. O'Brien also receives a temporary housing allowance and relocation assistance (which includes the payment of a rental allowance on the rental of an apartment and reimbursement of moving expenses) and a weekly travel allowance (for travel expenses to Mr. O'Brien's residence). Under the O'Brien Employment Agreement, Mr. O'Brien is also eligible to receive annual equity awards at the discretion of the Company's Compensation Committee.

        The O'Brien Employment Agreement also contains customary non-solicitation, non-competition and non-disclosure provisions.

        Mr. O'Brien also entered into a stock purchase agreement with the Company (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which Mr. O'Brien agreed to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock directly from the Company with his own funds within 12 months from the date of commencement of his employment. All purchases must be made based on then current trading prices of the Company's common stock at the time of purchase. The shares to be purchased will not initially be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. However, Mr. O'Brien will receive customary "piggy-back" registration rights that provide for Mr. O'Brien to add the shares he purchases to future registrations of securities by the Company.

        See also "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Executive Summary—The Strategy for 2020 and Beyond" for additional information regarding the hiring of Mr. O'Brien.

Christine Meredith

        Christine Meredith was hired by the Bank in the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer effective February 3, 2020. Ms. Meredith joined the Bank with nearly two decades of prior experience in various risk management and regulatory compliance roles with banking organizations. As Chief Risk Officer, Ms. Meredith is responsible for overseeing the Bank's enterprise risk management system.

        Under the terms of the 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as described below, Messrs. Judd, Lopp and Montemayor had received the grants of restricted stock awards and stock options on each of March 21, 2018 and March 1, 2019 described in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End." Subject to the terms of the plan and their agreements, such restricted stock awards granted to Messrs. Judd, Lopp and Montemayor that were unvested as of the termination of their employment have been forfeited and such stock options of Messrs. Judd, Lopp and Montemayor which were unexercised are no longer outstanding.

2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

        We adopted the Sterling Bancorp, Inc. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the "Omnibus Plan") in 2017. The Omnibus Plan provides for grants of stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and performance awards. Our eligible directors, officers and consultants are eligible for grants under the Omnibus Plan. The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to promote the Company's and our shareholder's interests by providing these individuals with additional incentives to remain with the Company and its subsidiaries, to increase their efforts to make the Company more successful, to reward such persons by providing an opportunity to acquire shares of common stock on favorable terms, and to attract and retain the best available personnel to participate in the ongoing business operations of

178


Table of Contents

the Company. 4,237,100 shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding common stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration, of which 3,901,743 shares remains available for issuance and use as of July 31, 2020. Our Compensation Committee administers the Omnibus Plan. The terms and conditions of each award made under the Omnibus Plan, including vesting requirements, are set forth consistent with the Omnibus Plan in a written agreement with the grantee. In connection with a change of control, as defined in the Omnibus Plan, the Compensation Committee may accelerate vesting of stock options made under the Omnibus Plan and restricted stock awards will become fully vested.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

        The Bank maintains a defined contribution retirement plan that allows for annual employee pre-tax deferrals or Roth 401(k) contributions up to the lesser of 100% of eligible compensation or the maximum employee deferral permitted under the Internal Revenue Code (in 2019, this was $19,000 and an additional "catch-up" amount of $6,000 for employees over age 50). The Bank makes quarterly matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the lesser of the first 3% of the amount the employee contributed or deferred or 3% of the employee's base salary during such quarter. This matching contribution is made quarterly and the employee must be employed by the Bank on the date it is made in order to receive it. In addition, the employer will also make a contribution of up to 1% of the amount contributed based on a tiered scale of the Bank's "return on assets" for the prior year. The matching contributions will be made only up to the amount of the employee's deferrals or contributions for the plan. The Bank also has the discretion to make additional contributions. The Bank's contributions become vested after the employee has 3 years of service. The Bank's contribution to the plan was $758,000 and $773,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Executive Incentive Retirement Agreements

        The Bank has entered into an individual "executive retirement incentive plan" agreements with each of Mr. Lopp, Mr. Montemayor and Mr. Huber. These agreements provide for payments, if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law, upon a separation from service or a "change of control" (as defined in such agreements) if the individual has met specified vesting requirements. Each of Mr. Lopp, Mr. Montemayor and Mr. Huber have met the vesting requirements based on their years of service with the Bank. Each of these agreements provide for death benefits in the event of death in active service to the Bank. Under the terms of these agreements, each of the executives received an additional amount to his book-entry "incentive award account" under the agreement in 2019 based on a monthly crediting formula. The employee may make an election to receive the payout as a lump sum or as an installment.

        Additional information on potential payouts on termination of employment or change of control as of December 31, 2019 are set forth under "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        The Company recently approved Clawback Policies which generally provide that the board of directors may require current and former officers subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and other employees eligible to receive incentive compensation (the "Covered Persons") to reimburse or forfeit excess incentive compensation, including equity awards, received by the Covered Person during the three fiscal years preceding the restatement of the Company's financial statements in the event that the Company issues such a restatement due to material noncompliance with securities laws, regardless of whether such Covered Person engaged in

179


Table of Contents

misconduct or was responsible for or contributed to the circumstances requiring the restatement. In addition, if the board of directors determines a Covered Person engaged in acts or omissions which involved intentional misconduct, intentional violations of the Company's written policies or applicable legal or regulatory requirements or fraud, and which contributed to the circumstances requiring the restatement, the board of directors may require the Covered Person to forfeit all of the Covered Person's incentive compensation received during the three fiscal years preceding the restatement and to reimburse the Company for costs incurred in connection with the restatement. Furthermore, the Clawback Policies also provide that in the event a Covered Person engages in certain detrimental conduct that, in the discretion of the board of directors, is likely to cause or has caused material financial, operational or reputational harm to the Company, the board of directors may require reimbursement or forfeiture of all of the Covered Person's incentive compensation received from and after the date on which such conduct occurred. The board of directors has discretion to determine the method for recouping any incentive compensation under the Clawback Policies.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table provides information on the holdings of equity awards by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019. Mr. Judd's 2019 equity awards were forfeited in connection with his retirement in 2019.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
market or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not vested
($)
 
 
  Option awards   Stock awards   Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
unearned
shares,
units of
other
rights
that have
not vested
(#)
 
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
unexercisable
  Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options
(#)
  Option
exercise
price
($)
  Option
expiration
date
  Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
(#)
  Market
value of
shares of
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)(5)
 

Thomas Lopp(1)(2)(3)(4)

        12,000         13.73     3/21/2028     8,250     66,825          

        19,470         10.12     3/1/2029     6,176     50,026          

Michael Montemayor(1)(2)(3)(4)

        8,075         13.73     3/21/2028     5,850     47,385          

        16,355         10.12     3/1/2029     5,188     42,023          

Stephen Huber(1)(2)(3)(4)

        2,300         13.73     3/21/2028     1,675     13,568          

        3,894         10.12     3/1/2029     3,706     30,019          

Peter Sinatra(1)(2)(3)(4)

        4,000         13.73     3/21/2028     2,750     22,275          

        3,115         10.12     3/1/2029     2,964     24,008          

(1)
On March 21, 2018, Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra received a grant of 8,250, 5,850, 1,675 and 2,750 restricted stock awards, respectively, which would vest in installments of 50% in each of the third and fourth anniversary of the grant date. The awards that were granted to Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor which were unvested as of the termination of their employment have been forfeited.

(2)
On March 21, 2018, Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra received a grant of 12,000, 8,075, 2,300 and 4,000 stock options, respectively, which would vest in installments of 50% on each of the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant. The stock options of Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor which were unexercised are no longer outstanding.

(3)
On March 1, 2019, Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra received a grant of 6,176, 5,188, 3,706 and 2,964 restricted stock awards, respectively, which would vest in installments of 50% in each of the third and fourth anniversary of the grant date. The aggregate grant date fair value is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The awards that were granted to Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor which were unvested as of the termination of their employment have been forfeited.

(4)
On March 1, 2019, Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra received a grant of 19,470, 16,355, 3,894 and 3,115 stock options, respectively, which would vest in installments of 50% on each of the third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant. The stock options of Messrs. Lopp and Montemayor, which were unexercised are no longer outstanding.

(5)
Based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the Nasdaq on December 31, 2019, which was $8.10.

180


Table of Contents


OPTION EXERCISES AND EQUITY UNITS VESTED IN 2019

        No options were exercised by named executive officers in 2019 and no equity units held by named executive officers were vested in 2019.


POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

        Potential payments upon a termination or change in control as of December 31, 2019 for the named executive officers are set forth in the Change in Control and Severance Payments Table below.

        Gary Judd's employment agreement as described above had provided for certain severance payments, but he terminated his employment prior to December 31, 2019 without any severance payments being due under that agreement.

        The amounts of these payments as of December 31, 2019 for Messrs. Huber, Lopp, Montemayor and Sinatra are set forth in the Severance Payments Table. As of December 31, 2019, the executive incentive retirement plans between the Bank and each of Messrs. Huber, Lopp and Montemayor provided for payments in connection with a termination of employment or change of control if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law. As of December 31, 2019, payment of amounts under the executive incentive retirement plan agreements, if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law, would have been $346,390 for Mr. Lopp, $482,639 for Mr. Montemayor and $192,513 for Mr. Huber. Payments, if payable in accordance with their terms and in accordance with applicable law, would be made in a lump sum as elected by the executive in the distribution election form under the agreement.

        In addition, restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change of control and the Compensation Committee has the discretion to accelerate unvested stock options in the event of a change of control. As of December 31, 2019, the acceleration of the restricted stock awards of Mr. Lopp, Mr. Montemayor, Mr. Huber and Mr. Sinatra would have resulted in payments with an aggregate value of $116,851, $89,408, $43,587 and $46,283, respectively, based on the closing price of our common stock as of December 31, 2019 of $8.10. No value would be realized with respect to the options held by Messrs. Lopp, Montemayor, Huber and Sinatra as the exercise price of their unvested options exceeded the closing price of our common stock as of such date.

        Mr. Sinatra may be entitled to payments under his Employment Agreement as described in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements, Peter Sinatra." The Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that if his employment is terminated without cause, he will be entitled to a continuation of his base salary, at the rate in effect on the date of his termination for a period of one year (the "Severance Period") and continued participation in benefit programs and plans and other benefits made available to employees of the Bank until the expiration of the Severance Period. The Sinatra Employment Agreement provides that if his employment is terminated on account of an involuntary termination on account of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) within 90 days following the date of a change in control (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Sinatra would be entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to his annual base salary then in effect, subject to signing a release. The Sinatra Employment Agreement contains confidentiality and a one year non-solicitation provision. For one year after his termination of employment, within the states that the Bank conducts business, Mr. Sinatra may not (i) employ or associate in business with an individual who is (or was within the 12-month period prior to Mr. Sinatra's termination of employment) an employee or officer of the Bank, (ii) solicit an individual or entity who is (or was within the 12-month period prior to Mr. Sinatra's termination of employment) a customer or vendor of the Bank to terminate its relationship with the Bank, (iii) induce a present or future employee, officer, agent, affiliate or customer of the Bank to terminate the relationship, or (iv) to disparage the Bank. As described in "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements, Peter Sinatra," no payments were due to Mr. Sinatra under the Quantum Plan on his vesting on December 31, 2019.

181


Table of Contents


CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE PAYMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019

 
  Stephen Huber   Thomas Lopp   Michael
Montemayor
  Peter Sinatra  

Termination without Cause—No Change of Control

                         

Salary Continuation

              $ 500,000  

Benefits Continuation

                23,445  

Executive Incentive Retirement Agreement Payments

  $ 192,513   $ 346,390   $ 482,639      

Total

  $ 192,513   $ 346,390   $ 482,639   $ 523,445  

Disability(1)

                         

Salary Continuation

                 

Benefits Continuation

                 

Executive Incentive Retirement Agreement Payments

  $ 192,513   $ 346,390   $ 482,639      

Restricted Stock Award Vesting(2)

  $ 43,586   $ 116,851   $ 89,408   $ 46,283  

Stock Option Vesting(3)

                 

Total

  $ 236,099   $ 463,241   $ 572,047   $ 46,283  

Death(4)

                         

Salary Continuation

                 

Benefits Continuation

                 

Death Benefit under Executive Incentive Retirement Agreement(5)

  $ 599,153   $ 757,271   $ 1,389,809      

Restricted Stock Award Vesting(6)

  $ 43,586   $ 116,851   $ 89,408   $ 46,283  

Stock Option Vesting(7)

                 

Total

  $ 642,739   $ 874,122   $ 1,479,217   $ 46,283  

Change of Control—No Termination of Employment

                         

Salary Continuation

                 

Benefits Continuation

                 

Executive Incentive Retirement Agreement Payments

  $ 192,513   $ 346,390   $ 482,639      

Restricted Stock Award Vesting(8)

  $ 43,586   $ 116,851   $ 89,408   $ 46,283  

Stock Option Vesting(9)

                 

Total

  $ 236,099   $ 463,241   $ 572,047   $ 46,283  

Change of Control—Termination of Employment without Cause

                         

Salary Continuation

              $ 500,000  

Benefits Continuation

                 

Executive Incentive Retirement Agreement Payments

  $ 192,513   $ 346,390   $ 482,639      

Restricted Stock Award Vesting(10)

  $ 43,586   $ 116,851   $ 89,408   $ 46,283  

Stock Option Vesting(11)

                 

Total

  $ 236,099   $ 463,241   $ 572,047   $ 546,283  

(1)
The Company maintains a disability plan which is generally available to all employees and any payments or benefits under this plan are not disclosed in this table.

(2)
Restricted stock fully vests in the event of a termination of employment by reason of disability.

182


Table of Contents

(3)
Options fully vest in the event an optionee becomes disabled while employed. As of December 31, 2019, the exercise price of each option exceeded the closing price of our common stock as of December 31, 2019 of $8.10.

(4)
The Company maintains a life insurance plan which is generally available to all employees and any payments under this plan are not disclosed in this table.

(5)
Under the executive's Executive Income Retirement Plan agreement, a payment will be made to his beneficiary if he dies while in active service with the Bank. This amount would be paid in lieu of the payments to the executive. If the executive dies after payments have commenced but prior to the time the executive receives all distributions, the Bank will distribute the remaining amounts to his beneficiary in a lump sum.

(6)
Restricted stock fully vests in the event of a termination of employment by reason of death.

(7)
Options fully vest in the event an optionee dies while employed.

(8)
Restricted stock fully vests on the date of a change of control.

(9)
The Committee has the discretion to provide that options are 100% vested on the date of a change of control.

(10)
Restricted stock fully vests on the date of a change of control.

(11)
The Committee has the discretion to provide that options are 100% vested on the date of a change of control.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Chief Executive Officer Pay Ratio

        The Company's chief executive officer to median employee pay ratio was calculated in accordance with SEC requirements. However, due to the flexibility afforded by Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K in calculating the pay ratio, the ratio presented herein is a reasonable estimate and may not be comparable to the pay ratio presented by other companies.

        The Company identified the median employee by examining 2019 total compensation for all employees of the Company excluding the Chief Executive Officer.

        The employee population used to identify the Company's median employee included all employees of the Company, whether employed on a full-time, part-time, or seasonal basis, as of December 31, 2019. The compensation measure described above was consistently applied to this entire employee population. The Company did not make any assumptions, adjustments, or estimates with respect to the employee population or the compensation measure, but did annualize the compensation for any employees that were not employed by the Company for all of 2019.

        After identifying the median employee based on the compensation measure described above, the Company calculated annual total compensation for the median employee using the same methodology used for our named executive officers as set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" herein. The median employee was identified as of November 30, 2019 and the chief executive officer to median employee pay ratio was calculated with respect to the annualized compensation for Mr. Judd who was the chief executive officer at that date.

183


Table of Contents

        As illustrated in the table below, in 2019, the Company's Chief Executive Officer's annual total compensation was 18 times that of the Company's median employee.

 
  Chief Executive
Officer
  Median Employee  

2019 Annual Total Compensation

  $ 1,035,514   $ 56,855  

Total Annual Compensation Pay Ratio

    18     1  

Director Compensation

2019 Director Compensation Table

        The table below sets forth the compensation of each non-employee director in 2019.

Name
  Fees
Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in pension
value and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
  All other
compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Barry Allen

    40,250     24,895                     65,145  

Peggy Daitch(2)

                             

Jon Fox(3)

    9,000                         9,000  

Seth Meltzer

                             

Tom Minielly(4)

    11,250                         11,250  

Sandra Seligman

                             

Peter Sinatra(5)

                             

Rachel Tronstein Stewart

    26,125     24,895                     51,020  

Benjamin Wineman

    32,250     24,895                     57,145  

Lyle Wolberg

    38,875     24,895                     63,770  

Total

    157,750     99,580                     257,330  

(1)
Represents the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards calculated based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date, reduced by the dividends per share expected to be paid during the period the shares are not vested.

(2)
Ms. Daitch joined the Company's board of directors on December 17, 2019.

(3)
Mr. Fox retired from the Company's board of directors on June 18, 2019.

(4)
Mr. Minielly joined the Company's board of directors on June 18, 2019 and resigned on December 17, 2019.

(5)
Mr. Sinatra serves as CEO of Quantum pursuant to an employment agreement described under "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements."

Director Fees

        Board members of the Company receive fees for board of directors and committee meetings attended. Board members receive a retainer of $15,000, as well as $1,000 for each board of directors meeting attended, $500 for each board committee meeting attended, and $500 for each committee meeting chaired. Additionally, the committee chairs receive premiums as follows: Audit Committee, $10,000; Compensation Committee, $7,500; Nominating Committee, $2,500; and Credit & Loan Committee, $5,000.

184


Table of Contents

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2019 concerning our equity compensation plans.

Plan category
  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants or rights(1)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
or rights(2)
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in the first column)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

    242,573   $ 12.29     3,978,652  

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

             

Total

    242,573   $ 12.29     3,978,652  

(1)
Consists of 142,477 option awards and 100,096 restricted stock awards issued under the 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Excludes restricted stock awards, which have no exercise price.

185


Table of Contents


BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

        The following table sets forth information as of September 30, 2020 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares shown opposite such person's name.

186


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise specified below, the address for each listed shareholder is: c/o Sterling Bancorp, Inc., One Towne Square, Suite 1900, Southfield, Michigan 48076.

 
  Common Stock Owned  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percent(1)  

5% Shareholders:

             

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.(2)

    5,020,308     10 %

100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202

             

Scott J. Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Dynasty Trust(3)(5)

    5,743,579     11 %

c/o The First National Bank in Sioux Falls

             

100 South Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

             

K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 9(3)(5)

    12,107,732     24 %

c/o The First National Bank in Sioux Falls

             

100 South Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

             

K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5(4)(5)(6)

    7,507,318     15 %

c/o The First National Bank in Sioux Falls

             

100 South Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

             

Erwin A. Rubenstein(5)(6)

    20,209,268     40 %

255 East Brown Street, Suite 320, Birmingham, MI 48009

             

Michael Shawn(6)

    8,981,041     18 %

7300 Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 200, Miami FL 33138

             

Scott J. Seligman(7)

    3,925,071     8 %

Directors:

             

Barry Allen

    16,300     *  

Peggy Daitch

    864     *  

Seth Meltzer(8)

    1,490,180     3 %

Thomas M. O'Brien

         

Sandra Seligman(9)

         

Peter Sinatra

    29,415     *  

Benjamin Wineman

    17,100     *  

Lyle Wolberg(10)

    7,571     *  

Rachel Tronstein Stewart

    4,479     *  

Named Executive Officers (Non-Directors):

             

Stephen Huber

    12,247     *  

Gary Judd

    194,011     *  

Thomas Lopp(11)

    42,553     *  

Michael Montemayor(12)

    35,714     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons total)(9)

    1,866,730     4 %

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Based on 49,977,209 shares of the Company's common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020.

(2)
Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 10, 2020, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. has sole voting power over 1,066,099 shares of common stock and sole dispositive power over 5,020,308 shares of common stock.

(3)
Mr. Seligman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, therein. See also note 7 below.

(4)
Ms. Seligman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trust except to the extent of her pecuniary interest, if any, therein.

187


Table of Contents

(5)
Based on a Schedule 13G filed on July 27, 2020 by Erwin Rubenstein, the Scott J. Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Dynasty Trust, the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5 and the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 9, (i) Mr. Rubinstein, as co-trustee of the trusts, had sole voting and dispositive power over 29,190,309 shares of common stock of the Company, consisting of (a) 2,357,957 shares of common stock held by the Scott J. Seligman 1993 Irrevocable Dynasty Trust, (b) 5,743,579 shares of common stock held by the Scott J. Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Dynasty Trust, (c) 12,107,732 shares of common stock held by the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 9, (d) 7,507,318 shares of common stock held by K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5, and (e) 1,473,723 shares held by the Sandra Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Trust; (ii) the Scott J. Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Dynasty Trust had shared voting and dispositive power over 5,743,579 shares of common stock, (iii) the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 9 had shared voting and dispositive power over 12,107,732 shares of common stock and (iv) the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5 had shared voting and dispositive power over 7,507,318 shares of common stock. Mr. Rubenstein disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the trusts. See footnote (6) with respect to shares held by the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5 and the Sandra Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Trust.

(6)
Based on a Schedule 13D filed by Michael Shawn on September 4, 2020, effective August, 19, 2020, Mr. Shawn was appointed as trustee of the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5 and the Sandra Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Trust, which hold 7,507,318 and 1,473,723 shares of common stock, respectively, and Mr. Shawn, in his capacity as trustee, now has sole voting and dispositive power over an aggregate of 8,981,041 shares of common stock of the Company.

(7)
Based on the most recent Form 4 filed by the Scott J. Seligman Revocable Living Trust, consists of shares held by the trust, over which Scott. J. Seligman, former vice president of the Company and founder of the Bank, holds sole voting and dispositive power. If it is determined that Mr. Seligman beneficially owns the shares held in the trusts for which he was settlor, or if he acts as a group with the trustee of those trusts, then Mr. Seligman's beneficial ownership could be as much as 21,776,382 shares or 44% of the Company's common stock.

(8)
Consists of (i) 1,483,180 shares of common stock of the Company that are held by The Seth Seligman Meltzer Revocable Living Trust, (ii) 5,000 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Meltzer, (iii) 1,000 shares of common stock indirectly held by Mr. Meltzer's wife, and (iv) 1,000 shares of common stock indirectly held by Mr. Meltzer's sons.

(9)
Excludes 7,507,318 shares of common stock held by the K.I.S.S. Dynasty Trust No. 5 and 1,473,723 shares held by the Sandra Seligman 1993 Long Term Irrevocable Trust, for which in each case Ms. Seligman is the grantor, but has no voting or dispositive power over the shares held in such trust.

(10)
Consists of 6,571 shares of common stock of the Company that are held directly, and 1,000 shares of common stock of the Company that are held by the Lyle M. Wolberg Revocable Living Trust.

(11)
Based on the most recent Form 4 filed by Mr. Lopp.

(12)
Based on the most recent Form 4 filed by Mr. Montemayor.

188


Table of Contents

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described herein, the following is a description of transactions in 2019 and 2018, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

        Transactions by the Company or its bank subsidiary, Sterling Bank & Trust, F.S.B. (the "Bank") with related parties are subject to certain regulatory requirements and restrictions, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve's Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders). Both the Company and the Bank have Affiliate Transactions Policies. The Affiliate Transaction Policy limits covered transactions with any single affiliate to less than 10%, and with all affiliates, to less than 20%, of unimpaired capital and surplus. All covered transactions with affiliates must be made on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and require appropriate security. Neither the Company nor the Bank may purchase low-quality assets from an affiliate. Transactions between the Company or Bank and affiliates must be made on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Company or the Bank, respectively, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated companies. All service agreements are reviewed annually.

        The Bank's Regulation O Policy requires any extension of credit to insiders be on the same terms as, and following the same underwriting procedures, as those in place for non-insider customers. The board of directors must approve any loan to an insider which does not qualify as an exception and that causes the aggregate of loans outstanding to that individual and any related interests of that individual to exceed $25,000, or 5%, of the Bank's capital. The aggregate of all loans to insiders shall not exceed 5% of the Bank's equity capital. As for executive officers of the Bank, general purpose loans may not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate or 2.5% of capital, whichever is less, and all such loans must be reported to the board of directors. All loans to directors and officers, including renewals, require the prior approval of the board of directors with the exception of mortgage loans on an officer or director's primary residence when made in accordance with underwriting standards acceptable to the secondary market. All insiders are identified on an annual basis, and are required to submit an annual report of borrowings from the Bank.

        We have adopted a written related person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the consent of our Audit Committee, another independent committee of our board or the full board of directors. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or any of such persons' immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our Audit Committee any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related person transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Under the policy, if we should discover

189


Table of Contents

related person transactions that have not been approved, our Audit Committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our Bylaws will generally require us to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, and to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers prior to the final disposition of any action or proceeding arising by reason of the fact that any such person is or was our agent. In addition, our Bylaws permit us to provide such other indemnification and advancement of expenses to our other employees and agents as permitted by law and authorized by the Board from time to time. We will also have the power to secure insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her status as such, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability pursuant to our Bylaws. The Company entered into an indemnification agreement with Gary Judd dated July 24, 2008. See "Item 11. Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements—Gary Judd" above.

Related-Party Transactions

Lease Agreements

        The Bank has a sublease agreement with Seligman & Associates, where Mr. Meltzer serves as President, ("S&A") for office space, plus related expenses, in Southfield, MI at an annual amount of $21,271. The Bank also reimburses S&A for usage of the S&A Bloomberg terminal and other miscellaneous expenses.

        The Bank leases 7,560 square feet of warehouse space from S&A at 1630 Thorncroft in Troy, MI at an annual base rent of $40,296. In addition to the lease amount, the Bank reimburses S&A for a proportionate share of certain expenses, such as property tax, utilities, snow removal and lawn care. The Bank directly reimburses S&A for long-distance telephone carrier access.

        The Bank leases office space from Transamerica Pyramid Properties, LLC in San Francisco under the lease agreement dated August 26, 2016. In turn, the Bank subleases 75% of that space to Pioneer Realty, a subsidiary of S&A, at an annual base rent amount of $267,626.

        The Bank also subleases storage space at 545 Sansome Street in San Francisco to Pioneer Realty, an affiliate of S&A, for an annual base rent amount of $3,000.

Charitable Donations

        From time to time, the Company makes charitable donations to the Seligman Family Foundation, including $900 thousand in each of 2019, 2018, and 2017. Ms. Seligman and Mr. Meltzer are members of the Board of Trustees of the Seligman Family Foundation.

Data Processing

        The Bank provides monthly data processing and programming services to entities controlled by the Company's controlling shareholders. Aggregate fees for such services amounted to $105 thousand during 2019, $105 thousand during 2018, and $98 thousand during 2017.

Aviation Services

        The Company paid fees totaling $12 thousand during in 2018 and $76 thousand during 2017 to an aviation company controlled by the Company's controlling shareholders for transportation.

190


Table of Contents

Purchase of Quantum and Compensation-Related Expenses

        The Company purchased Quantum in April 2017 for aggregate consideration of $2.92 million in cash, which at the time was owned 80% by the Company's controlling shareholder and 20% by a member of the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Sinatra, who has continued as the Chief Executive Officer of Quantum Capital Management. Accordingly, the Company's controlling shareholder received $2.34 million in consideration, and Mr. Sinatra received $584 thousand in consideration in connection with this transaction.

Other Family Relationships

        See "Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Board of Directors and Committees—Family Relationships."

Director Independence

        Since our initial public offering, we have qualified as a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for Nasdaq-listed companies because more than 50% of our outstanding voting power was held by the Seligman family trustee; however, effective as of August 19, 2020, we are no longer a controlled company under such rules, but we are still eligible to take full advantage of the controlled company exceptions under such rules for one year following the loss of controlled company status. See "Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters—Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock." We are not required to have a majority of our board of directors be independent, nor are we required to have a compensation committee or an independent nominating function. Currently, Sandra Seligman and Seth Meltzer, who are not independent directors, serve on our Nominating Committee. Although we do not intend to rely upon the "controlled company" exception to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of Nasdaq, except for our Nominating Committee, we could elect to rely upon some or all such exceptions in the future. In this regard, in light of our status as a controlled company, our board of directors could elect not to have a majority of our board of directors be independent or not to have a compensation committee. The "controlled company" exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we comply with the audit committee requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of Nasdaq. The rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market and the SEC. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that, with the exception of Mr. O'Brien, Mr. Sinatra, Mr. Meltzer and Ms. Seligman, each of our current directors is an independent director, as defined under the applicable rules.

Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management

        Certain of the directors and officers of the Company may, in the future, have transactions with the Bank, or are or will be directors or officers of corporations, or members of partnerships or limited liability companies, which may have in the future, transactions with the Bank. We expect that all such transactions (i) will be made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) will be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and (iii) will not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. The Audit Committee has responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related persons, in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq. The Audit Committee, as a general policy, approves transactions to related parties at essentially the same terms and conditions that apply to similar transactions with non-related parties.

191


Table of Contents

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The following table summarizes fees for professional services rendered by Crowe Horwath LLP, the Company's independent auditors for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
  2019   2018  

Audit fees(1)

  $ 375,000   $ 353,000  

Audit-related fees

         

Tax fees(2)

  $ 19,040   $ 44,000  

All Other Fees(3)

  $ 565   $ 6,000  

Total fees

  $ 394,605   $ 403,000  

(1)
Consists of fees billed for professional services performed by Crowe LLP for its audit of the Company's annual financial statements and services that are normally provided in connection with regulatory filings or engagements. Additional billings for 2019 audit are probable.

(2)
Tax fees: Tax fees are for the filing of federal and state tax returns.

(3)
All other fees include advisory services.

        The Audit Committee is required to review and pre-approve both audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditor (other than with respect to de minimis exceptions permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002). During 2019, all services provided by Crowe Horwath were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. To the extent required by Nasdaq rules or any other applicable legal or regulatory requirements, approval of non-audit services must be disclosed to investors in periodic reports required by Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. There was no change of the Company's independent public accountants during 2019 or 2018.

192


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
1.    All Financial Statements and Supplemental Information
(b)
Exhibits
 
   
   
  Incorporated by reference
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit description   Filed/Furnished
herewith
  Form   Period
ending
  Exhibit
number
  Filing
date
  3.2   Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Sterling Bancorp, Inc.       S-1/A         3.2   10/31/17
                              
  3.4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sterling Bancorp, Inc.       S-1/A         3.4   10/31/17
                              
  4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Sterling Bancorp, Inc.       S-1/A         4.1   11/07/17
                              
  4.2   Description of Securities   X                  
                              
  10.1 * Sterling Bancorp, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.       S-1/A         10.3   11/07/17
                              
  10.2   Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement by and among Sterling Bancorp, Inc. and the several purchasers of the Subordinated Notes and Form of Note.       S-1         10.4   10/19/17
                              
  10.3 * Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement       8-K         10.1   03/27/2018
                              
  10.4 * Form of Notice of Grant of Stock       8-K         10.2   03/27/2018
                              
  10.5 * Agreement dated June 18, 2019 by and between Sterling Bank and Trust, F.S.B. and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency       10-Q         10.1   08/09/2019
                              
  10.6 * Employment Agreement dated as of July 2, 2008, by and between Sterling Bancorp, Inc., Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and Gary Judd       S-1         10.1   10/19/17
 
                         

193


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by reference
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit description   Filed/Furnished
herewith
  Form   Period
ending
  Exhibit
number
  Filing
date
  10.7 * Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Sterling Bancorp, Inc., Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and Gary Judd dated July 16, 2014       S-1         10.2   10/19/17
                              
  10.8 * Indemnification Agreement executed July 24, 2008 between Sterling Bancorp, Inc. and Gary Judd   X                  
                              
  10.9 * Amended and Restated Executive Incentive Retirement Plan adopted May 8, 2007 by and between Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and Thomas Lopp   X                  
                              
  10.10 * Amended and Restated Executive Incentive Retirement Plan adopted May 8, 2007 by and between Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and Michael Montemayor   X                  
                              
  10.11 * Amended and Restated Executive Incentive Retirement Plan adopted May 8, 2007 by and between Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and Steve Huber   X                  
                              
  10.12 * Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2017 between Sterling Bank & Trust F.S.B. and its affiliated entities and Peter Sinatra   X                  
                              
  10.13 * Quantum Fund LLC Equity Interest Plan   X                  
                              
  10.14 * Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1,2020 by and between Sterling Bancorp, Inc. and Thomas M. O'Brien       8-K         10.1   06/01/2020
                              
  10.15 * Stock Purchase Agreement effective as of June 1, 2020 between Sterling Bancorp, Inc. and Thomas M. O'Brien       8-K         10.3   06/01/2020
                              
  10.16 * Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of June 5, 2020 between Sterling Bancorp, Inc. and Thomas M. O'Brien   X                  
                              
  21   Subsidiaries of Sterling Bancorp, Inc.       S-1         21   10/19/17
                              
  23.1   Consent of Crowe LLP.   X                  
 
                         

194


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by reference
Exhibit
number
  Exhibit description   Filed/Furnished
herewith
  Form   Period
ending
  Exhibit
number
  Filing
date
  31.1   Section 302 Certification—Chief Executive Officer.   X                  
                              
  31.2   Section 302 Certification—Chief Financial Officer.   X                  
                              
  32.1   Section 906 Certification—Chief Executive Officer.   X                  
                              
  32.2   Section 906 Certification—Chief Financial Officer.   X                  
                              
  101.INS   XBRL Instance Document   X                  
                              
  101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document   X                  
                              
  101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document   X                  
                              
  101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document   X                  
                              
  101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document   X                  
                              
  101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document   X                  

*
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary

        None.

195


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    STERLING BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)

 

 

By:

 

/s/ THOMAS M. O'BRIEN

Thomas M. O'Brien
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated: October 6, 2020

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ THOMAS M. O'BRIEN

Thomas M. O'Brien
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 6, 2020

/s/ STEPHEN HUBER

Stephen Huber

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ BARRY ALLEN

Barry Allen

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ PEGGY DAITCH

Peggy Daitch

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ SETH MELTZER

Seth Meltzer

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ SANDRA SELIGMAN

Sandra Seligman

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ PETER SINATRA

Peter Sinatra

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

196


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RACHEL TRONSTEIN STEWART

Rachel Tronstein Stewart
  Director   October 6, 2020

/s/ BENJAMIN WINEMAN

Benjamin Wineman

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

/s/ LYLE WOLBERG

Lyle Wolberg

 

Director

 

October 6, 2020

197




Exhibit 4.2

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

As of September 30, 2020, Sterling Bancorp, Inc. had one class of common stock registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

The following description of our common stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our second amended and restated articles of incorporation (the “Articles”) and our amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which is incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this Exhibit 4.2 is a part. We encourage you to read our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the applicable provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act (as amended, the “MBCA”) for additional information.

 

Authorized Capital Stock

 

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of September 30, 2020, 49,977,209 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, and there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) out of legally available funds.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders, including the election of directors. Our Articles and Bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. As a result, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote in any election of directors are able to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to shareholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Other Rights and Preferences

 

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights, preferences and privileges of any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

 


 

Listing

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SBT.”

 

Certain Provisions of Our Articles and Bylaws and Michigan Law

 

Our Articles and Bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us, and therefore could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These provisions and certain provisions of the MBCA, which are summarized below, may also discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids, and are designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the Board.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

Our Articles and Bylaws contain provisions that:

 

·                  permit the Board to issue up to 10 million shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may determine (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control);

 

·                  provide that the authorized number of directors may be fixed only by the Board in accordance with our Bylaws;

 

·                  do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);

 

·                  divide our Board into three staggered classes;

 

·                  provide that all vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

·                  prohibit removal of directors without cause;

 

·                  prohibit shareholders from calling special meetings of shareholders;

 

·                  requires unanimous consent for shareholders to take action by written consent without approval of the action by our Board;

 

·                  provide that shareholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of shareholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of shareholders must provide advance notice in writing and also comply with specified requirements related to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice;

 

·                  require at least 80% supermajority shareholder approval to alter, amend or repeal certain provisions of our Articles; and

 

·                  require at least 80% supermajority shareholder approval in order for shareholders to adopt, amend or repeal our Bylaws.

 


 

The provisions of our Articles and Bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our shareholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Michigan Business Corporation Act

 

We may also opt-in to the provisions of Chapter 7A of the MBCA. In general, subject to certain exceptions, Chapter 7A of the MBCA prohibits a Michigan corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the date that such shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of directors approved the business combination; or (ii) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by at least 90% of the votes of each class of the corporation’s stock entitled to vote and by at least two-thirds of such voting stock not held by the interested shareholder or such shareholder’s affiliates. The MBCA defines a “business combination” to include certain mergers, consolidations, dispositions of assets or shares and recapitalizations. An “interested shareholder” is defined by the MBCA to include a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation. While our Board to date has not elected to opt-in to these provisions, any future decision to do so could have an anti-takeover effect.

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is executed as of the 24th  day of  July , 2008, by Sterling Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation (the “Company”), and Gary S. Judd, an individual (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement entered into as of April 3, 2008, by and between the Company and Indemnitee, Indemnitee has agreed to purchase a certain number of the Company’s Voting Common Shares, no par value per share, on certain terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Purchase”); and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to consummate the Purchase and to serve as an officer, director and employee of the Company, only in the event that the Company executes this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees in favor of the Indemnitee as follows:

 

1.                                      Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized by Michigan and federal law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee serving as an employee, officer and director of the Company and such indemnification will inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 1, the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company or was within the scope of Indemnitee’s employment with the Company. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 will be a contract right and will include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if Michigan or federal law require, the payment of such expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in his capacity as an employee, officer or director (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while an employee, officer or director, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding will be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such employee, officer or director, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such employee, officer or director is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 1 or otherwise.

 


 

(b)                                 If a claim under subsection (a) of this Section 1 is not paid in full by the Company within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee will also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. It will be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, is required, has been tendered to the Company) that the Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under Michigan and/or federal law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense will be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Michigan and/or federal law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(c)                                  The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section 1 will not apply to any action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or payment of expenses is not consistent with or permitted by laws and regulations applicable to federally insured depository institutions, including but not limited to, regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

(d)                                 The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section 1 will not be exclusive of any other right which the Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as hereinafter amended or further restated, the Company’s Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

(e)                                  If this Agreement or any portion hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company will nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including a grand jury proceeding and an action by the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that has not been invalidated or by any other applicable law.

 

(f)                                   The foregoing provisions of this Section 1 shall continue to apply to the Indemnitee after he has ceased to be an employee, officer and/or director of the Company or has ceased to serve at the Company’s request as set forth above.

 

2


 

2.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                 This Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the consent of the other party hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and the Indemnitee and their respective heirs, executors, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

(c)                                  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(d)                                 Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be effective only to the extent of its enforceability or validity, without affecting the enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Agreement, and the parties agree that such court shall have jurisdiction to reform this Agreement to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the parties agree to abide by the court’s determination. In the event that any such provision of this Agreement cannot be reformed, such provision will be deemed severed from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(e)                                  This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Company and the Indemnitee.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

STERLING BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Lopp

 

Name:

Tom Lopp

 

Title:

V.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary S. Judd

 

Gary S. Judd

 

3




Exhibit 10.9

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST, FSB
EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

THIS AMENDED & RESTATED EXECUTIVE CENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN (the “Agreement”) is adopted this  8th  day of  May , 2007, by and between Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb, headquartered in Southfield, Michigan, (the “Company”) and Thomas Lopp (the “Executive”), and is effective as of the 1st day of January, 2007.

 

This Agreement amends and restates the prior Executive Incentive Retirement Plan between the Company and the Executive dated January 1, 2003 (the “Prior Agreement”).

 

The parties intend this Amended and Restated Agreement to be a material modification of the Prior Agreement such that all amounts earned and vested prior to December 31, 2004 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company.  This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”).

 

Article 1
Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1                               Annual Crediting Rate” means eight percent (8%).

 

1.2                               Beneficiary” means each designated person (in conformity with the Beneficiary Designation Form process detailed at Section 1.3 below), or the estate of a deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 5.

 

1.3                               Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.  See for example, Exhibit A attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4                               Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.5                               Change of Control Event” shall have occurred upon (a) a Change of Ownership of the Company, (b) a Change in Effective Control of the Company, or (c) a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company; provided that, to constitute a Change of Control Event as to the Executive, the Change of Control Event must relate to: (i) the

 


 

Company, (ii) the corporation(s) liable for the payment of deferred compensation to the participant, or (iii) a corporation that is a Majority Shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a Majority Shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii).  A transfer from an existing shareholder of the Company to a Disregarded Member as described in (d) below shall not constitute a Change in Control Event.

 

(a)                                 “Change in Effective Control” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the effective control of the Company.

 

(b)                                 “Change in Ownership” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group,-acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of stock of the Company.  However, if any one person or more than one person acting as a group is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in ownership of the Company.  For purposes of this definition, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the Company at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering; however, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.  If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both a corporation and the Company which enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in the Company and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as acquisition of stock for purposes of this definition.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the Company.

 

(c)                                  “Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a

 

2


 

group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.  However, there is no Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer.  Moreover, a transfer of assets by the Company is not treated as a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company if the assets are transferred to: i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock; ii) an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; iii) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or iv) an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly by a person described in iii).

 

(d)                                 A Disregarded Member for purposes of a Change in Control Event shall be: (i) any parent, child spouse, or lineal descendant of a current shareholder of the Company; (ii) any affiliated entity created by a current shareholder of the Company in anticipation of their death, e.g., revocable or irrevocable trusts of which such shareholder is the grantor, and (iii) any person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above that becomes a shareholder of the Company as a result of a transfer from a person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above.  For purposes of the Definition of Disregarded Member, parent shall include step parent and child or grandchild shall include step child or grandchildren.

 

1.6                               Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.7                               Compensation Committee” means the Board or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.8                               Contributions” means the amounts credited to the Incentive Award Account as set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.9                               Distribution Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the time and form of distribution.  See for example, Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

 

1.10                        Effective Date” means January 1, 2007.

 

3


 

1.11                        Early Termination” means Separation from Service before the Vesting Date except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) following a Change in Control Event; or (ii) due to death, Permanent Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

1.12                        Incentive Award Account” means the Company’s accounting of the Contributions, plus accrued interest.

 

1.13                        Majority Shareholder” means a shareholder of the Company owning greater than 50% of the total fair market value of the Company and/or greater than 50% of the total voting power of the Company.

 

1.14                        Monthly Crediting Rate” means the Annual Crediting Rate adjusted to take into account monthly compounding.

 

1.15                        Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.16                        Permanent Disability” or “Disabled” means “Totally Disabled” within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Long-Term Disability Plan of the Company (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference).

 

1.17                        Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

 

1.18                        Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.19                        Separation from Service” means the Executive’s ceasing to be an employee of the Company subject to the following qualification below:

 

Where the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee (for example, as a member of the Board), a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred if the Executive is providing services at an annual rate that is 50 percent or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is 50 percent or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).  For this purpose, the annual rate of providing services is determined based upon the measurement used to determine the Executive’s base compensation (for example, amounts of time required to earn salary, hourly wages, or payments for specific projects).

 

1.20                        Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.21                        Termination for Cause” means a Separation from Service for:

 

(a)                                 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company; or

 

4


 

(b)                                 Conviction of a felony; or, of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c)                                  Fraud, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.22                        Vesting” means the process by which the Executive becomes entitled to distribution of the Incentive Award Account by virtue of the Executive having performed services for the Company during Plan Years, or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event of the Company each as appropriate.

 

Article 2
Company Contributions

 

For each Plan Year prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, shall determine the Incentive Award, if any, payable to the Executive during the following Plan Year.  The Incentive Award shall be based on the terms and conditions of the Incentive Compensation Plan.  For each month of the Plan Year, the Incentive Award Account shall be credited with a prorated portion of the Incentive Award declared during the prior Plan Year.

 

Article 3
Incentive Award Account

 

3.1                               Establishing and Crediting.  The Company shall establish an Incentive Award Account on its books for the Executive and shall credit to the Incentive Award Account the following amounts:

 

(a)                                 Any Contributions hereunder; and

 

(b)                                 Prior to Normal Retirement Age, interest as follows:

 

(1)                                 Each month and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Agreement, interest shall be credited on the Incentive Award Account at a rate equal to the Monthly Crediting Rate; and

 

(2)                                 Each month during any applicable installment period, interest shall be credited on the unpaid Incentive Award Account balance at the Monthly Crediting Rate.  Prior to the commencement of any distributions hereunder, the Board, in its sole discretion, may change the rate used to calculate interest in this Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

3.2                               Accounting Device Only.  The Incentive Award Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement.  The Incentive Award Account is not a trust fund of any kind.  The Executive is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the distribution of benefits.  The benefits represent the mere Company promise to distribute such benefits.  The Executive’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation,

 

5


 

alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.

 

Article 4
Distributions During Lifetime

 

4.1                               Benefit Upon Vesting.  Upon Separation from Service after having attained five (5) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Incentive Award Account balance at Separation from Service adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.2                               Early Termination Benefit.  Upon Separation from Service prior to having attained five (5) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.2.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.2 is determined by vesting the Executive in twenty percent (20%) of the Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for the first Plan Year of service attained by the Executive, and an additional twenty percent (20%) of Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for each succeeding full Plan Year of service attained thereafter.

 

4.2.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.3                               Change in Control Event Benefit.  Upon a Change in Control Event, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.3.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Incentive Award Account balance as of the date of the Change in Control Event adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.3.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the Change in Control Event.

 

4.4                               Restriction on Timing of Distribution.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section

 

6


 

409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service.  Therefore, in the event this Section 4.4 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

4.5                               Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code.  Upon the inclusion of any portion of the Incentive Award Account balance into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Incentive Award Account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

4.6                               Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.  For distribution of benefits under this Article 4, the Executive may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting a Distribution Election Form to the Plan Administrator.  Any such elections:

 

(a)                                 may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

 

(b)                                 must, for benefits distributable under Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

 

(c)                                  must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made; and

 

(d)                                 must be made twelve (12) months prior to the date the distributions are scheduled to be paid.

 

Article 5
Distributions at Death

 

5.1                               Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in active service to the Company, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1.  This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 4.

 

5.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 5.1 is Seven Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-One ($757,271.00).

 

5.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

7


 

5.2                               Death During Distribution of a Benefit.  If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

5.3                               Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits and in the same manner that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within ninety (90) days following the date of the Executive’s death.  Evidence of the Executive’s death shall be demonstrated by the receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

Article 6
Beneficiaries

 

6.1                               Beneficiary.  The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits distributable under the Agreement to a Beneficiary upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

6.2                               Beneficiary Designation Change.  The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

6.3                               Acknowledgment.  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

6.4                               No Beneficiary Designation.  If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

6.5                               Facility of Distribution.  If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person

 

8


 

incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person.  The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 7
General Limitations

 

7.1                               Termination for Cause.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Termination for Cause.

 

7.2                               Misstatement.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

7.3                               Removal.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

Article 8
Administration of Agreement

 

8.1                               Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

8.2                               Agents.  In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

8.3                               Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration,

 

9


 

interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

8.4                               Indemnity of Plan Administrator.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

8.5                               Company Information.  To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of the Executive, the date and circumstances of the Permanent Disability, death or Separation from Service of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

8.6                               Statement of Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the Incentive Award Account balance.

 

Article 9
Claims and Review Procedures

 

9.1                               Claims Procedure.  The Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

9.1.1                     Initiation — Written Claim.  The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant.  All other claims must be made within one-hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

9.1.2                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

9.1.3                     Notice of Decision.  Upon reaching a decision with respect to a claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such decision.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

10


 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial or approval,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

(c)                                  A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d)                                 An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e)                                  A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

9.2                               Review Procedure.  If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

9.2.1                     Initiation — Written Request.  To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

9.2.2                     Additional Submissions — Information Access.  The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

9.2.3                     Considerations on Review.  In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

9.2.4                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

9.2.5                     Notice of Decision.  The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

(c)                                  A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and

 

11


 

other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d)                                 A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 10
Amendments and Termination

 

10.1                        Amendments.  The Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally.  However, no amendment to the Agreement may be made by the Company after a Change in Control Event, unless approved by the Executive.

 

10.2                        Plan Termination Generally.  The Company may unilaterally terminate this Agreement at any time.  Except as provided in Section 10.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4 or Article 5.

 

10.3                        Plan Terminations Under Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Agreement is terminated in the following circumstances:

 

(a)                                 Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of Compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b)                                 Upon the Company’s dissolution pursuant to Section 331 of the Code or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U. S. C. Section 503(b)(1)(A) provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c)                                  Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;

 

12


 

the Company may distribute the Incentive Award Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 11
Miscellaneous

 

11.1                        Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

11.2                        No Guarantee of Employment.  This Agreement is not a contract for employment.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

11.3                        Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

11.4                        Tax Withholding and Reporting.  The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement.  Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority.  Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

11.5                        Applicable Law.  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

11.6                        Unfunded Arrangement.  The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.  Insurance on the Executive’s life which is used to pay benefits to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (as for example, the benefit referred to in Section 5.1 above) or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and the Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

11.7                        Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event, for purposes of payments due pursuant to this Agreement the term

 

13


 

“Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor Company.

 

11.8                        Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

11.9                        Interpretation.  Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural

 

11.10                 Alternative Action.  In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

11.11                 Headings.  Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

11.12                 Validity.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

11.13                 Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST

ONE TOWNE SQUARE

17TH FLOOR

SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

11.14                 Compliance with Section 409A.  This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

11.15                 Arbitration.  Executive agrees that if Executive has any dispute arising out of or in connection with any aspect of this Agreement, such dispute shall be exclusively subject to final and binding arbitration, pursuant to The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et

 

14


 

seq., and applicable state statutes relating to arbitration, under the national rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Inc., (“JAMS”), provided that all substantive rights and remedies (including any applicable damages provided under any pertinent statute(s) relating to such claims), the right to representation by counsel, a neutral arbitrator, a reasonable opportunity for discovery, a fair arbitral hearing, a written arbitral award containing findings of fact and conclusions of law, and any other provision required by law, shall be available in the AAA or JAMS forum.  Any decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final and binding as to both parties and enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, including the circuit courts of the State of Michigan.  Executive agrees that submission of any such dispute to arbitration is a condition precedent to invoking the jurisdiction of any court over the subject matter of Executive’s dispute, except for any suit Executive may file in aid of arbitration.  Nothing contained in this arbitration provision shall prohibit Executive from filing any claims or charges with an appropriate governmental agency.  Executive understands that this Agreement constitutes a waiver of Executive’s right, if any, to adjudicate claims against the Company in a judicial forum.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement as of  May 8, 2007.

 

EXECUTIVE:

COMPANY:

 

 

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

 

 

/s/ Tom Lopp

 

By:

/s/ Tom St. Dennis

Tom Lopp

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

15




Exhibit 10.10

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST, FSB
EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

THIS AMENDED & RESTATED EXECUTIV ,WNCENT VE RETIREMENT PLAN (the “Agreement”) is adopted this 8th day of May, 2007, by and between Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb, headquartered in Southfield, Michigan, (the “Company”) and Michael Montemayor (the “Executive”), and is effective as of the 1st day of January, 2007.

 

This Agreement amends and restates the prior Executive Incentive Retirement Plan between the Company and the Executive dated October 1, 1999 (the “Prior Agreement”).

 

The parties intend this Amended and Restated Agreement to be a material modification of the Prior Agreement such that all amounts earned and vested prior to December 31, 2004 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company.  This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”).

 

Article 1
Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1                               Annual Crediting Rate” means eight percent (8%).

 

1.2                               Beneficiary” means each designated person (in conformity with the Beneficiary Designation Form process detailed at Section 1.3 below), or the estate of a deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 5.

 

1.3                               Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.  See for example, Exhibit A attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4                               Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.1                               Change of Control Event” shall have occurred upon (a) a Change of Ownership of the Company, (b) a Change in Effective Control of the Company, or (c) a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company; provided that, to constitute a Change of Control Event as to the Executive, the Change of Control Event must relate to: (i) the

 


 

Company, (ii) the corporation(s) liable for the payment of deferred compensation to the participant, or (iii) a corporation that is a Majority Shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a Majority Shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii).  A transfer from an existing shareholder of the Company to a Disregarded Member as described in (d) below shall not constitute a Change in Control Event.

 

(a)                                 “Change in Effective Control” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the effective control of the Company.

 

(b)                                 “Change in Ownership” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of stock of the Company.  However, if any one person or more than one person acting as a group is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in ownership of the Company.  For purposes of this definition, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the Company at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering; however, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.  If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both a corporation and the Company which enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in the Company and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as acquisition of stock for purposes of this definition.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the Company.

 

(c)                                  “Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a

 

2


 

group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.  However, there is no Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer.  Moreover, a transfer of assets by the Company is not treated as a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company if the assets are transferred to: i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock; ii) an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; iii) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or iv) an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly by a person described in iii).

 

(d)                                 A Disregarded Member for purposes of a Change in Control Event shall be: (i) any parent, child spouse, or lineal descendant of a current shareholder of the Company; (ii) any affiliated entity created by a current shareholder of the Company in anticipation of their death, e.g., revocable or irrevocable trusts of which such shareholder is the grantor, and (iii) any person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above that becomes a shareholder of the Company as a result of a transfer from a person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above.  For purposes of the Definition of Disregarded Member, parent shall include step parent and child or grandchild shall include step child or grandchildren.

 

1.5                               Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6                               Compensation Committee” means the Board or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.7                               Contributions” means the amounts credited to the Incentive Award Account as set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.8                               Distribution Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the time and form of distribution.  See for example, Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

 

1.9                               Effective Date” means January 1, 2007.

 

3


 

1.10                        Early Termination” means Separation from Service before the Vesting Date except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) following a Change in Control Event; or (ii) due to death, Permanent Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

1.11                        Incentive Award Account” means the Company’s accounting of the Contributions, plus accrued interest.

 

1.12                        Majority Shareholder” means a shareholder of the Company owning greater than 50% of the total fair market value of the Company and/or greater than 50% of the total voting power of the Company.

 

1.13                        Monthly Crediting Rate” means the Annual Crediting Rate adjusted to take into account monthly compounding.

 

1.14                        Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.15                        Permanent Disability” or “Disabled” means “Totally Disabled” within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Long-Term Disability Plan of the Company (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference).

 

1.16                        Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

 

1.17                        Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.18                        Separation from Service” means the Executive’s ceasing to be an employee of the Company subject to the following qualification below:

 

Where the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee (for example, as a member of the Board), a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred if the Executive is providing services at an annual rate that is 50 percent or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is 50 percent or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).  For this purpose, the annual rate of providing services is determined based upon the measurement used to determine the Executive’s base compensation (for example, amounts of time required to earn salary, hourly wages, or payments for specific projects).

 

1.19                        Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.20                        Termination for Cause” means a Separation from Service for:

 

(a)                                 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company; or

 

4


 

(b)                                 Conviction of a felony; or, of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c)                                  Fraud, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.21                        Vesting” means the process by which the Executive becomes entitled to distribution of the Incentive Award Account by virtue of the Executive having performed services for the Company during Plan Years, or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event of the Company each as appropriate.

 

Article 2
Company Contributions

 

For each Plan Year prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, shall determine the Incentive Award, if any, payable to the Executive during the following Plan Year.  The Incentive Award shall be based on the terms and conditions of the Incentive Compensation Plan.  For each month of the Plan Year, the Incentive Award Account shall be credited with a prorated portion of the Incentive Award declared during the prior Plan Year.

 

Article 3
Incentive Award Account

 

3.1                               Establishing and Crediting.  The Company shall establish an Incentive Award Account on its books for the Executive and shall credit to the Incentive Award Account the following amounts:

 

(a)                                 Any Contributions hereunder; and

(b)                                 Prior to Normal Retirement Age, interest as follows:

 

(i)            Each month and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Agreement, interest shall be credited on the Incentive Award Account at a rate equal to the Monthly Crediting Rate; and

(ii)           Each month during any applicable installment period, interest shall be credited on the unpaid Incentive Award Account balance at the Monthly Crediting Rate.  Prior to the commencement of any distributions hereunder, the Board, in its sole discretion, may change the rate used to calculate interest in this Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

3.2                               Accounting Device Only.  The Incentive Award Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement.  The Incentive Award Account is not a trust fund of any kind.  The Executive is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the distribution of benefits.  The benefits represent the mere Company promise to distribute such benefits.  The Executive’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation,

 

5


 

alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.

 

3.3                               Vesting in Incentive Award Account.  The Executive shall become Vested in his or her Incentive Award Account in accordance with the vesting schedule described in Section 4.2.1.

 

Article 4
Distributions During Lifetime

 

4.1                               Benefit Upon Vesting.  Upon Separation from Service after having attained ten (10) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Incentive Award Account balance at Separation from Service adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.2                               Early Termination Benefit.  Upon Separation from Service prior to having attained ten (10) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.2.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.2 is determined by vesting the Executive in ten percent (10%) of the Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for the first Plan Year of service attained by the Executive, and an additional ten percent (10%) of Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for each succeeding full Plan Year of service attained thereafter.

 

4.2.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.3                               Change in Control Event Benefit.  Upon a Change in Control Event, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.3.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Incentive Award Account balance as of the date of the Change in Control Event adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.3.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the Change in Control Event.

 

6


 

4.4                               Restriction on Timing of Distribution.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service.  Therefore, in the event this Section 4.4 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

4.5                               Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code.  Upon the inclusion of any portion of the Incentive Award Account balance into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Incentive Award Account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

4.6                               Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.  For distribution of benefits under this Article 4, the Executive may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting a Distribution Election Form to the Plan Administrator.  Any such elections:

 

(a)                                 may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

(b)                                 must, for benefits distributable under Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

(c)                                  must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made; and

(d)                                 must be made twelve (12) months prior to the date the distributions are scheduled to be paid.

 

Article 5
Distributions at Death

 

5.1                               Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in active service to the Company, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1.  This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 4.

 

5.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 5.1 is One Million Three Hundred Eighty-Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Nine Dollars ($1,389,809.00).

 

5.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within

 

7


 

thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

5.2                               Death During Distribution of a Benefit.  If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

5.3                               Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits and in the same manner that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within ninety (90) days following the date of the Executive’s death.  Evidence of the Executive’s death shall be demonstrated by the receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

Article 6
Beneficiaries

 

6.1                               Beneficiary.  The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits distributable under the Agreement to a Beneficiary upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

6.2                               Beneficiary Designation Change.  The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

6.3                               Acknowledgment.  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

6.4                               No Beneficiary Designation.  If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no

 

8


 

surviving spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

6.5                               Facility of Distribution.  If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person.  The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 7
General Limitations

 

7.1                               Termination for Cause.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Termination for Cause.

 

7.2                               Misstatement.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

7.3                               Removal.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

Article 8
Administration of Agreement

 

8.1                               Plan Administrator Duties.  This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

8.2                               Agents.  In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting

 

9


 

through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

8.3                               Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

8.4                               Indemnity of Plan Administrator.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

8.5                               Company Information.  To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of the Executive, the date and circumstances of the Permanent Disability, death or Separation from Service of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

8.6                               Statement of Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the Incentive Award Account balance.

 

Article 9
Claims and Review Procedures

 

9.1                               Claims Procedure.  The Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

9.1.1                     Initiation — Written Claim.  The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant.  All other claims must be made within one-hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

9.1.2                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

10


 

9.1.3                     Notice of Decision.  Upon reaching a decision with respect to a claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such decision.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial or approval,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

(c)                                  A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d)                                 An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e)                                  A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

9.2                               Review Procedure.  If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

9.2.1                     Initiation — Written Request.  To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

9.2.2                     Additional Submissions — Information Access.  The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

9.2.3                     Considerations on Review.  In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

9.2.4                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

9.2.5                     Notice of Decision.  The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

11


 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

(c)                                  A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(d)                                 A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 10
Amendments and Termination

 

10.1                        Amendments.  The Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally.  However, no amendment to the Agreement may be made by the Company after a Change in Control Event, unless approved by the Executive.

 

10.2                        Plan Termination Generally.  The Company may unilaterally terminate this Agreement at any time.  Except as provided in Section 10.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4 or Article 5.

 

10.3                        Plan Terminations Under Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Agreement is terminated in the following circumstances:

 

(a)                                 Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of Compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b)                                 Upon the Company’s dissolution pursuant to Section 331 of the Code or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U. S. C. Section 503(b)(l)(A) provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c)                                  Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such

 

12


 

termination, and the Company does not adopt any new account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;

 

the Company may distribute the Incentive Award Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 11
Miscellaneous

 

11.1                        Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

11.2                        No Guarantee of Employment.  This Agreement is not a contract for employment.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

11.3                        Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

11.4                        Tax Withholding and Reporting.  The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement.  Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority.  Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

11.5                        Applicable Law.  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

11.6                        Unfunded Arrangement.  The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.  Insurance on the Executive’s life which is used to pay benefits to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (as for example, the benefit referred to in Section 5.1 above) or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and the Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

11.7                        Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and

 

13


 

discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event, for purposes of payments due pursuant to this Agreement the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor Company.

 

11.8                        Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

11.9                        Interpretation.  Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural

 

11.10                 Alternative Action.  In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

11.11                 Headings.  Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

11.12                 Validity.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

11.13                 Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST

ONE TOWNE SQUARE

17TH FLOOR

SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

11.14                 Compliance with Section 409A.  This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

14


 

11.15                 Arbitration.  Executive agrees that if Executive has any dispute arising out of or in connection with any aspect of this Agreement, such dispute shall be exclusively subject to final and binding arbitration, pursuant to The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., and applicable state statutes relating to arbitration, under the national rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Inc., (“JAMS”), provided that all substantive rights and remedies (including any applicable damages provided under any pertinent statute(s) relating to such claims), the right to representation by counsel, a neutral arbitrator, a reasonable opportunity for discovery, a fair arbitral hearing, a written arbitral award containing findings of fact and conclusions of law, and any other provision required by law, shall be available in the AAA or JAMS forum.  Any decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final and binding as to both parties and enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, including the circuit courts of the State of Michigan.  Executive agrees that submission of any such dispute to arbitration is a condition precedent to invoking the jurisdiction of any court over the subject matter of Executive’s dispute, except for any suit Executive may file in aid of arbitration.  Nothing contained in this arbitration provision shall prohibit Executive from filing any claims or charges with an appropriate governmental agency.  Executive understands that this Agreement constitutes a waiver of Executive’s right, if any, to adjudicate claims against the Company in a judicial forum.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement as of May 8, 2007.

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Montemayor

 

By:

/s/ Tom Lopp

Steve Huber

 

Title:

COO

 

15




Exhibit 10.11

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST, FSB
EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

THIS EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN (the “Agreement”) is adopted this 8th day of May, 2007, by and between Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb, headquartered in Southfield, Michigan, (the “Company”) and Steve Huber (the “Executive”), and is effective as of the 1st day of January, 2007.

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company.  This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”).

 

Article 1
Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1                               Annual Crediting Rate” means eight percent (8%).

 

1.2                               Beneficiary” means each designated person (in conformity with the Beneficiary Designation Form process detailed at Section 1.3 below), or the estate of a deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 5.

 

1.3                               Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.  See for example, Exhibit A attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4                               Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.5                               Change of Control Event” shall have occurred upon (a) a Change of Ownership of the Company, (b) a Change in Effective Control of the Company, or (c) a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company; provided that, to constitute a Change of Control Event as to the Executive, the Change of Control Event must relate to: (i) the Company, (ii) the corporation(s) liable for the payment of deferred compensation to the participant, or (iii) a corporation that is a Majority Shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a Majority Shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii).  A transfer from an existing shareholder of the Company to a Disregarded Member as described in (d) below shall not constitute a Change in Control Event.

 


 

(a)                                 “Change in Effective Control” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the effective control of the Company.

 

(b)                                 “Change in Ownership” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of stock of the Company.  However, if any one person or more than one person acting as a group is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in ownership of the Company.  For purposes of this definition, persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the Company at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering; however, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.  If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both a corporation and the Company which enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in the Company and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.  An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as acquisition of stock for purposes of this definition.  However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the Company.

 

(c)                                  “Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion” of the Company shall have occurred on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this definition, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.  However, there is no Change in Ownership of a Substantial

 

2


 

Portion of the Company when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer.  Moreover, a transfer of assets by the Company is not treated as a Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company if the assets are transferred to: i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock; ii) an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; iii) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or iv) an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly by a person described in iii).

 

(d)                                 A Disregarded Member for purposes of a Change in Control Event shall be: (i) any parent, child spouse, or lineal descendant of a current shareholder of the Company; (ii) any affiliated entity created by a current shareholder of the Company in anticipation of their death, e.g., revocable or irrevocable trusts of which such shareholder is the grantor, and (iii) any person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above that becomes a shareholder of the Company as a result of a transfer from a person described in (d)(i) or (d)(ii) above.  For purposes of the Definition of Disregarded Member, parent shall include step parent and child or grandchild shall include step child or grandchildren.

 

1.6                               Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.7                               Compensation Committee” means the Board or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.8                               Contributions” means the amounts credited to the Incentive Award Account as set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.9                               Distribution Election Form” means the foul” established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the time and form of distribution.  See for example, Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

 

1.10                        Effective Date” means January 1, 2007.

 

1.11                        Early Termination” means Separation from Service before the Vesting Date except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) following a Change in Control Event; or (ii) due to death, Permanent Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

1.12                        Incentive Award Account” means the Company’s accounting of the Contributions, plus accrued interest.

 

1.13                        Majority Shareholder” means a shareholder of the Company owning greater than 50% of the total fair market value of the Company and/or greater than 50% of the total voting power of the Company.

 

3


 

1.14                        Monthly Crediting Rate” means the Annual Crediting Rate adjusted to take into account monthly compounding.

 

1.15                        Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.16                        Permanent Disability” or “Disabled” means “Totally Disabled” within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Long-Term Disability Plan of the Company (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference).

 

1.17                        Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

 

1.18                        Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.19                        Separation from Service” means the Executive’s ceasing to be an employee of the Company subject to the following qualification below:

 

Where the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee (for example, as a member of the Board), a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred if the Executive is providing services at an annual rate that is 50 percent or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is 50 percent or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).  For this purpose, the annual rate of providing services is determined based upon the measurement used to determine the Executive’s base compensation (for example, amounts of time required to earn salary, hourly wages, or payments for specific projects).

 

1.20                        Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.21                        Termination for Cause” means a Separation from Service for:

 

(a)                                 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company; or

 

(b)                                 Conviction of a felony; or, of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c)                                  Fraud, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.22                        Vesting” means the process by which the Executive becomes entitled to distribution of the Incentive Award Account by virtue of the Executive having performed services for the Company during Plan Years, or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event of the Company each as appropriate.

 

4


 

Article 2
Company Contributions

 

For each Plan Year prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, shall determine the Incentive Award, if any, payable to the Executive during the following Plan Year.  The Incentive Award shall be based on the terms and conditions of the Incentive Compensation Plan.  For each month of the Plan Year, the Incentive Award Account shall be credited with a prorated portion of the Incentive Award declared during the prior Plan Year.

 

Article 3
Incentive Award Account

 

3.1                               Establishing and Crediting.  The Company shall establish an Incentive Award Account on its books for the Executive and shall credit to the Incentive Award Account the following amounts:

 

(a)                                 Any Contributions hereunder; and

(b)                                 Prior to Normal Retirement Age, interest as follows:

 

(i)            Each month and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Agreement, interest shall be credited on the Incentive Award Account at a rate equal to the Monthly Crediting Rate; and

 

(ii)           Each month during any applicable installment period, interest shall be credited on the unpaid Incentive Award Account balance at the Monthly Crediting Rate.  Prior to the commencement of any distributions hereunder, the Board, in its sole discretion, may change the rate used to calculate interest in this Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

3.2                               Accounting Device Only.  The Incentive Award Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement.  The Incentive Award Account is not a trust fund of any kind.  The Executive is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the distribution of benefits.  The benefits represent the mere Company promise to distribute such benefits.  The Executive’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.

 

3.3                               Vesting in Incentive Award Account.  The Executive shall become Vested in his or her Incentive Award Account in accordance with the vesting schedule described in Section 4.2.1.

 

5


 

Article 4
Distributions During Lifetime

 

4.1                               Benefit Upon Vesting.  Upon Separation from Service after having attained five (5) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Incentive Award Account balance at Separation from Service adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.2                               Early Termination Benefit.  Upon Separation from Service prior to having attained five (5) Plan Years of service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.2.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.2 is determined by vesting the Executive in twenty percent (20%) of the Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for the first Plan Year of service attained by the Executive, and an additional twenty percent (20%) of Incentive Award Account balance adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate for each succeeding full Plan Year of service attained thereafter.

 

4.2.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.

 

4.3                               Change in Control Event Benefit.  Upon a Change in Control Event, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

4.3.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Incentive Award Account balance as of the date of the Change in Control Event adjusted in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(i) as appropriate.

 

4.3.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the Change in Control Event.

 

4.4                               Restriction on Timing of Distribution.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service.  Therefore, in the event this Section 4.4 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution

 

6


 

which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

4.5                               Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code.  Upon the inclusion of any portion of the Incentive Award Account balance into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Incentive Award Account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

4.6                               Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.  For distribution of benefits under this Article 4, the Executive may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting a Distribution Election Font.’ to the Plan Administrator.  Any such elections:

 

(a)                                 may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

(b)                                 must, for benefits distributable under Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

(c)                                  must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made; and

(d)                                 must be made twelve (12) months prior to the date the distributions are scheduled to be paid.

 

Article 5
Distributions at Death

 

5.1                               Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in active service to the Company, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1.  This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 4.

 

5.1.1                     Amount of Benefit.  The benefit under this Section 5.1 is Five Hundred Ninety Nine Thousand One Hundred Fifty Three ($599,153.00).

 

5.1.2                     Distribution of Benefit.  The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

5.2                               Death During Distribution of a Benefit.  If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at

 

7


 

the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

5.3                               Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits and in the same manner that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within ninety (90) days following the date of the Executive’s death.  Evidence of the Executive’s death shall be demonstrated by the receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

Article 6
Beneficiaries

 

6.1                               Beneficiary.  The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits distributable under the Agreement to a Beneficiary upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

6.2                               Beneficiary Designation Change.  The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

6.3                               Acknowledgment.  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

6.4                               No Beneficiary Designation.  If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

6.5                               Facility of Distribution.  If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person.  The

 

8


 

Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 7
General Limitations

 

7.1                               Termination for Cause.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Termination for Cause.

 

7.2                               Misstatement.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

7.3                               Removal.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

Article 8
Administration of Agreement

 

8.1                               Plan Administrator Duties.  This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or persons as the Board shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

8.2                               Agents.  In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

8.3                               Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

9


 

8.4                               Indemnity of Plan Administrator.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

8.5                               Company Information.  To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of the Executive, the date and circumstances of the Permanent Disability, death or Separation from Service of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require:

 

8.6                               Statement of Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the Incentive Award Account balance.

 

Article 9
Claims and Review Procedures

 

9.1                               Claims Procedure.  The Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

9.1.1                     Initiation — Written Claim.  The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant.  All other claims must be made within one-hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

9.1.2                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

9.1.3                     Notice of Decision.  Upon reaching a decision with respect to a claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such decision.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial or approval,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

 

10


 

(c)                                  A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d)                                 An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e)                                  A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

9.2                               Review Procedure.  If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

9.2.1                     Initiation — Written Request.  To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

9.2.2                     Additional Submissions — Information Access.  The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

9.2.3                     Considerations on Review.  In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

9.2.4                     Timing of Company Response.  The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

9.2.5                     Notice of Decision.  The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)                                 The specific reasons for the denial,

(b)                                 A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement, on which the denial is based,

(c)                                  A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

11


 

(d)                                 A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 10
Amendments and Termination

 

10.1                        Amendments.  The Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally.  However, no amendment to the Agreement may be made by the Company after a Change in Control Event, unless approved by the Executive.

 

10.2                        Plan Termination Generally.  The Company may unilaterally terminate this Agreement at any time.  Except as provided in Section 10.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4 or Article 5.

 

10.3                        Plan Terminations Under Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Agreement is terminated in the following circumstances:

 

(a)                                 Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of Compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

(b)                                 Upon the Company’s dissolution pursuant to Section 331 of the Code or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U. S. C. Section 503(b)(1)(A) provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

(c)                                  Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;

 

the Company may distribute the Incentive Award Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

12


 

Article 11
Miscellaneous

 

11.1                        Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

11.2                        No Guarantee of Employment.  This Agreement is not a contract for employment.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

11.3                        Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

11.4                        Tax Withholding and Reporting.  The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement.  Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority.  Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

11.5                        Applicable Law.  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

11.6                        Unfunded Arrangement.  The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.  Insurance on the Executive’s life which is used to pay benefits to the Executive in accordance with the teens of this Agreement (as for example, the benefit referred to in Section 5.1 above) or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and the Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

11.7                        Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event, for purposes of payments due pursuant to this Agreement the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor Company.

 

13


 

11.8                        Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

11.9                        Interpretation.  Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural

 

11.10                 Alternative Action.  In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion pertain’ such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

11.11                 Headings.  Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

11.12                 Validity.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

11.13                 Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST

ONE TOWNE SQUARE

17TH FLOOR

SOUTHFIELD, MI 48076

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

11.14                 Compliance with Section 409A.  This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

11.15                 Arbitration.  Executive agrees that if Executive has any dispute arising out of or in connection with any aspect of this Agreement, such dispute shall be exclusively subject to final and binding arbitration, pursuant to The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., and applicable state statutes relating to arbitration, under the national rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or

 

14


 

Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Inc., (“JAMS”), provided that all substantive rights and remedies (including any applicable damages provided under any pertinent statute(s) relating to such claims), the right to representation by counsel, a neutral arbitrator, a reasonable opportunity for discovery, a fair arbitral hearing, a written arbitral award containing findings of fact and conclusions of law, and any other provision required by law, shall be available in the AAA or JAMS forum.  Any decision of the neutral arbitrator shall be final and binding as to both parties and enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, including the circuit courts of the State of Michigan.  Executive agrees that submission of any such dispute to arbitration is a condition precedent to invoking the jurisdiction of any court over the subject matter of Executive’s dispute, except for any suit Executive may file in aid of arbitration.  Nothing contained in this arbitration provision shall prohibit Executive from filing any claims or charges with an appropriate governmental agency.  Executive understands that this Agreement constitutes a waiver of Executive’s right, if any, to adjudicate claims against the Company in a judicial forum.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement as of May 8, 2007.

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling Bank & Trust, Fsb

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steve Huber

 

By:

/s/ Tom Lopp

Steve Huber

 

Title:

COO

 

15




Exhibit 10.12

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of  April 1, 2017 , between STERLING BANK AND TRUST, F.S.B., (the “Bank”), and its affiliated entities (collectively, the “Employer”) with their principal offices located at One Towne Square, 19th Floor, Southfield, MI 48076 and Peter Sinatra, who resides at                    (the “Executive”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Employer and the Executive desire to enter into an employment arrangement whereby the Executive will act as the Chief Executive Officer for Quantum Capital Management, LLC, (“Quantum”), a subsidiary of the Bank,

 

WHEREAS, the Employer has determined that it is in its best interests, and in the best interests of its shareholders to enter into this Agreement setting forth the obligations and duties of both the Employer and the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to avail itself of the services of the Executive for the period hereinafter provided, and the Executive is willing to be employed by the Employer for said period, upon the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is mutually acknowledged, the Employer and the Executive (individually, a “Party” and together, the “Parties”) agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Employment.  The Employer hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Employer, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.                                      Term.  Subject to the provisions for earlier termination as hereinafter provided, the term of this Agreement will begin on the date hereof and will continue until such time as either Party gives notice of its intent to terminate said Employment as provided under Paragraph 8 herein. Except as provided in paragraph 14 of this Agreement, which is mandated by Federal statute, this Agreement may be terminated as hereinafter provided. The Initial Term of Employment together with any renewal periods will hereinafter be referred to as the “Term of Employment.” The nonrenewal of the term of this Agreement by the Employer will not be a termination without Cause (as defined in Section 8(d)).

 

3.                                      Position and Duties; Place of Performance.

 

(a)                                 The Executive will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Quantum Capital Management, LLC during the Term of Employment. He may serve the Employer under additional titles. The Executive will perform all duties customarily attendant to the position of Chief Executive Officer of Quantum and such other duties as may reasonably

 

1


 

be assigned from time-to-time by the Company and Bank Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 

(b)                                 If the Employer fails, without the Executive’s consent, to cause the Executive to be elected to take a position with the Employer, the result of which is that the Executive will no longer remain in the position of Chief Executive Officer of Quantum in addition to such other position, then the Executive shall have the right to terminate his services to the Employer by giving written notice within thirty (30) days of such event; provided the Employer has not cured such event within such thirty (30) day period.

 

(c)                                  The Executive will use his best efforts to perform diligently such duties as are consistent with his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Quantum or such other duties as the Board reasonably determines. The Executive will devote his fulltime to the performance of his responsibilities hereunder. The Executive may make personal investments or engage in other activities for any charitable or other non-profit institution, provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

(d)                                 The objective of the Parties, in connection with the Executive’s employment, is for the Executive to utilize his professional time and efforts, to advance the goals set forth in Quantum’s business plan as approved by the Board and as may be amended by the Board from time to time.

 

4.                                      Base Salary.  The Executive will receive from Quantum an annual salary of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the “Base Salary”), payable in accordance with the standard practice of the Employer in the payment of salaries of its employees. The Board will review the Base Salary annually, and may, in its discretion, adjust the Base Salary.

 

5.                                      Annual Bonus.  The Executive may be paid a bonus of Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) annually based upon the attainment of mutually agreed upon objectives, to be determined by the Board. The Board will review the bonus annually, and may, in its discretion, increase the bonus amount.

 

6.                                      Other Benefits.  During the Term of Employment, the Executive will be eligible to participate in Employer provided plans, if any, such as medical, hospitalization, insurance, pension plan, profit sharing, stock ownership, the Quantum Equity Interest Plan, and employee benefits and such other similar employment privileges and benefits, including vacation benefits (“Benefits”) as are afforded generally from time to time to other executive employees of the Employer.

 

7.                                      Expense Reimbursement.  During the Term of Employment, the Executive will be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Quantum for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in performing services under this Agreement, upon submission of such accounts and records as may be required under Employer policy. Executive shall also be reimbursed for dues related to membership in the Meadow Club, 101 Bolinas Road, Fairfax, CA 94930, and for the

 

2


 

lease expense of an automobile similar in type to the automobile under lease at the time of this Agreement.

 

8.                                      Termination of Employment. The Executive’s employment may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a)                                 This Agreement shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Bank for approval to extend said Agreement for an additional year.

 

(b)                                 Death.  The Executive’s employment is terminated upon his death.

 

(c)                                  Disability.  The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Employer due to illness or other physical or mental disability of the Executive, resulting in his inability to perform substantially his duties under this Agreement for a period of ninety (90) or more consecutive days or for one hundred eighty (180) days in the aggregate during any consecutive twelve (12) month period (“Disability”).

 

(d)                                 Mutual Agreement.  The Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

(e)                                  Cause.  The Executive’s employment may be terminated for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate the Executive’s employment upon:

 

(i)                                     the Executive’s commission of any crime involving monies or other property or any felony, crime or any offense of moral turpitude, or his fraud, embezzlement, theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct or deliberate injury to the Employer in the performance of his duties hereunder.

 

(ii)                                  the Executive’s intentional or grossly negligent refusal or failure to perform his duties or carry out reasonable directions of the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board of Employer;

 

(iii)                               the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties or making of a willful misrepresentation or omission, which breach or misrepresentation or omission might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Employer’s businesses;

 

(iv)                              the Executive’s breach of any material provision of this Agreement;

 

(v)                                 any misappropriation by the Executive of funds or property of the Employer; or

 

(vi)                              the Executive’s failure to perform his duties adequately as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board of Employer.

 

3


 

Any termination for “Cause” will not be in limitation of any other right or remedy the Employer may have under this Agreement or otherwise. In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, no amount shall be due to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

9.                                      Compensation Upon Termination Not For Cause.

 

(a)                                 If the Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of the Executive’s death, disability, or by mutual agreement, he, or his estate, will be entitled to:

 

(i)                                     any base salary earned but not yet paid;

 

(ii)                                  any bonus awarded pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement but not yet paid;

 

(iii)                               reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement of any business expense incurred by the Executive but not yet paid; and

 

(iv)                              other benefits accrued and earned by the Executive through the date of his death or Disability in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Employer.

 

(b)                                 If the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or expiration of the Term of Employment resulting from any of the Parties providing written notice of termination as provided in Section 2 hereof, he will remain subject to the covenants set forth in Section 10 hereof and he will be entitled to:

 

(i)                                     any base salary earned but not yet paid;

 

(ii)                                  any bonus awarded pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement but not yet paid;

 

(iii)                               reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement of any business expense incurred by the Executive but not yet paid; and

 

(iv)                              other benefits accrued and earned by the Executive through the date of his termination in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Bank.

 

(c)                                  If the Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause, he will remain subject to the covenants set forth in Section 10 hereof through the expiration of the Severance Period and he will be entitled to:

 

(i)                                     any base salary earned but not yet paid;

 

(ii)                                  continuation of his Base Salary, at the rate in effect on the date of his termination of employment for a period of one (1) year from the date of such termination (the “Severance Period”);

 

4


 

(iii)                               any bonus awarded pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement but not yet paid;

 

(iv)                              continued participation in all employee benefit plans or programs in which he was participating on the date of his termination of employment, until the expiration of the Severance Period;

 

(v)                                 reimbursement in accordance with this Agreement of any business expenses incurred by the Executive but not yet paid to him on the date of his termination of employment; and

 

(vi)                              other benefits that are made available to employees of the Employer in general in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Employer until the expiration of the Severance Period.

 

In the event that, under the terms of any employee benefit plan referred to in subsection 9(c)(iv) above, the Executive may not continue his participation in any plan, said participation shall terminate at the effective date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(d)                                 Involuntary Termination Relating to a Change in Control.

 

(i)                                     In the event Executive’s employment is terminated on account of an involuntary termination following a Change in Control as defined in subsection (e) below within a ninety (90) day period following the date of a Change in Control, then Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in subsection (ii) of this Section 9(d).

 

(ii)                                  In the event an involuntary termination resulting from a Change of Control occurs, the Employer shall, provided that the Executive does not revoke any mutually executed release, cause for the Executive to be paid an amount that is 1.0 (one) times the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary in effect at the time of Executive’s termination paid in a single lump sum cash payment on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Termination Date

 

(e)                                  Change in Control” means the Employer has undergone a change in ownership or effective control within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, in the form of one of the following events: (i) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer to a person or entity not affiliated with the Employer, (ii) sale of membership units (or stock) possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the Employer’s voting power to a person or entity (or more than one person or entity acting as a group) not affiliated with the Employer; or (iii) merger or consolidation of the Employer with another entity not affiliated with the Employer where the Employer is not the surviving entity following the merger. For purposes of this Agreement, the Employer is “affiliated with” another person if such person is a member or officer of the Employer or a shareholder, officer or director in the Employer or any entity related to Employer. The Employer is “affiliated with” another entity if the majority of the then-issued stock or equity interests of such entity is held by persons or entities who are members of the Employer. Notwithstanding the

 

5


 

foregoing provisions, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur in the event of any sale or other transaction between Employer’s shareholders and one or more affiliates of Mr. Scott Seligman or one or more members of Mr. Scott Seligman’s immediate family or any trust related to Scott Seligman or his immediate family members.

 

(f)                                   Any amounts due under this Section 9 are in the nature of severance payments or liquidated damages or both, and will fully compensate the Executive and his dependents or beneficiaries, as the case may be, for any and all direct damages and consequential damages that any of them may suffer as a result of termination of the Executive’s employment, and they are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

10.                               Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

 

(a)                                 The Executive acknowledges that he has had or will have unlimited access to the confidential information and business methods relating to the business and operations of the Employer and that those entities would be irreparably injured and their goodwill would be irreparably damaged if the Executive were to breach the covenants set forth in this Section 10. The Executive further acknowledges that the covenants set forth in this Section 10 are reasonable in scope and duration and do not unreasonably restrict the Executive’s association with other entities, either as an Executive or otherwise as set forth herein.

 

(b)                                 During the Term of Employment and thereafter, except as may be required by law or necessary in connection with any dealings with any public agency or authority, the Executive must not disclose, disseminate, divulge, discuss, copy or otherwise use or suffer to be used, in competition with, or in a manner harmful to the interests of, the Employer, any confidential information (written or oral) respecting any material aspect of Employer’s business, excepting only use of such data or information as is (i) at the time disclosed, through no act or failure to act on the part of the Executive, generally known or available; (ii) furnished to the Executive by a third party as a matter of right and without restriction on disclosure; or (iii) required to be disclosed by court order. Upon termination of the Term of Employment, the Executive shall return to the Employer any and all materials in tangible or electronic form containing confidential information belonging to the Employer.

 

(c)                                  During the Term of Employment and for one (1) year thereafter, the Executive must not in the states in which the Employer then regularly conducts business, directly or indirectly, whether as an individual on the Executive’s own account, or as a shareholder, partner, member, joint venturer, director, officer, employee, consultant, creditor and/or agent, of any person, firm or organization or otherwise:

 

(i)                                     employ, assist in employing or otherwise associate in business with any employee or officer of the Employer that is, or was during the twelve-month period immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment, employed by the Employer, other than an employee or an officer who is a relative of the Executive by blood or marriage;

 

6


 

(ii)                                  solicit or encourage any individual or entity that is, or was during the twelve-month period immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer for any reason, a customer or vendor of the Employer to terminate or otherwise alter his, her or its relationship with the Employer; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties agree that this Section 10 does not prohibit the Executive from pursuing or establishing a business relationship with any current or former customer or vendor of the Employer where such customer or vendor presents himself, herself or itself to Executive unsolicited by him;

 

(iii)                               induce any person who is a present or future employee, officer, agent, affiliate or customer of the Employer to terminate the relationship; or

 

(iv)                              engage in disparagement (which will not include the providing of accurate information without invidious intent) of the Employer by any means to any person.

 

11.                               Rights and Remedies Upon Breach.

 

(a)                                 The Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by the Executive of Section 10 will be inadequate and that the damages flowing from such breach are not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that upon adequate proof of the Executive’s violation of Section 10, the Employer will be entitled, among other remedies, to injunctive relief and may obtain a temporary restraining order restraining any threatened or further breach. Nothing in this Section 11(a) will be deemed to limit the Employer’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement which may be pursued or availed of by the Employer.

 

(b)                                 In the event any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction determines that the specified time period or geographical area set forth in Section 10 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser time period or geographical area that is determined by the court to be reasonable, non-arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced.

 

(c)                                  In the event the Employer has asserted in a formal legal action, including arbitration, that the Executive is violating any legally enforceable provision of Section 10 as to which there is a specific time period during which the Executive is prohibited from taking certain actions or engaging in certain activities, then, in such event the violation will toll the running of the time period from the date of the assertion until the violation ceases.

 

12.                               Withholding Taxes.  All payments to the Executive or his beneficiary will be subject to withholding on account of federal, state and local taxes as required by law. If any payment hereunder is insufficient to provide the amount of such taxes required to be withheld, the Employer may withhold such taxes from any other payment due the Executive or his beneficiary.

 

7


 

13.                               Assignability; Binding Nature.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs (in the case of the Executive) and assigns. No rights or obligations of the Employer under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except that such rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Employer is not the continuing entity or (ii) a sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer and such assignee or transferee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Employer, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. The Employer further agrees that, in the event of a sale of assets or liquidation as described in the preceding sentence, it will use its best efforts to cause such assignee or transferee to expressly assume the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Employer hereunder. No obligations of the Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Executive.

 

14.                               Bank Regulatory Requirements Compliance Terms.  Due to federal regulatory requirements binding upon the Employer, Parties hereby acknowledge and agree to the following statutorily mandated terms:

 

(a)                                 The Bank’s board of directors may terminate this Agreement at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board of Directors other than termination for cause, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under the agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for cause. Termination for cause shall include termination because of the officer or employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the contract.

 

(b)                                 If the Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s affairs by a notice served under section 8 (e) (3) or (g) (1) of Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818 (e) (3) and (g) (1)) the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Employer may in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its Agreement obligations were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

(c)                                  If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s affairs by an order issued under section 8 (e) (4) or (g) (1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818 (e) (4) or (g) (1)), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

 

(d)                                 If the Employer is in default (as defined in section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the

 

8


 

date of default, but this paragraph (b)(4) shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(e)                                  All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Employer:

 

(i)                                     By the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to, or on behalf of, the association under the authority contained in 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or

 

(ii)                                  By the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the association or when the association is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

15.                               Governing Law, Arbitration and Waiver of Jury Trial.  The Parties agree, to the extent permitted by law, that they EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, and agrees not to bring any claim, proceeding or action arising out of or related to this Agreement in any tribunal or court, except as necessary to enforce the provisions of Section 10 of this Agreement, mandate arbitration as provided in this section, or enforce an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Any and all disputes related to this Agreement or to the parties’ performance hereunder, including but not limited to any dispute alleging that this Agreement was obtained by misrepresentation or mistake, will be submitted for resolution into Arbitration with the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), in San Francisco, California, to be conducted under then applicable commercial rules promulgated by the AAA. Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may seek injunctive relief in a California court of competent jurisdiction, to enjoin any breach or anticipatory breach of the Executive’s obligations as set forth in paragraphs 8 and 9 of this Agreement, pending the outcome of an Arbitration of their dispute. The parties further agree and acknowledge that the Executive is a resident of the State of California and that the Company is a resident of the State of Michigan for traditional jurisdiction and venue purposes, but they are nevertheless voluntarily agreeing to an arbitration venue and personal jurisdiction in the State of California for their mutual convenience. California law will be applied to the resolution of any dispute related to this Agreement.

 

16.                               Entire Agreement.  Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof.

 

17.                               Amendment or Waiver.  No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by both the Executive and an authorized officer of the Employer other than the Executive. No waiver by either Party of any breach by the

 

9


 

other Party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such other Party will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive or an authorized officer of the Employer, as the case may be.

 

18.                               Severability.  In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

19.                               Survivorship.  The respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder will survive any termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations as described in this Agreement.

 

20.                               Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

21.                               Notices.  Any notice given to either Party must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or one (1) day after having been sent by overnight courier service or five (5) days after having been sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the Party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such Party may subsequently give such notice of:

 

If to the Employer:

Sterling Bank & Trust, F.S.B.

 

One Towne Square — 19th Floor

 

Southfield, MI 48076

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

If to the Executive:

Mr. Peter Sinatra

 

22.                               Headings.  The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and will not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

23.                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

STERLING BANK & TRUST, F.S.B.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Judd

 

 

 

 

Name:

Gary S. Judd

 

 

 

 

Its:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Sinatra

 

Peter Sinatra

 

11




Exhibit 10.13

 

QUANTUM FUND, LLC
EQUITY INTEREST PLAN

 

THIS EQUITY INTEREST PLAN (this “Plan”) is adopted by Quantum Fund, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (the “Company”) effective March 31, 2017, for the benefit of the persons listed in the Schedule of Participants attached hereto as Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time by the Company (the “Schedule”).

 

ARTICLE 1
 BACKGROUND, PURPOSE AND STATUS

 

1.1                               Purpose. The Company desires to reward and retain the services of a select group of employees who have contributed and will continue to contribute to the profitability and success of the Company. The Company also wishes to attract and retain highly qualified new employees. The Company has adopted this Plan to provide such employees with the opportunity to receive Equity Interest Units to incentivize them to contribute to the growth and success of the Company.

 

1.2                               Status. This Plan is intended to (i) be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described in Sections 201(a)(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a) of ERISA and (ii) maintain income tax deferral in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 2
 DEFINITIONS

 

All references in this Plan to specific articles or sections shall refer to articles or sections of this Plan unless otherwise stated. The following terms shall have the meanings described in this Article 2 unless the context clearly indicates another meaning.

 

Award Agreement” means the Quantum Fund, LLC Equity Interest Award Agreement.

 

Change in Control” means the Company or Sterling Bank & Trust, FSB (“Sterling Bank”) has undergone a change in ownership or effective control within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, in the form of one of the following events: (a) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Sterling Bank to a person or entity not affiliated with the Company or Sterling Bank; (b) sale of membership units (or stock) possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s or Sterling Bank’s voting power to a person or entity (or more than one person or entity acting as a group) not affiliated with the Company or Sterling Bank; or (c) merger or consolidation of the Company or Sterling Bank with another entity not affiliated with the Company or Sterling Bank where the Company or Sterling Bank is not the surviving entity following the merger. For purposes of this Plan, the Company or Sterling Bank is “affiliated with” another person if such person is a member or officer of the Company or a shareholder, officer or director in Sterling Bank or any entity related to Sterling Bank. The Company is “affiliated with” another entity if the majority of the then-issued

 


 

stock or equity interests of such entity is held by persons or entities who are members of the Company or a shareholder, officer or director in Sterling Bank or any entity related to Sterling Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur in the event of any sale or other transaction between Sterling Bank shareholders and one or more affiliates of Scott Seligman or one or more members of Scott Seligman’s immediate family or any trust related to Scott Seligman or his immediate family members.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the opening recital of this Plan.

 

Date of Grant” means the effective date the Equity Interest Units are awarded to a Participant.

 

Disabled” or “Disability” means a Participant is disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

Distributable Event” means an event described in Section 5.1.

 

Effective Date” of this Plan means March 31, 2017.

 

Equity Appreciation Units” or “Equity Interest Units” means the units that are awarded to a Participant under the terms of this Plan. An Equity Appreciation Unit means the right to receive, for each vested Equity Interest Unit, payment equal to the amount, if any, by which the Payout Value of such Equity Interest Unit exceeds its Grant Value, as such terms are described in Section 4. The value of the Equity Interest Units shall be determined pursuant to Article 4, and the Equity Interest Units shall be payable pursuant to Article 5. Equity Interest Units shall not be considered outstanding shares or membership units of the Company for any purpose. An award of Equity Interest Units shall confer only such rights as are specified in this Plan. A Participant shall not, as a consequence of such award, be deemed to have any ownership interest in the Company and shall not have the right to vote, receive dividends or distributions or be treated as a member of the Company.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Executive Committee” or “Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 7.

 

Fair Market Value” means the good faith determination by the Company, upon advice from Sterling Bank & Trust and the Company’s accountants or financial advisors, of the value of an actual membership unit of the Company.

 

Participant” means the persons who are eligible to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1 and whose names are listed on the Schedule, as may be amended from time to time by the Company.

 

Plan” shall mean the Quantum Fund LLC Equity Interest Plan as amended from time to time.

 

Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in the opening recital of this Plan.

 

2


 

Terminated for Cause” means a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

(i)                                     The Participant breaches any material written rule, regulation or policy of the Company now existing or hereafter arising;

 

(ii)                                  The Participant willfully fails to substantially perform the duties of his or her employment;

 

(iii)                               The Participant commits an act of fraud or dishonesty or engages in conduct involving moral turpitude or misappropriates or embezzles any property belonging to the Company or engages in conduct which constitutes a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude whether or not convicted;

 

(iv)                              The Participant intentionally and materially injures the Company or any personnel or property of the Company;

 

(v)                                 The Participant engages in fraud or dishonesty; or

 

(vi)                              The Participant violates any agreement between him or herself and the Company, including, but not limited to, any written agreements with respect to confidentiality or limitations on competition.

 

ARTICLE 3
 ELIGIBILITY

 

3.1                               Eligibility. The Participants who are listed on the Schedule are the employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan as of the effective date of this Plan. After the effective date of this Plan, the Executive Committee may designate one or more employees as a Participant in this Plan in its sole discretion. If any such additional employees are designated as Participants, the Company shall amend the Schedule to list the name of the new Participant, the date of award, and the number and value of Equity Interest Units awarded to such new Participant. The Executive Committee may remove a Participant from participation in this Plan if the Participant’s employment is Terminated for Cause. As a condition for being awarded Equity Interest Units in the Plan, the Participant must sign an Award Agreement in the form attached hereto as Appendix B.

 

3.2                               Vesting. A Participant shall vest in the Equity Interest Units awarded in accordance with the following schedule provided Participant remains employed on the vesting dates. Each Equity Interest Unit award grant commences a new vesting period.

 

Completed Years of Service from Date of Grant

 

Vesting Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 5

 

0

%

 

 

 

 

5 or more

 

100

%

 

3


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be 100% vested in any Equity Interest Units awarded to him upon a Change in Control of the Company. The Company, in its discretion, may award vesting credit for service with the Company prior to the effective date of the Plan. Any accelerated vesting will be set forth in writing in the Participant’s Award Agreement. The Company has discretion to accelerate the vesting of Equity Interest Unit awards under this Plan; provided, however that the distribution date is not accelerated unless payment is permitted in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

3.3                               Forfeiture. Notwithstanding Section 3.2, if a Participant’s employment is Terminated for Cause, a Participant will forfeit all Equity Interest Units, whether vested or unvested. The Company shall have no obligation to make any payment to the Participant under this Plan, and such Participant shall have no further rights or benefits under this Plan.

 

3.4                               Maximum Units Available for Grant. The maximum number of Equity Interest Units that may be granted under this Plan is an amount equal to forty percent (40%) of the number of outstanding membership units in the Company. This restriction is intended to limit employee opportunity to share in the future appreciation of the Company to only 40% of such appreciation. If any Equity Interest Units are forfeited in accordance with Section 3.3, they shall be available for future grants under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 4
 VALUE OF EQUITY INTEREST UNITS

 

(a)                                 Grant Date Value of Equity Interest Unit

 

The value of an Equity Interest Unit on the date of grant is intended to be the Fair Market Value of a membership unit in the Company on the date of grant.

 

(b)                                 Distributable Event or Change of Control Value

 

Upon a Distributable Event that is described in Section 5.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), the value of an Equity Interest Unit is determined by taking the following steps:

 

Step 1 — Determine the gross revenues of the Company for the twelve (12) months prior to the date of the Distributable Event minus the gross revenues of the Company as of the December 31st prior to the Date of Grant (“Net Revenue”);

 

Step 2 — Multiply the Net Revenue by two (2) to determine the “Revenue Factor”;

 

Step 3 — Multiply the Revenue Factor by the Participant’s number of vested Equity Interest Units (or equivalent percentage interest such Equity Interest Units would represent in the Company) to determine the “Initial Redemption Price”.

 

In the event that the gross revenues of the Company for the twelve (12) months prior to the date of the Distributable Event of the Participant minus the gross revenues of the Company as of the Date of Grant result in a negative number, the Redemption Price shall be deemed to be $0.

 

4


 

Upon a Distributable Event that is described in Section 5.1(e), the value of an Equity Interest Unit shall be the “net value” received by the Company’s members, where per Unit “net value” means the total sale consideration paid in cash at closing less liabilities of the Company not assumed by the acquirer of the Company in the Change in Control. The foregoing valuation shall be determined by the Executive Committee, in consultation with the Company’s and Sterling Bank’s financial advisors and outside accountants, and such determinations shall be final and binding on the Participants.

 

ARTICLE 5
 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

5.1                               Distributable Events. A Participant shall be eligible to receive the appreciation on his vested Equity Interest Units if a Distributable Event occurs. For purposes of the Plan, a Distributable Event means the earliest of the following to occur:

 

(a)                                 The date the Participant becomes 100% vested in his Equity Interest Units.

 

(b)                                 The Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than a Termination for Cause;

 

(c)                                  The Participant dies while employed by the Company;

 

(d)                                 The Participant becomes Disabled while employed by the Company; or

 

(e)                                  A Change in Control occurs while the Participant is employed by the Company.

 

5.2                               Amount of Benefit. A Participant’s benefit from the Plan shall be the amount, if any, by which (a) exceeds (b), multiplied by the number of vested Equity Interest Units on the Distributable Event:

 

(a)                                 The value of an Equity Interest Unit as of the applicable Distributable Event, as determined in accordance with Section 4.1(b); and

 

(b)                                 The Grant Date Value, as determined in accordance with Section 4.1(a).

 

5.3                               Form and Time of Payment.

 

(a)                                 In the event of a Distributable Event described in Section 5.1(a), (b), (c) or (d) above, payment to a Participant shall be made in a single lump sum payment within 90 days after the Distributable Event.

 

(b)                                 In the event of a Distributable Event described in Section 5.1(e) above, payment shall be made in a single lump sum payment on or as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Change in Control, but in no event later than 30 days following the date a Change in Control occurred.

 

5


 

(c)                                  Payment hereunder shall be made to the Participant, if living, at the Participant’s address on file with the Company. If a Participant is not living, payment shall be made to the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s “Designation of Beneficiary” attached hereto as Appendix C.

 

(d)                                 Any applicable federal, state or local income taxes shall be withheld from the payment.

 

5.4                               Release. Any payment to a Participant or his or her beneficiary in accordance with this Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims which such person may have against the Company, and the Company may require the Participant or his or her beneficiary, as the case may be, to execute a receipt and release to such effect as a condition precedent to such payment. Payment conditioned upon any such release shall comply with Section 409A and to the extent the release period or applicable payment date spans two calendar years, payment will be made in the second calendar year.

 

5.5                               Spendthrift Provision. No benefit or interest under this Plan is subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of a Participant or his or her beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE 6
 UNFUNDED STATUS

 

The satisfaction of payment obligations under this Plan is to be made solely out of the general corporate funds of the Company which at all times are and shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors. The Participants have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. It is the intention of the Company and the Participants that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title 1 of ERISA. Further, no amounts shall be segregated for the purpose of securing the Company’s liability under this Plan nor be held by the Company in trust for the Participants or any other person. This Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make benefit payments in the future. The establishment of the Plan and the Equity Interest Units is not intended to create any security for payment of benefits under this Plan or change the status of this Plan as an unfunded plan for federal income tax purposes or Title I of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE 7
 ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1                               Administration. The President of the Company along with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Sterling Bank & Trust, FSB, (“Executive Committee”), shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of this Plan and for making any discretionary decisions under the Plan such as designation of employees eligible to participate in the Plan, number of Equity Interest Units awarded and acceleration of vesting provisions. This group may appoint other individuals or a committee to assist with non-discretionary Plan administration. If a Participant is a member of the Executive Committee or a committee so appointed hereunder, he or she shall abstain from voting on any matter relating to his or her benefits under this Plan.

 

6


 

7.2                               Powers of the Executive Committee.                                     The Executive Committee, as administrator of this Plan, shall have all discretionary powers necessary to administer and satisfy the Company’s obligations under this Plan, including but not limited to the following:

 

(a)                                 Maintain records pertaining to this Plan.

 

(b)                                 Interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, provided, that all such interpretations shall be made in a non-discriminatory manner and with a view toward achieving the purpose of this Plan.

 

(c)                                  Establish procedures by which a Participant may apply for benefits under this Plan and appeal a denial of benefits.

 

(d)                                 Determine the rights under this Plan of claimant applying for or receiving benefits.

 

(e)                                  Administer the claims and appeals procedure provided in this Article 7.

 

(f)                                   Perform all acts necessary to meet the reporting and disclosure obligations imposed by Sections 101 through 111 of ERISA (if and to the extent any are applicable).

 

(g)                                  Delegate specific responsibilities for the operation and administration of this Plan to such employees or agents as it deems advisable and necessary.

 

7.3                               Claims and Disputes.

 

(a)                                 Claim Procedure. Claims for benefits under this Plan shall be made in writing to the Executive Committee. If a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied, the Executive Committee shall, within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim, provide written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by a Participant: (i) the specific reason or reasons for denial; (ii) reference to the specific provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of this Plan’s claim review procedure.

 

(b)                                 Denials; Procedure. A Participant or his or her duly authorized representative may request a review upon written application to the Executive Committee and may submit issues and comments in writing. The written request for review must be submitted to the Executive Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial of a claim. A decision by the Executive Committee shall be made promptly and not later than sixty (60) days after the Executive Committee’s receipt of a request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, reference to the specific provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based and be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant.

 

7


 

ARTICLE 8
 BENEFICIARY

 

A Participant may designate a beneficiary to receive any amount payable under this Plan on account of his or her death. Such designation shall be made by written execution of the “Designation of Beneficiary” attached hereto as Appendix C. In the event of a Participant’s failure to designate a beneficiary before his or her death, the amount payable under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if the Participant is not survived by a spouse, then to his or her estate.

 

ARTICLE 9
 MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1                               Taxes. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all payments under this Plan a Participant’s share of any payroll taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. The Participant (and his or her beneficiary, as the case may be) shall bear any and all federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes imposed on the Participant on any amount to which he or she is entitled under this Plan.

 

9.2                               Employment Rights. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as granting any Participant the right to be continued in the employment of the Company or as a limitation on the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant at any time.

 

9.3                               Acceptance. By agreeing to participate in this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted and consented to all terms and conditions of this Plan, and all such actions or decisions made by the Company and the Executive Committee with regard to this Plan. Such terms and consents shall also apply to and be binding upon any beneficiary, distributee or personal representative and any other successor-in-interest of a Participant.

 

9.4                               Amendment or Termination. The Company may alter, amend, modify, or suspend this Plan or any portion thereof only by a written amendment signed by the Company provided however that any such amendment that adversely affects benefits which have already accrued to a Participant and in which a Participant has already vested shall require Participant’s consent. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Plan to conform to written directives to the Company from its auditors or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The Company may terminate this Plan only by a written amendment signed by the Company; provided, that no payment of benefits shall occur upon termination of this Plan unless the requirements of Section 409A of the Code have been satisfied.

 

9.5                               Severability. The unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Plan.

 

9.6                               Governing Law. This Plan shall be interpreted, construed, enforced and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

8


 

9.7                               Section 409A. The Company intends that this Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and be operated and interpreted consistent with that intent, to the extent applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation that this Plan complies with Section 409A of the Code and shall have no liability to any Participant for any failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has made this Plan effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

QUANTUM FUND, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Lopp

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tom Lopp

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

Date:

5/23/17

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
EQUITY INTEREST PLAN

 


 

APPENDIX A

 

SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPANTS

 

Participant

 

# of Equity
Interest Units

 

Date of Award
of Units

 

Grant Date Value
Per Equity
Interest Unit

 

Peter Sinatra

 

20

%

3/31/17

 

$

0

 

 

Per Section 3.2, Vesting, the vesting date for the above awards due to credit for service with the company prior to the effective date of the Plan shall be as follows:

 

Participant

 

Vesting
Date

 

Peter Sinatra

 

12/31/19

 

 

APPENDIX A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

EQUITY INTEREST UNIT AWARD

 

I am a key employee of Quantum Fund, LLC (the “Company”). I have been offered the opportunity to participate in the Quantum Fund, LLC Equity Interest Plan (the “Plan”).

 

By signing this application, I accept the opportunity to participate in the Plan and agree to the following:

 

1.                                      I am being awarded 20% Equity Interest Units under the Plan pursuant to this award.

 

2.                                      I agree that the initial value of each Equity Interest Unit as of the date of this award is $0, for a total value of $0. I understand and agree that the initial value of the Equity Interest Units is for purposes of measuring the increase, if any, of the value of such units and that under no circumstances is the initial value payable to me.

 

3.                                      I agree that the value and payment of Equity Interest Units depend on the extent to which such units increase in value, if at all, and are governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

4.                                      I understand that I will forfeit all benefits under the Plan if my employment terminates prior to vesting or upon a Termination for Cause as defined in the Plan. I understand that this Award Agreement only relates to my eligibility for benefits under the Plan and does not change my status as an “at will” employee of the Company.

 

5.                                      I understand and acknowledge that I am an unsecured creditor with regard to any benefits under the Plan and waive any right to a priority claim with regard to such benefits.

 

6.                                      I agree to complete the beneficiary designation form attached as Appendix C to the Plan with regard to any benefits payable under the Plan as a result of my death.

 

Dated:

5/23/17

 

 

 

Peter Sinatra

 

Name of Participant

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Peter Sinatra

 

Signature of Participant

 

 

 

Quantum Fund, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Lopp

 

Its:

CFO

 

APPENDIX B-1


 

APPENDIX C

 

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

 

I hereby designate the person, trust or other entity named below as my beneficiary pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan. I intend for the named beneficiary to receive all sums which may be due to me under this Plan in the event of my death.

 

Name of Beneficiary:

Lucia Sinatra

 

 

Current Address of Beneficiary:

10 Treetop Way

 

Kentfield. CA 94904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Sinatra

 

 

 

 

Print name:

Peter Sinatra

 

APPENDIX C-1




Exhibit 10.16

 

Execution Version

 

STERLING BANCORP, INC.

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of June 5, 2020, (the “Date of Grant”), between STERLING BANCORP, INC. (the “Company”) and THOMAS M. O’BRIEN (the “Grantee”).

 

1.                                      Grant of Options.  Pursuant to the Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2020 (the “Employment Agreement”) by and between the Grantee and the Company, the Company hereby grants the Grantee options (the “Options”) to purchase 300,000 shares of its common stock (the “Optioned Shares”).  The Options have been granted as an “inducement” award under NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

 

2.                                      Term of Options. The Options shall be an effective and binding obligation of the Company only during the Option Term (as hereinafter defined) and, upon the expiration of the Option Term, the Options shall become null and void to the extent of the Optioned Shares not theretofore purchased. The “Option Term”, for purposes of this Agreement, shall be the period commencing on the date hereof (“Date of Grant”) and ending with the earlier of the following dates: (i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant or (ii) the time set forth in Section 5 below.

 

3.                                      Exercise Price. The exercise price per share shall be $4.00.

 

4.                                      Exercise of Options. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including the accelerated vesting and forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 5 below, the Options will become exercisable (“vest”) as follows: 1/3 of such options shall vest on January 1, 2021, 1/3 of such options shall vest on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, and the remaining 1/3 of such options shall vest on January 1, 2022, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each such vesting date; provided that the unvested portion of the Option will vest immediately upon a “Change of Control” as defined in Section 7(e) of the Employment Agreement if the Grantee is employed by the Company on the date of the Change of Control.

 

5.                                      Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions shall govern the treatment of the Options following the termination of the Grantee’s employment:

 

a.                                      Death.  If the Grantee’s termination of employment is due to death or “Disability” (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the entire unvested portion of the Options shall vest as of the date of the Grantee’s death or date of termination of service with the Company due to Disability.

 

b.                                      Termination With Cause.  If the Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement), any unexercised Options, whether or not vested, shall be forfeited. If the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall have temporarily suspended the Grantee’s duties pursuant to the Employment Agreement while any proceeding to discharge the Grantee with Cause

 


 

is pending, the Board may, by written notice to the Grantee, also temporarily suspend the exercise of the Option.

 

c.                                       Termination without Cause or Resignation by Grantee.  If the Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or disability or if the Grantee resigns his employment for any or no reason, any unvested Options shall be forfeited and shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the date of termination of employment.

 

d.                                      Period to Exercise Option Following Termination of Employment. In the event of termination of employment other than termination for Cause, if the Option to purchase Company stock is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment, it shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i)  the expiration of the Option Term and (ii) the third anniversary of  such termination; provided, that the Grantee shall be in compliance with the post-termination, non-competition and non-solicitation limitations set forth in Sections 6 and 7 of the Employment Agreement.

 

6.                                      Method of Exercise.  An Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time by written notice to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company at  principal office of the Company at One Towne Square, Suite 1900, Southfield, MI 48076 (or such other place as may hereafter be designated by the Company), which notice shall specify the number of Optioned Shares as to which the Grantee desires to exercise. The notice shall be accompanied by an unendorsed certified or official bank check or money order for the full exercise price, in United States dollars, payable to the order of the Company. The Company’s Board of Directors (or any committee of such Board of Directors with authority over the Company’s stock option plans) may permit the Grantee to make payment by wire transfer or other manner acceptable to the Board of Directors or such committee and may permit electronic delivery of notice in lieu of written notice.

 

7.                                      Tax Withholding.  No shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless and until the Grantee pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of an Option. The Grantee shall have the right to direct the Company to deduct from the shares issuable to the Grantee upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Grantee the tender of, a number of whole shares having a Fair Market Value equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Grantee.

 

8.                                      Compliance with Securities Law. The issuance of shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Company’s stock may then be listed or quoted. In addition, no Option may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to this Agreement unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As soon as practicable following the Company’s eligibility to do so, the Company shall prepare and file with the

 

2


 

Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 covering a sufficient number of shares of the Company’s common stock to provide for all of the common stock contemplated to be issued under this Agreement. Thereafter, the Company shall take all actions required to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until all common stock issuable under this Agreement has been so issued or the Option Term has expired.

 

9.                                      Reclassification, Consolidation, or Merger.  In the event of any recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Company stock of the same class as the Optioned Shares for other securities, stock dividend or other special and nonrecurring dividend or distribution (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) that has an effect on the fair market value of the Company stock, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar corporate transaction or event that has an effect on the fair market value of the Company stock, such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Options, the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee of such Board of Directors with authority to administer the Company’s stock option plans shall, in such manner as it may determine, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of securities underlying the Options and (ii) the exercise price of the Options, to prevent such dilution or enlargement; provided, however, that any such adjustment shall be made in a manner designed to ensure that the Options granted hereunder maintain their exemption from, or compliance with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

10.                               Rights Prior to Exercise of Options. The Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Optioned Shares as to which the Options shall not have been exercised and payment made as herein provided, and shall have no rights with respect to such shares other than those rights that are expressly conferred by this Agreement.  No adjustments shall be made for distributions, dividends, allocations, or other rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock prior to the exercise of such Option except as set forth in Section 9 hereof.

 

11.                               Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

a.             Legal Compliance.  Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Options unless the exercise of the Options and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with applicable laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

b.             Investment Representations.  As a condition to the exercise of an Options, the Company may require the person exercising the Options to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

12.                               Nonassignability. This Options shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Grantee otherwise than by will or laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by the Grantee, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. The Grantee may, by written notice delivered to the Company prior to the Grantee’s death, designate a

 

3


 

beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall, upon the Grantee’s death, succeed to his rights in respect of any unexercised Options and may revoke a prior designation by similar subsequent notice.

 

13.                               Binding Effect, Modification; Choice of Law. This Agreement is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. This Agreement may only be altered, modified or amended by a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. This Agreement and all determinations made and actions taken hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Michigan and construed in accordance therewith.

 

14.                               Non-qualified Stock Options. The Options are not intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

15.                               Compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  This Agreement and the Options granted hereunder are intended to either be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent.  In no event will the Company be responsible for or reimburse the Grantee for any taxes or other penalties incurred as a result of application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Date of Grant.

 

STERLING BANCORP, INC.

 

BY:

/s/ Colleen L. Kimmel

 

 

Colleen L. Kimmel

 

Vice President & General Counsel

 

/s/ Thomas M. O’Brien

 

THOMAS M. O’BRIEN (Grantee)

 

4


 

Execution Version

 

(Form of Notice to be Given When

Foregoing Options is Exercised)

 

Sterling Bancorp, Inc.

One Towne Square, Suite 1900

Southfield, MI 48076

 

The Undersigned, Thomas M. O’Brien, as Grantee under the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of                  , 2020, hereby exercises the option contained in said Agreement for the purchase of            shares of the common stock of the Company. The undersigned delivers to you herewith in payment of the shares a certified official bank check or money order payable to the order of the Company, in the amount of $              

 

Dated:

                                               ,          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: If the option is exercised either by a legatee under the Grantee’s last will or by the personal representative of the Grantee or designated beneficiary of the Grantee, evidence must be submitted satisfactory to the Company that such person is the personal representative or beneficiary, as applicable of the Grantee.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (no. 333-221703) of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated October 6, 2020 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2019.

/s/ Crowe LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
October 6, 2020

1




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas M. O'Brien, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter (the Company's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting;

5.
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 6, 2020

  /s/ THOMAS M. O'BRIEN

Thomas M. O'Brien
Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

1




QuickLinks

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S 302 CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER'S 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Stephen Huber, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter (the Company's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting;

5.
The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: October 6, 2020   /s/ STEPHEN HUBER

Stephen Huber
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

1




QuickLinks

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER'S 302 CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Thomas M. O'Brien, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

Date: October 6, 2020   /s/ THOMAS M. O'BRIEN

Thomas M. O'Brien
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

1




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Sterling Bancorp, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Stephen Huber, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

Date: October 6, 2020   /s/ STEPHEN HUBER

Stephen Huber
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

1




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002